• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • General Sūtra Section
  • Toh 287

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh287.pdf

དམ་པའི་ཆོས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།

The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma
Glossary

Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna
འཕགས་པ་དམ་པའི་ཆོས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
The Noble Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma
Ārya­saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna

Toh 287

Degé Kangyur, vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82.a–318.a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Tsultrim Gyaltsen
  • Shang Buchikpa
  • Sherap Ö

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2021

Current version v 1.0.36 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 2.42pm on Wednesday, 5th February 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh287.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Detailed Outline of the Text
tr. The Translation
+ 5 chapters- 5 chapters
p. Prologue
1. The Ten Virtuous Courses of Action
2. Introducing the Eighteen Grounds and Describing the Hells and the Starving Spirits
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The Hells
+ 8 sections- 8 sections
· The Reviving Hell
· The Black Line Hell
· The Crushing Hell
· The Howling Hell
· The Great Howling Hell
· The Hell of Heat
· The Hell of Intense Heat
· The Hell of Ultimate Torment
· The Starving Spirits
3. The Animals
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Animals
4. The Gods
4.A. The Heaven of the Four Great Kings
+ 5 sections- 5 sections
· The Garland-Bearer Gods
· The Vessel-Bearer Gods
· The Ever-Infatuated Gods
· The Triple-Lute-Bearer Gods
· The Wandering Gods
4.B. The Heaven of the Thirty-Three
+ 33 sections- 33 sections
· The Gods Dwelling in Sudharma
· The Gods in Dwelling in the Lofty
· The Gods in Dwelling on Summits
· The Gods in Dwelling in Excellent View
· The Gods in Dwelling in One Direction
· The Gods in Dwelling in Forests
· The Gods in Dwelling in Various Chariots
· The Gods in Dwelling in Enjoyment
· The Gods in Dwelling in Beauty
· The Gods in Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree
· The Gods in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks
· The Gods in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks
· The Gods in Dwelling in Essence of Jewels
· The Gods in Engaging in Clarification
· The Gods in House of Refined Gold
· The Gods in Shaded by Garlands
· The Gods in Moving on Springy Ground
· The Gods in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways
· The Gods in Promotion
· The Gods in Subtle Engagement
· The Gods in Enraptured by and Attached to Song
· The Gods in Blazing Splendor
· The Gods in Resembling the Full Moon
· The Gods in Pair of Śāla Trees
· The Gods in Moving in the Wink of an Eye
· The Gods in Fine Complexion and Large Body
· The Gods in Draped with Jewels
· The Gods in Part of the Assembly
· The Gods in Dwelling on the Disk
· The Gods in High Conduct
· The Gods in Supreme Splendor
· The Gods in Garland of Splendor
· The Gods in Unmixed
4.C. The Heaven Free from Strife
+ 18 sections- 18 sections
· The Gods in Supreme Strength
· The Gods in Traveling on Great Mounts
· The Gods in Moving in the Stream
· The Gods in Living on the Peak
· The Gods in Living on the Peak
· The Gods in Ornament of the Mind
· The Gods in Continuous Movement
· The Gods in Moving in Vast Environments
· The Gods in Moving in Gatherings
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Six Stūpas
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Śikhin
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Vipaśyin
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Krakucchanda
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The Male Lay Practitioner
· The Female Lay Practitioner
· The Nuns
· The Monks
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Viśvabhū
· The Stūpa of the Blessed Kanakamuni
· The Stūpa of the Blessed Kāśyapa
· The Gods in Moving in Mixed Environments
· The Gods in Endowed with Migration
· The Gods in Emanation of Light Rays
· The Gods in Controlled Movement
· The Gods in Constant Bliss
· The Gods in Endowed with Increasing Bliss
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Eleven Great Dharma Teachings
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· (1) Agitation Is Remedied by Taming Oneself
· (2) Lack of Restraint Is Remedied by One-Pointedness
· (3) Flawed Discipline Is Remedied by Following a Holy Person
· (4) Laziness Is Remedied by Diligence
· (5) Obsession with Village Life Is Remedied by Being Alone in the Wilderness
· (6) Greed Is Remedied by Contentment
· (7) Fondness for Friends and Relatives Is Remedied by Staying in Foreign Lands
· (8) Meaningless Talk Is Remedied by Proper Verbal Restraint
· (9) Frivolity Is Remedied by Steadfastness
· (10) Poverty Is Remedied by Generosity
· (11) Ignorance Is Remedied by Knowledge
· The Gods in Total Pleasure
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Twenty-Two Wholesome Factors
+ 21 sections- 21 sections
· (1) Remorse
· (2) Fear of the Lower Realms
· (3) Patience
· (4) Diligence
· (5) Teaching the Dharma
· (6) Compassion
· (7) Gentleness
· (8) Observance
· (9) Faith
· (10) Overcoming Fickleness
· (11) Steadfastness
· (12) Fear of Scandal
· (13) Absence of Clinging
· (14) Delighting in Solitude
· (15) Undistracted Mind
· (16) Recollection of Death
· (17) Freedom from Infatuation with One’s Body, Family, and Nobility
· (18) Equality with Respect to All Beings
· (19) Contentment
· (20) Weariness of Objects
· (21) Distrust of the Mind
· The Gods in Living by Rājanina
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Thirty Qualities of Listening to the Dharma
+ 30 sections- 30 sections
· (1) Hearing the Dharma That One Has Not Heard Before
· (2) Understanding What One Hears
· (3) Discerning What One Understands
· (4) Accomplishing What One Discerns
· (5) Practicing What One Has Adopted
· (6) Establishing Others in That Which One Observes
· (7) Being Unaffected by Decline
· (8) Developing Discernment of the Characteristics of the Dharma
· (9) Giving Rise to Roots of Virtue That Did Not Exist Previously
· (10) Causing the Roots of Virtue to Mature
· (11) Liberating Those Who Are Matured
· (12) Establishing Those with Wrong View in the Authentic View
· (13) Overcoming All Unvirtuous Thoughts
· (14) Cultivating All Virtuous Thoughts
· (15) Relinquishing Negativities That Arise by the Force of Conditions
· (16) Developing Carefulness
· (17) Following Holy People
· (18) Overcoming Deceit and Stinginess
· (19) Being Respectful to One’s Parents
· (20) Understanding Karmic Actions and Their Effects
· (21) Cultivating Activity That Increases One’s Life Span
· (22) Being Praised by the People of the World
· (23) Being Protected by the Gods
· (24) Having Excellent Intentions
· (25) Possessing the Wealth of Being Endowed with the Dharma
· (26) Being Free From Laziness
· (27) Gratitude
· (28) Continuous Recollection of Death
· (29) Being Free From Regrets at the Time of Death
· (30) Finally Going Completely Beyond Suffering
· The Gods in Shining in Manifold Ways
5. The Application of Mindfulness of the Body
c. Colophon
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

While on the way to Rājagṛha to collect alms, a group of newly ordained monks are approached by some non-Buddhists, who suggest that their doctrine is identical to that of the Buddha, since everyone agrees that misdeeds of body, speech, and mind are to be given up. The monks do not know how to reply, and when they later return to the brahmin town of Nālati, where the Buddha is residing, Śāradvatīputra therefore encourages them to seek clarification from the Blessed One himself. In response to the monks’ request, the Buddha delivers a comprehensive discourse on the effects of virtuous and unvirtuous actions, explaining these matters from the perspective of an adept practitioner of his teachings, who sees and understands all this through a process of personal discovery. As the teaching progresses, the Buddha presents an epic tour of the realm of desire‍—from the Hell of Ultimate Torment to the Heaven Free from Strife‍—all the while introducing the specific human actions and attitudes that cause the experience of such worlds and outlining the ways to remedy and transcend them. In the final section of the sūtra, which is presented as an individual scripture on its own, the focus is on mindfulness of the body and the ripening of karmic actions that is experienced among humans in particular.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the supervision of Chokyi Nyima Rinpoche. The translation was produced by Thomas Doctor with help from Benjamin Collet-Cassart and Timothy Hinkle. Thomas also wrote the introduction. Andreas Doctor checked the translation against the Tibetan and edited the text. The 84000 editorial team subsequently reviewed the translation and made further edits. Wiesiek Mical assisted by reviewing numerous passages against the available Sanskrit sources. Robert Kritzer generously shared several unpublished articles on the text with us, and Vesna Wallace and Mitsuyo Demoto kindly gave us access to drafts of their critical Sanskrit editions of chapters 1 and 3, respectively.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of Sun Ping, Tian Xingwen, and Sun Fanglin, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The epic discourse of The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (AMSD) unfolds as a single, sustained reply to a short question that is put to the Buddha Śākyamuni as the sūtra opens. A group of newly ordained monks have been challenged by the members of another religious group, who suggest that the Buddha’s teachings are indistinguishable from those of their own teacher. Not knowing how to reply, the monks request that the Buddha explain how the path of the sacred Dharma is unlike any other. As the Buddha responds to the monks, he describes the path from the perspective of an adept meditating monk, who applies the Dharma teachings correctly and so discovers the truths of the Dharma. In an account that spans the full spectrum of life in saṃsāra, from the horrifying misery and intense pain of the lower realms to the enrapturing beauty and bliss in the heavens, the Buddha explains how different kinds of physical, verbal, and mental behavior of humans lead to rebirth in such realms of existence.

Detailed Outline of the Text


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma

p.

Prologue

[V68] [B1] [F.82.a]


p.­1

Homage to all the buddhas, bodhisattvas, solitary buddhas, and noble hearers!


p.­2

Thus did I hear at one time. While the Blessed One was residing in the brahmin quarter of the village of Nālati near Rājagṛha, venerable Śāradvatīputra one morning went to Rājagṛha together with a great gathering of monks to collect alms. As they were out receiving alms, a large group of the monks came across some wandering non-Buddhist practitioners15 who were on the way to the same destination, and together they engaged in a Dharma discussion to everyone’s delight and appreciation.


1.
Chapter 1

The Ten Virtuous Courses of Action

1.­1

“Monks, there are three misdeeds of the body: killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. What, then, is killing? To take a life is to recognize another sentient being as a sentient being and knowingly slay it. Such an act may be of a great, intermediate, or minor kind. Great killing is the murder of a worthy one or the like. Such acts lead to the Hell of Ultimate Torment. Intermediate killing occurs when one murders someone on the path. Minor killing is to kill an animal or someone of degenerate moral conduct.


2.
Chapter 2

Introducing the Eighteen Grounds and Describing the Hells and the Starving Spirits

2.­1

“How does a monk who gradually relinquishes defilement first give up unvirtuous qualities so as to cultivate the qualities of virtue? Spiritual practitioners who carefully observe inner phenomena see by means of knowledge derived from hearing, or through the divine eye, that such a monk initially will think as follows: ‘Mutually serving as causes and conditions, these objects and faculties have since beginningless time caused beings to remain within, and wander throughout, cyclic existence. This is the cause of birth. Thoughts are formed in relation to the ocean of objects, and so these inner factors and objective factors cause beings to wander.’

The Hells

The Reviving Hell

The Black Line Hell

The Crushing Hell

The Howling Hell

The Great Howling Hell

The Hell of Heat

The Hell of Intense Heat

The Hell of Ultimate Torment

The Starving Spirits


3.
Chapter 3

The Animals

3.­1

“The monk, the spiritual practitioner who carefully observes inner phenomena, has in this way seen the reality of karmic effects. He has investigated the hells and their neighboring regions, and he has also investigated the second realm, that of the starving spirits. He sees this intolerable cyclic existence correctly, just as it is, and acknowledges it in his mind. Thus, the monk does not dwell in the realm of the māras but abides within the limit of the transcendence of suffering. With unceasing joy, he attains the fruition of entering the fifteenth ground.

The Animals


4.
Chapter 4

The Gods

4.­1

“The monk who has knowledge of the ripening of the effects of karmic action has now carefully examined and understood all the extremely subtle karmic ripening that ensues from the misdeeds associated with hell beings, animals, and starving spirits. Having internalized this understanding, he will next begin to examine the karmic effects that ripen due to wholesome actions. All sentient beings are opposed to suffering [F.53.b] and wish for happiness. As for the gods, they take delight in accumulating happiness, so now the monk will examine the extremely subtle karmic phenomena, ripening, birth, and death of such beings.


4.A.

The Heaven of the Four Great Kings

4.A.­1

“Put concisely, the first class of gods comprises those in the realm of the Four Great Kings.

The Garland-Bearer Gods

4.A.­2

“The first of their subclasses are the garland bearers, who live and reside upon all four sides of Mount Sumeru. The garland bearers differ in terms of the directions. They have different names and distinct karmic actions, and so they spend their lives‍—produced by numerous karmic actions‍—experiencing happiness but having many different types of bodies, youthfulness, and agility. The web of karmic action is like the imprint of a seal: it is not uncaused, not random, and not produced by any other action. Therefore, those who wish for happiness [F.54.a] should pursue wholesome qualities.

The Vessel-Bearer Gods

The Ever-Infatuated Gods

The Triple-Lute-Bearer Gods

The Wandering Gods


4.B.

The Heaven of the Thirty-Three

4.B.­1

“When the monk has seen the gods of the Four Great Kings, he will next examine the realms of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and its associated karmic actions. Thus, he will ask himself, ‘How do positive and negative karmic actions relate to beings taking birth among the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three?’

4.B.­2

“As he applies knowledge derived from hearing, he will then correctly perceive the following realms of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three: Dwelling in Sudharma, Dwelling in the Lofty, Dwelling on Summits, Dwelling in Excellent View, Dwelling in One Direction, Dwelling in Forests, Dwelling in Various Chariots, Dwelling in Enjoyment, Dwelling in Beauty, Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree, Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks, Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks, Dwelling in Essence of Jewels, Engaging in Clarification, House of Refined Gold, Shaded by Garlands, Moving on Springy Ground, Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways, Subtle Engagement, Enraptured by and Attached to Song, Blazing Splendor, Resembling the Full Moon, Pair of Śāla Trees, Moving in the Wink of an Eye, Fine Complexion and Large Body, Draped with Jewels, [F.110.a] Part of the Assembly, Dwelling on the Disk, High Conduct, Supreme Splendor, Garland of Splendor, and Unmixed. Thus, the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three inhabit thirty-three regions.

The Gods Dwelling in Sudharma

The Gods in Dwelling in the Lofty

The Gods in Dwelling on Summits

The Gods in Dwelling in Excellent View

The Gods in Dwelling in One Direction

The Gods in Dwelling in Forests

The Gods in Dwelling in Various Chariots

The Gods in Dwelling in Enjoyment

The Gods in Dwelling in Beauty

The Gods in Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree

The Gods in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks

The Gods in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks

The Gods in Dwelling in Essence of Jewels

The Gods in Engaging in Clarification

The Gods in House of Refined Gold

The Gods in Shaded by Garlands

The Gods in Moving on Springy Ground

The Gods in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways

The Gods in Promotion

The Gods in Subtle Engagement

The Gods in Enraptured by and Attached to Song

The Gods in Blazing Splendor

The Gods in Resembling the Full Moon

The Gods in Pair of Śāla Trees

The Gods in Moving in the Wink of an Eye

The Gods in Fine Complexion and Large Body

The Gods in Draped with Jewels

The Gods in Part of the Assembly

The Gods in Dwelling on the Disk

The Gods in High Conduct

The Gods in Supreme Splendor

The Gods in Garland of Splendor

The Gods in Unmixed


4.C.

The Heaven Free from Strife

4.C.­1

Homage to all buddhas and bodhisattvas!


“The karmic effects of life as a god in the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife and the guardians of the world always manifest on the basis of cause and effect.

4.C.­2

“When the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions has examined the exhilarated gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, he will next wonder about the identity of the gods who reside above them, and who are superior in terms of splendor, diligence, joy, radiance, and lifespan. Through his knowledge derived from hearing, he will see that those gods, who are far superior to the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three in terms of the methods they have applied in the past, and in terms of the ripening of their karmic qualities, are known as the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. He will also notice that beings are born in that heaven by observing various forms of discipline. Those gods have abandoned killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. They have practiced discipline in a way that is uncorrupted, unbroken, undefiled, and stable, thereby pleasing all the noble ones. Since they possess the karmic ripening of constant discipline, they will become spiritual practitioners who contemplate reality and pass beyond the ocean of existence by traveling across the bridge of discipline, the bridge that spans the ocean of cyclic existence and leads to the city of the transcendence of suffering. Just as before, their sevenfold discipline can be distinguished in terms of inferior, intermediate, and excellent levels.

The Gods in Supreme Strength

The Gods in Traveling on Great Mounts356

The Gods in Moving in the Stream

The Gods in Living on the Peak

The Gods in Living on the Peak364

The Gods in Ornament of the Mind

The Gods in Continuous Movement

The Gods in Moving in Vast Environments

The Gods in Moving in Gatherings398

The Six Stūpas

The Stūpa of the Buddha Śikhin

The Stūpa of the Buddha Vipaśyin

The Stūpa of the Buddha Krakucchanda

The Male Lay Practitioner

The Female Lay Practitioner

The Nuns

The Monks

The Stūpa of the Buddha Viśvabhū

The Stūpa of the Blessed Kanakamuni

The Stūpa of the Blessed Kāśyapa

The Gods in Moving in Mixed Environments

The Gods in Endowed with Migration

The Gods in Emanation of Light Rays

The Gods in Controlled Movement

The Gods in Constant Bliss

The Gods in Endowed with Increasing Bliss

The Eleven Great Dharma Teachings

(1) Agitation Is Remedied by Taming Oneself

(2) Lack of Restraint Is Remedied by One-Pointedness

(3) Flawed Discipline Is Remedied by Following a Holy Person

(4) Laziness Is Remedied by Diligence

(5) Obsession with Village Life Is Remedied by Being Alone in the Wilderness

(6) Greed Is Remedied by Contentment

(7) Fondness for Friends and Relatives Is Remedied by Staying in Foreign Lands

(8) Meaningless Talk Is Remedied by Proper Verbal Restraint

(9) Frivolity Is Remedied by Steadfastness

(10) Poverty Is Remedied by Generosity

(11) Ignorance Is Remedied by Knowledge

The Gods in Total Pleasure

The Twenty-Two Wholesome Factors537

(1) Remorse

(2) Fear of the Lower Realms

(3) Patience

(4) Diligence

(5) Teaching the Dharma

(6) Compassion

(7) Gentleness

(8) Observance

(9) Faith

(10) Overcoming Fickleness543

(11) Steadfastness544

(12) Fear of Scandal545

(13) Absence of Clinging547

(14) Delighting in Solitude548

(15) Undistracted Mind549

(16) Recollection of Death550

(17) Freedom from Infatuation with One’s Body, Family, and Nobility552

(18) Equality with Respect to All Beings553

(19) Contentment555

(20) Weariness of Objects556

(21) Distrust of the Mind557

The Gods in Living by Rājanina558

The Thirty Qualities of Listening to the Dharma

(1) Hearing the Dharma That One Has Not Heard Before

(2) Understanding What One Hears

(3) Discerning What One Understands

(4) Accomplishing What One Discerns

(5) Practicing What One Has Adopted

(6) Establishing Others in That Which One Observes

(7) Being Unaffected by Decline561

(8) Developing Discernment of the Characteristics of the Dharma562

(9) Giving Rise to Roots of Virtue That Did Not Exist Previously

(10) Causing the Roots of Virtue to Mature

(11) Liberating Those Who Are Matured

(12) Establishing Those with Wrong View in the Authentic View

(13) Overcoming All Unvirtuous Thoughts

(14) Cultivating All Virtuous Thoughts

(15) Relinquishing Negativities That Arise by the Force of Conditions

(16) Developing Carefulness

(17) Following Holy People

(18) Overcoming Deceit and Stinginess

(19) Being Respectful to One’s Parents

(20) Understanding Karmic Actions and Their Effects

(21) Cultivating Activity That Increases One’s Life Span

(22) Being Praised by the People of the World

(23) Being Protected by the Gods

(24) Having Excellent Intentions

(25) Possessing the Wealth of Being Endowed with the Dharma

(26) Being Free From Laziness

(27) Gratitude

(28) Continuous Recollection of Death

(29) Being Free From Regrets at the Time of Death

(30) Finally Going Completely Beyond Suffering

The Gods in Shining in Manifold Ways


5.

The Application of Mindfulness of the Body

5.­1

At this point the Blessed One resided in the brahmin town of Nālati. [F.110.a] The Blessed One then addressed the monks: “Monks, I shall explain to you what is known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Body. I shall explain to you that which is virtuous in the beginning, middle, and end; that which exclusively consists of excellent meanings and excellent words; and a pure sort of conduct that is complete, pristine, and perfect. Such is the Dharma teaching known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Body. Pay full attention and listen well; I shall explain.” When the Blessed One had spoken these words, the monks listened accordingly.


c.

Colophon

c.­1
The Thus-Gone One has taught those causes
From which all phenomena have appeared,
And also that which is their cessation.
This is what the Great Mendicant has taught.
c.­2

India is the origin of all that is good and possesses all things excellent, both in terms of her soil and her sciences, for which she is the universal source. This is the land of the cultured and the learned and all her inhabitants are wise. Seeing India to be the eyes of Jambudvīpa, the perfect Buddha achieved full awakening within this land, with its magnificent cities through which the great river Gaṅgā descends.

c.­3

In the eastern part of India’s central lands lies the great monastery of Nālandā.639 The sovereign of the land is the splendid prince Rāmapāla,640 whose glory outshines others and whose reign reaches far and wide. This prince has established the temple known as Jagaddala to support the pure and the gentle, holy beings who are experts regarding the staircase leading to the higher realms and liberation. From here appeared numerous exceptionally learned paṇḍitas, such that people of the world speak of “the five hundred omniscient ones,” who are praised by all paṇḍitas as being equal to the masters of the past.

c.­4

Among them is someone whom kings and ministers, who take pride in their mundane wealth, carry on their shoulders as if he were their head‍—someone whom paṇḍitas, who take pride in their scholarship, and worldly folk regard as their crown jewel. He is regarded as a guide by those who have relinquished concern for this life and who endeavor to accomplish liberation, allowing them to clearly distinguish good qualities from flaws. All the people of the land see him as beautiful and endearing, as if he were their only child. He enraptures even the vicious and ungrateful with his great goodwill. [F.228.b] Due to his love for others, he suffers agony and pain as he beholds the miseries of all wandering beings, yet he skillfully extends his compassionate care to them. He is foretold in the prophetic discourse of Tiger Ear Star as an individual endowed with numerous qualities and a great instigator who upon exchanging his body would be born in the higher realms. He yearns to meet Maitreya and has tremendous yearning for the Dharma. He has also weakened all emotions such as desire and anger. Who could properly extol such a person’s qualities? In short, his knowledge of mundane human customs is great, and his benevolence is like a golden ground. With respect for the sacred Dharma, he is endowed with perfect learning and he is pure, serene, gentle, accommodating, noble, truthful, undeceiving, honest, and successful in terms of accomplishment. Like a majestic wish-fulfilling tree that grows from a turquoise ground, he is adorned with the blooming flowers and ripe fruits of a bounty of temporary and ultimate virtues in this and all other lives. Thus, perfectly accomplishing what benefits both oneself and all others, there is nothing that he does that is not meaningful. Such is this master endowed with the shining beauty of unimpeded mastery of the five fields of learning, the great paṇḍita known as Śāntākaragupta. Explanations based on five Indian volumes were received from that master, as well as the great scholar and holy man, the supreme Vinaya holder known as Abhayākaragupta; the one whose learning is comparable to Mañjuśrī, the supreme paṇḍita endowed with perfect eloquence and insight, Śakyarakṣita; and also the great paṇḍita Vīryākaraśānti, and others. [F.229.a]

c.­5

Likewise, in the lower reaches of the central land of Magadha‍—where the shrines of the thus-gone ones are numerous, and the land is full of Buddhists who have faith in the Three Jewels‍—lies the great monastic complex of Vikramaśīla. It was established by the bodhisattva king, Devapāla, and serves as the eyes of the Dharma teachings. Among its numerous learned scholars there are Śakyarakṣita himself; the great paṇḍita Subhūticandra, who is expert in linguistics, poetry, and the syntactic structures of Sanskrit; the Abhidharma expert known as Aḍitacandra; and other such masters. It is from all those masters that the explanations based on five Indian volumes were received.

c.­6

The translators listened carefully to the sūtra and with veneration they sought careful explanation in order to comprehend all the scripture’s words and meanings, thoroughly investigating the most difficult points with the appropriate methods for understanding their significance. In the process of translation, they were guided by the light of insight that comes from mastering four languages‍—Sanskrit, the Indian vernaculars, Tibetan Dharma language, and the Tibetan vernaculars.

c.­7

Nevertheless, the topics of the sūtras are numerous and the subjects are profound. In particular, the statements in this sūtra carry numerous implicit messages and convey their meaning by means of beautiful verbal adornments that evince an unparalleled mastery of poetry. Hence, their meanings are not easily accessible to those of weak learning. Especially, brief scriptural passages that convey numerous meanings have been translated in that same fashion. This approach allows those endowed with the jewels of understanding to ascertain numerous meanings, but if any one of those were to be singled out as the sole implied meaning, that would be a mistake. Rather, translation should convey just as much meaning as the words imply. Therefore, in short, without violating the way the Indian and Tibetan languages convey the same meaning by means of different expressions, and without breaking with the tradition established by the decrees of the scholars of the past, this translation has been made in veneration of the sacred Dharma by the northerner, the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen, who was born into the family of Patshap. This was undertaken during the reign of the Indian king Rāmapāla, whose banner of perfect glory and majesty flies higher than any other. In this manner, those segments that had previously been translated of this Great Vehicle discourse known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma were completed. [F.229.b]

c.­8

The subsequent editing and revision of the text was undertaken by the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen himself, with the assistance of two others. The first is the spiritual teacher known as Shang Buchikpa, who everyone calls by this name because he benefits them and is auspicious for them, caring for all sentient beings as if they were his “only child.”641 Accordingly, his name reveals that he is endowed with great compassion. The second editor is known as Sherap Ö, because he is a veritable “light of insight” for all who follow the Dharma.642 With knowledge of the way the vehicles progress, he summarizes the teachings by means of principles such as the two realities, and thus‍—with insight developed gradually through conviction, ascertainment, and realization‍—he spreads the light that overcomes the darkness of afflictive and cognitive obscurations in both oneself and others. Thus, his name shows that this master is endowed with great insight and that he accomplishes his own and others’ objectives perfectly. In this way, the translation was corrected, refined, and properly finalized through the fivefold process of drafting, primary editing, testing the relations between word and meaning, secondary editing, and secondary testing of the relations.

c.­9

May the stainless virtues that ensue from translating and assisting in the translation of this sacred Dharma teaching‍—this precious discourse on mindfulness in the Great Vehicle, which is the foundation, root, and vital essence of all the vehicles‍—reach all beings extending to the end of space, so that they may find happiness while in existence. And may a lush canopy spread over them from the tree that offers refuge, awakening, and fruition. As soon as we leave this life behind, may we be reborn in realms of the buddhas, and in all other lives of cyclic existence, may we exclusively do what benefits others.


c.­10

The number of sections has not been determined. In accord with the Indian text the length of the scripture amounts to thirty-six thousand ślokas. There appear to be a few unique archaic elements of writing. When dividing The Application of Mindfulness into sections of three hundred ślokas, there are one hundred and twenty sections.


n.

Notes

n.­1
For a more detailed summary of the contents of the sūtra, see Stuart 2012, pp. 35–69.
n.­2
For an in-depth presentation of this section on mindfulness of the body, see Kritzer 2020.
n.­3
Zhengfa nianchu jing 正法念處經 (Taishō 721). For more information on this version of the sūtra, see Lewis R. Lancaster, “K 801,” The Korean Buddhist Canon.
n.­4
The Chinese translation was produced by Gautama Prajñāruci, who translated the text from 538 to 541 ᴄᴇ.
n.­5
The AMSD is also the fourth-longest text in the entire Kangyur collection, where only The Detailed Explanations of Discipline (Toh 3, 2217 pages), The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Toh 8, 9398 pages), and The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Toh 9, 2302 pages) are longer.
n.­6
The partial Sanskrit manuscript does not cover this latter part of the sūtra.
n.­7
Denkarma, 300.b.4. See also Herrmann-Pfandt 2008, p. 150, n. 271. For further details, see van der Kuijp 2009, pp. 8–13.
n.­8
Stuart 2012, pp. 25–29.
n.­15
Degé: mu stegs can spyod pa pa kun tu rgyu ba dag. Here we have taken the phrase (Skt. tīrthika-caraka-parivrājaka) as a generic designation for the same group of people: the flourishing communities of non-Buddhist mendicants of various religious outlooks, who lived as wandering spiritual seekers (śramaṇa) in India during the time of the Buddha. Often, these wandering practitioners of various religious paths would interact with each other and exchange views and practices, such as we hear in this scripture. Several of the Buddha’s foremost students, such as Śāriputra (a short form of Śāradvatīputra), were living the life of a wandering mendicant prior to meeting the Buddha.
n.­356
In the list of the twenty-seven realms located within the Heaven Free from Strife, which was given above (4.C.­4), this heaven is not included. Now it appears as the second realm.
n.­364
This realm is named the same way as the one just mentioned. Presumably this is a mistake, although it is unclear what an alternative name might be.
n.­398
It is unclear from the Tibetan text where the description of this realm begins. It is clear, however, that the description of the six stūpas that follows just below belongs to the realm of Moving in Gatherings. We have therefore inserted this headline at this point.
n.­537
Although this heading mentions twenty-two wholesome factors, only twenty-one are discussed in the text itself. See n.­538.
n.­543
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the sixteenth.
n.­544
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the seventeenth.
n.­545
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the tenth.
n.­547
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the eleventh.
n.­548
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the twelfth.
n.­549
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the thirteenth.
n.­550
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the fourteenth.
n.­552
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 the corresponding principle appears as the fifteenth.
n.­553
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the nineteenth.
n.­555
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the twentieth.
n.­556
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the twenty-first.
n.­557
Since one of the twenty-two points listed above (“gentle speech”) is not treated in the ensuing discussion, there are only twenty-one topics.
n.­558
It is unclear to us which (if any) of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife (mentioned above at 4.C.­4) this refers to.
n.­561
Note that the list at 4.C.­3018 enumerates this quality as the eighth.
n.­562
Note that the list at 4.C.­3018 enumerates this quality as the seventh.
n.­639
This name is a tentative rendering of the Tibetan ba len+d+ra.
n.­640
This name is a tentative rendering of the Tibetan ne bai pA la. According to the Tibetan colophon this person is said to have founded Jagaddala Monastery, an act normally linked to King Rāmapāla, whose reign also coincides with the time of composition of this colophon.
n.­641
Buchikpa means “only child.”
n.­642
This name means “light of insight.”

b.

Bibliography

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Toh 287, Degé Kangyur vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82a–318a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b.

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), vol. 68, 238–842; vol. 69, 3–828; vol. 70, 3–821; and vol. 71, 3–603.

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Stok Palace Kangyur, vol. 82 (mdo sde, ki), folios 1.b–378; vol. 83 (mdo sde, khi), folios 1.b–370.b; vol. 84 (mdo sde, gi), folios 1.b–383.b; and vol. 85 (mdo sde, ghi), folios 1.b–419.b.

Zhengfa nianchu jing 正法念處經. In Taishō Tripiṭaka. Edited by Junjirō Takakusu and Kaigyoku Watanabe. Vol. 17, no. 721.

Cabezón, José Ignacio. Sexuality in Classical South Asian Buddhism. Sommerville, MA: Wisdom Publications, 2017.

Demoto, Mitsuyo (2009). “Die 128 Nebenhöllen nach dem Saddharmasmṛ- tyupasthānasūtra.” Pāsādikadānam: Festschrift für Bhikkhu Pāsādika, edited by Martin Straube, Roland Steiner, Jayandra Soni, Michael Hahn, and Mitsuyo Demoto. Marburg: Indica et Tibetica Verlag, 2009: 61–88.

Demoto, Mitsuyo, ed. Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 3. Unpublished draft, last modified July 2012. PDF file.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b–310.a.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma: ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Vienna: Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2008.

Kritzer, Robert (Forthcoming). “Worms in Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra.” In Memorial Volume for Helmut Krasser. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Kritzer, Robert (2020). “Meditation on the Body in Chapter 7 of Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra.” Religions 11, no. 6 (2020): 283.

Lin, Li-kuoung, & P. Demiéville. L’aide-mémoire de la vraie loi. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1949.

Mizuno, Kogen. “On the Ārya-saddharmasmrtyupasthāna-sūtra.” Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyogaku Kenkyu) 12 (September 1964): 38–47.

Moretti, Costantino. “The Thirty-six Categories of ‘Hungry Ghosts’ Described in the Sūtra of the Foundations of Mindfulness of the True Law.” Fantômes dans l’Extrême-Orient D’hier et D’aujourd’hui. Edited by Vincent Durand Dastès, 43–69. Paris: INALCO, 2017.

Rangjung Dorjé (rang byung rdo rje). dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar bzhag pa’i mdo yi don snang bar byed pa’i bstan bcos. Lhasa: bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang, 2010.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2012). “A Less Traveled Path: Meditation and Textual Practice in the Saddharmasmṛtyupasthāna(sūtra).” PhD diss., University of California, Berkeley.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2015a). A Less Traveled Path: Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra Chapter 2, Critically edited with A Study on Its Structure and Significance for the Development of Buddhist Meditation. Sanskrit Texts from the Tibetan Autonomous Region (STTAR) 18. Beijing and Vienna: China Tibetology Publishing House and Austrian Academy of Sciences Press, 2015.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2015b). “Power in Practice: Cosmic Sovereignty Envisioned in Buddhism’s Middle Period.” The Critical Review for Buddhist Studies 18 (2015): 165–96.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2017a). “Yogācāra Substrata? Precedent Frames for Yogācāra Thought among Third-Century Yoga Practitioners in Greater Gandhāra.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 46 (October 2017): 193–240.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2017b). “Unmanifest Perceptions: Mind-Matter Interdependence and Its Consequences in Buddhist Thought and Practice.” In Śrāvakabhūmi and Buddhist Manuscripts, edited by Jundo Nagashima and Seongcheol Kim, 109–71. Tokyo: Nombre, 2017.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2019). “Becoming Animal: Karma and the Animal Realm Envisioned through an Early Yogācāra Lens.” Religions 10, no. 6 (2019): 363.

van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. “On the Vicissitudes of Subhūticandra’s Kāmadhenu Commentary on the Amarakoṣa in Tibet.” Journal of the International Association of Tibetan Studies, no. 5 (December 2009): 1–105.

Wallace, Vesna A., ed. Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 1. Unpublished draft, last modified May 10, 2020. PDF file.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

A Thousand Houses

Wylie:
  • khang bu stong
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་བུ་སྟོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Refers to Encircled by a Thousand Houses in Ornament of the Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­428
g.­2

Abhayākaragupta

Wylie:
  • a bha ya ka ra gup+ta
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་བྷ་ཡ་ཀ་ར་གུཔྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhayā­kara­gupta

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4
g.­3

Abhidharma

Wylie:
  • chos mngon pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhidharma

The Buddha’s teachings regarding subjects such as wisdom, psychology, metaphysics, and cosmology.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­940
  • c.­5
  • n.­193
  • g.­15
  • g.­1287
g.­4

Abhrakrama Summit

Wylie:
  • rtse mo lhang tsher
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལྷང་ཚེར།
Sanskrit:
  • abhrakrama RP

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­96
g.­5

Abhrakūṭa

Wylie:
  • a bhra kU TA
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་བྷྲ་ཀཱུ་ཊཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhrakūṭa

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­6

able one

Wylie:
  • thub
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

An ancient title given to ascetics, monks, hermits, and saints, namely, those who have attained the realization of a truth through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation.

Here also used as a specific epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­140-141
  • 2.­1399
  • 3.­138
  • 4.B.­64
  • 4.B.­612
  • 4.B.­854
  • 4.C.­787
  • 4.C.­973
  • 4.C.­1002
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1715
  • 4.C.­2716
  • 4.C.­2718
  • 4.C.­2891-2902
  • g.­1136
g.­7

Abode of Water

Wylie:
  • chu gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pool in Dwelling on the Disk.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1271
g.­8

abodes of Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmavihāra

The four abodes of Brahmā are love, compassion, joy, and equanimity.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 2.­262
  • 4.C.­1396
  • 5.­362
g.­9

Abounding with Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che rnams kyis kun tu gang ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­257
g.­10

Abrikṣabho

Wylie:
  • ’bri Sha b+ho
Tibetan:
  • འབྲི་ཥ་བྷོ།
Sanskrit:
  • abrikṣabho RP

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­275
g.­11

Abundance

Wylie:
  • legs par gang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­401-402
g.­12

Abundant Kūrma Monsters

Wylie:
  • chu srin kU rma mang ba nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ཀཱུ་རྨ་མང་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­13

Abundant Lions

Wylie:
  • seng ges kun nes gang ba
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེས་ཀུན་ནེས་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­283
g.­14

Acala

Wylie:
  • brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • acala RS

King at the second level of the asuras.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2214
  • 4.C.­2239
g.­15

acquisition

Wylie:
  • thob pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāpti

A conditioned factor that according to Sarvāstivāda Abhidharma is responsible for the ripening of karmic actions subsequent to their having been performed. See also n.­35.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­207
  • 2.­217-221
  • n.­35
g.­16

Action

Wylie:
  • kun spyod
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in Forests.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­209
g.­17

Activity

Wylie:
  • rnam spyod
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­399
  • g.­252
g.­18

Aḍitacandra

Wylie:
  • a Di ta tsan+d+ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཌི་ཏ་ཙནྡྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • aḍitacandra RP

Indian paṇḍita referred to in the sūtra’s colophon

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­5
g.­19

Adorned

Wylie:
  • spras pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­127
g.­20

Adorned with Glorious Garlands

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid phreng ldan
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཕྲེང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­21

Adorned with Musāragalva

Wylie:
  • mu sa ra galba rgyan du byas pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ས་ར་གལྦ་རྒྱན་དུ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­22

Adorned with Numerous Cascades

Wylie:
  • ’bab chu rnam pa sna tshogs pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • འབབ་ཆུ་རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Shining in Manifold Ways.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­3098
g.­23

Adorned with Springs

Wylie:
  • ’byung khungs kyi brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་ཁུངས་ཀྱི་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An emanated mountain on the trunk of Airāvaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­253
g.­24

Adūva

Wylie:
  • a Du bA
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཌུ་བཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • adūva RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­25

Advancing Fire

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba mes sreg
  • ’gro ba mes ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་མེས་སྲེག
  • འགྲོ་བ་མེས་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • caṅkramāṇāgni­dāha

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1226
g.­26

affliction

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Literally “pain,” “torment,” or “affliction.” In Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit it literally means “impurity” or “depravity.” In its technical use in Buddhism it means any negative quality in the mind that causes continued existence in saṃsāra. There are the 84,000 variations of mental disturbances for which the 84,000 categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. These mental disturbances can be subsumed into the three or five poisons of attachment, aversion, and ignorance plus arrogance and jealousy.

Located in 170 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­117-118
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­143
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­84
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­114
  • 2.­119-120
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­249-251
  • 2.­256-257
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­274-277
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­282
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­290-291
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­602
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­692
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­708-709
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1138
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­277
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­117
  • 4.B.­292
  • 4.B.­438
  • 4.B.­487
  • 4.B.­505
  • 4.B.­549
  • 4.B.­629
  • 4.B.­713
  • 4.B.­739
  • 4.B.­930-931
  • 4.B.­1009
  • 4.B.­1079-1080
  • 4.B.­1100
  • 4.B.­1105-1106
  • 4.B.­1139
  • 4.B.­1152
  • 4.B.­1154
  • 4.B.­1171
  • 4.B.­1175
  • 4.B.­1187-1188
  • 4.B.­1205
  • 4.B.­1231
  • 4.B.­1289
  • 4.B.­1322
  • 4.B.­1349
  • 4.B.­1406
  • 4.C.­554
  • 4.C.­747
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­929
  • 4.C.­945
  • 4.C.­1141
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1316
  • 4.C.­1318
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1366-1367
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1411
  • 4.C.­1418
  • 4.C.­1427-1428
  • 4.C.­1437-1438
  • 4.C.­1506
  • 4.C.­1525
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1573
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­2120
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2491
  • 4.C.­2494
  • 4.C.­2523
  • 4.C.­2525
  • 4.C.­2532
  • 4.C.­2552
  • 4.C.­2558
  • 4.C.­2562
  • 4.C.­2566
  • 4.C.­2647
  • 4.C.­2670
  • 4.C.­2694
  • 4.C.­2727
  • 4.C.­2766
  • 4.C.­2802
  • 4.C.­2806
  • 4.C.­2823
  • 4.C.­2860
  • 4.C.­2893
  • 4.C.­2920
  • 4.C.­2922
  • 4.C.­2927
  • 4.C.­3023
  • 4.C.­3025
  • 4.C.­3030
  • 4.C.­3032-3033
  • 4.C.­3037
  • 4.C.­3056
  • 4.C.­3071
  • 5.­2-3
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­229
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­371
  • 5.­383
  • n.­72
  • n.­194
  • n.­445
  • g.­256
  • g.­874
  • g.­974
g.­27

age of excellence

Wylie:
  • bzang ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In the context of this sūtra, this appears to refer to the “age of perfection.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­177
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­254
g.­28

age of perfection

Wylie:
  • rdzogs ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtayuga

The first of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. Humans in this age enjoy good qualities such as long lifespans free from disease (see 5.­238). Over the course of the four ages humans will lose a quarter of these qualities between each age.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­450
  • 5.­238
  • g.­27
  • g.­29
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
  • g.­497
g.­29

age of strife

Wylie:
  • rtsod ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • རྩོད་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • kaliyuga

The last of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with only one remaining quarter of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­177
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­245-246
  • g.­497
g.­30

age of threefold endowment

Wylie:
  • gsum ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • གསུམ་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • tretayuga

The second of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with three quarters of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­907
  • n.­618-620
  • g.­497
g.­31

age of twofold endowment

Wylie:
  • gnyis ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāparayuga

The third of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with two quarters, or half of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­907
  • n.­618-619
  • n.­621
g.­32

aggregate

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

The five psycho-physical components of personal experience: form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­62
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­106-109
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­140-141
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­1034-1035
  • 2.­1269
  • 2.­1273
  • 4.B.­107
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1189
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­1059
  • 4.C.­1091-1092
  • 4.C.­1209
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1426
  • 4.C.­1496-1497
  • 4.C.­1637
  • 4.C.­1796
  • 4.C.­1866
  • 4.C.­2028
  • 4.C.­2037
  • 4.C.­2108
  • 4.C.­2157
  • 4.C.­2245
  • 4.C.­2323
  • 4.C.­2483
  • 4.C.­2740
  • 4.C.­2843
  • 4.C.­2863
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­204
  • n.­35
  • n.­421
  • n.­518
  • g.­874
  • g.­974
  • g.­1348
g.­33

agnicūḍa

Wylie:
  • ag ni tsu Da
Tibetan:
  • ཨག་ནི་ཙུ་ཌ།
Sanskrit:
  • agnicūḍa RP

A bird that we have been unable to identify.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­80
g.­34

Ahi

Wylie:
  • kun ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ahi

A righteous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­196
g.­35

Airāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • sa srung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • ས་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • airāvaṇa

Śakra’s elephant.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 3.­289
  • 3.­293-296
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­328-329
  • 3.­346
  • 3.­348-349
  • 3.­354
  • 3.­356-357
  • 3.­359-360
  • 3.­362-363
  • 3.­371
  • 4.B.­125-126
  • 4.B.­245-247
  • 4.B.­257
  • 4.B.­260-261
  • 4.B.­263
  • 4.B.­964
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.C.­1126
  • g.­23
  • g.­131
  • g.­263
  • g.­282
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­1258
  • g.­1381
g.­36

Alala

Wylie:
  • a la la
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ལ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṭaṭaṭaṭa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­855
  • 2.­906
g.­37

All Seasons

Wylie:
  • dus tshigs thams cad
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཚིགས་ཐམས་ཅད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest upon Mount Playful in Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­29
g.­38

All the People

Wylie:
  • skye bo thams cad
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཐམས་ཅད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­39

All Worlds

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A summit in Ornament of the Mind.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­471-473
  • 4.C.­482-484
  • 4.C.­499-500
  • 4.C.­521
  • g.­744
g.­40

All-Reaching

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor na khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ན་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­41

alms

Wylie:
  • bsod snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • piṇḍapāta

The sharing of merit as food, drink, etc. is offered to members of the saṅgha.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­4-5
  • p.­8
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­837
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­1000
  • 4.B.­1143
  • 4.B.­1159
  • 4.B.­1162
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­1083
  • 4.C.­1218-1219
  • 4.C.­1223
  • 4.C.­1475
  • 4.C.­1574
  • 4.C.­2455
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2734
  • 4.C.­2737
  • 4.C.­2757
  • 5.­57
g.­42

Always Delightful

Wylie:
  • rtag tu nyams dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་ཉམས་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest of the asuras. (2) A grove in Lateral.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­127
  • 4.A.­12
g.­43

Always Joyous

Wylie:
  • rtag tu dga’ ba
  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
  • tin di kun dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • ཏིན་དི་ཀུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A park in Sustained by Fruition (rtag tu dga’ ba). (2) A pleasure grove in High Conduct (rtag tu dga’ ba). (3) A pond on Equal Peaks (rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba). (4) A forest of the asuras (tin di kun dga’).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­127
  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.B.­1297
  • 5.­335
g.­44

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­57
g.­45

Anavatapta

Wylie:
  • ma dros pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavatapta

A lake near Mount Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­325
  • 5.­391
g.­46

Andhaka

Wylie:
  • an dha ka
Tibetan:
  • ཨན་དྷ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • andhaka RP

Unidentified region of India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­765
g.­47

Aṅga

Wylie:
  • ang ga
Tibetan:
  • ཨང་ག
Sanskrit:
  • aṅga RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­139
g.­48

animal

Wylie:
  • dud ’gro
Tibetan:
  • དུད་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tīryak

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, who suffer from gross ignorance or bewilderment (gti mug, moha). They inhabit the realm of desire along with human beings.

Located in 512 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­26-34
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­214
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­264-266
  • 2.­268
  • 2.­302-303
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­316-317
  • 2.­320
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­393
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­398-400
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­416
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­431
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­481
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­503
  • 2.­506
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­513
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­533
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­615
  • 2.­618
  • 2.­621
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­648
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­696
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­704
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­730
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­776
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­870
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­905
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­924
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­940
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­946
  • 2.­950
  • 2.­1039
  • 2.­1141-1142
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1158
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1183
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1201
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1222
  • 2.­1225
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1261
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1296
  • 2.­1298
  • 2.­1355
  • 3.­6-20
  • 3.­22-25
  • 3.­27-29
  • 3.­31-33
  • 3.­35-36
  • 3.­62-63
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­86
  • 3.­93
  • 3.­128
  • 3.­131
  • 3.­184
  • 3.­194-195
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­320
  • 3.­335
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­350
  • 3.­353
  • 3.­379
  • 4.­1
  • 4.A.­3
  • 4.A.­33
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­69
  • 4.A.­80
  • 4.A.­82
  • 4.A.­85
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­157
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­303
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­322
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­338
  • 4.A.­345
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­381
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­101-103
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­125
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­153
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­234
  • 4.B.­262-263
  • 4.B.­293
  • 4.B.­295
  • 4.B.­314
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­350
  • 4.B.­358
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­395
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­412
  • 4.B.­424
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­466-467
  • 4.B.­500
  • 4.B.­503-504
  • 4.B.­506
  • 4.B.­524
  • 4.B.­529
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­585-586
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­715
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­748
  • 4.B.­753-755
  • 4.B.­783-784
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­845-850
  • 4.B.­860
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.B.­894
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­962
  • 4.B.­987
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1001
  • 4.B.­1029
  • 4.B.­1071
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1211-1213
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1244-1249
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1300
  • 4.B.­1326
  • 4.B.­1355
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1379
  • 4.B.­1393
  • 4.C.­105-106
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­273
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­394
  • 4.C.­422
  • 4.C.­511
  • 4.C.­531
  • 4.C.­535
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­607
  • 4.C.­613
  • 4.C.­623
  • 4.C.­692-694
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­727
  • 4.C.­789
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­956
  • 4.C.­975
  • 4.C.­1009
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1070
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1116-1117
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1218
  • 4.C.­1227-1229
  • 4.C.­1231
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1252
  • 4.C.­1256-1257
  • 4.C.­1294
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1353
  • 4.C.­1358-1359
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1382-1384
  • 4.C.­1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1391
  • 4.C.­1395
  • 4.C.­1434
  • 4.C.­1482
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1575-1576
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1662
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1952
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2105
  • 4.C.­2161
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2248
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2291-2293
  • 4.C.­2301
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2441
  • 4.C.­2467
  • 4.C.­2492
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2521-2522
  • 4.C.­2525
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2550
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2621
  • 4.C.­2638-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­2666
  • 4.C.­2705-2706
  • 4.C.­2746-2748
  • 4.C.­2750
  • 4.C.­2752-2754
  • 4.C.­2835
  • 4.C.­2839
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2884
  • 4.C.­2886
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3041
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3058
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­34-36
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­345-346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­396
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­419
  • n.­157
  • n.­159
  • n.­175
  • n.­203-204
  • n.­207-209
  • n.­327-340
  • n.­507-509
  • g.­445
  • g.­780
g.­49

Aṇira

Wylie:
  • a Ni ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཎི་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • aṇira RP

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­50

Antelope Dress

Wylie:
  • rna ba gon pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བ་གོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­51

Anūna

Wylie:
  • a nU na
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ནཱུ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • anūna

A mountain in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­249
  • g.­734
g.­52

Any Taste You Like

Wylie:
  • ji ltar ’dod pa’i ro
Tibetan:
  • ཇི་ལྟར་འདོད་པའི་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­53

Ardhamaru

Wylie:
  • ar dha ma ru
Tibetan:
  • ཨར་དྷ་མ་རུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ardhamaru RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­285-286
  • g.­860
  • g.­1082
g.­54

Arjuna

Wylie:
  • ardzu naH
Tibetan:
  • ཨརྫུ་ནཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • arjuna RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­55

Army of Heroes

Wylie:
  • dpa’ bo’i sde
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བོའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­56

aśoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aśoka

Saraca asoca. The aromatic blossoms of this plant are clustered together as orange, yellow, and red bunches of petals.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­81
  • 3.­95
  • 4.C.­440
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­356
  • 5.­401
g.­57

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).

Located in 371 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­94
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1038-1039
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­64-66
  • 3.­75-77
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­81-82
  • 3.­86
  • 3.­90-94
  • 3.­96-103
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­117
  • 3.­123-131
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­135-136
  • 3.­163-167
  • 3.­170-171
  • 3.­173
  • 3.­179-184
  • 3.­192-206
  • 3.­208-254
  • 3.­256-259
  • 3.­261-290
  • 3.­292-294
  • 3.­297-301
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­306-310
  • 3.­313-331
  • 3.­333-345
  • 3.­349
  • 3.­351-362
  • 3.­365-369
  • 3.­372-375
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­212
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.B.­22
  • 4.B.­58
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­126
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­175
  • 4.B.­230-232
  • 4.B.­244
  • 4.B.­258-259
  • 4.B.­261
  • 4.B.­263
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­310-311
  • 4.B.­313-317
  • 4.B.­334
  • 4.B.­359
  • 4.B.­446
  • 4.B.­535
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­807
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­845
  • 4.B.­848
  • 4.B.­874
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­965-967
  • 4.B.­981
  • 4.B.­984
  • 4.B.­1046
  • 4.B.­1073-1074
  • 4.B.­1076-1077
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1249
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­796
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1126
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­2190
  • 4.C.­2192
  • 4.C.­2207-2208
  • 4.C.­2212
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 4.C.­2220
  • 4.C.­2224
  • 4.C.­2239
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2840
  • 4.C.­3108
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­292
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­303-304
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­399
  • n.­227
  • g.­4
  • g.­14
  • g.­19
  • g.­42
  • g.­43
  • g.­58
  • g.­84
  • g.­168
  • g.­184
  • g.­253
  • g.­270
  • g.­276
  • g.­283
  • g.­299
  • g.­327
  • g.­394
  • g.­399
  • g.­438
  • g.­440
  • g.­443
  • g.­445
  • g.­517
  • g.­532
  • g.­563
  • g.­569
  • g.­601
  • g.­647
  • g.­672
  • g.­699
  • g.­707
  • g.­753
  • g.­756
  • g.­834
  • g.­835
  • g.­868
  • g.­898
  • g.­904
  • g.­910
  • g.­922
  • g.­965
  • g.­991
  • g.­1027
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1061
  • g.­1070
  • g.­1071
  • g.­1073
  • g.­1095
  • g.­1122
  • g.­1128
  • g.­1218
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1327
  • g.­1328
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1433
g.­58

asurī

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin gyi bu mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན་གྱི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • asurī

A female asura.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­82
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­163
  • 3.­375
g.­59

Aṭopa

Wylie:
  • bsgyings pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṭopa

An unvirtuous nāga king.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­51
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­119-120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­196
g.­60

Attached to Objects

Wylie:
  • yul la chags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­70
g.­61

Attached to Pleasures

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa la chags pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­89
g.­62

Attached to Smell

Wylie:
  • dri la chags pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­202
g.­63

Attached to Sound

Wylie:
  • sgra la chags pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­132
  • g.­490
g.­64

Attached to That

Wylie:
  • de la chags
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ལ་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­304
  • g.­1002
g.­65

Attraction

Wylie:
  • sems song ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­66

Auspicious Joy of Carefulness

Wylie:
  • bag yod pa la mngon par dga’ ba bkra shis
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཡོད་པ་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A god who taught Musulundha the Dharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2445
g.­67

Auspicious One

Wylie:
  • bkra shis ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­68

Auspicious Time

Wylie:
  • dus bzangs
Tibetan:
  • དུས་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A king of the swans.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1429
  • 4.C.­1660
  • 4.C.­1685
  • 4.C.­1692
  • 4.C.­1720
  • 4.C.­1722
  • 4.C.­1726
  • 4.C.­1741
  • 4.C.­1748
  • 4.C.­1883
  • 4.C.­1903-1904
  • 4.C.­1906
  • 4.C.­1910
  • 4.C.­1985
  • 4.C.­2020
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2390
  • 4.C.­2412
  • 4.C.­2426-2430
  • 4.C.­2436
  • 4.C.­2438
  • 4.C.­2440
  • 4.C.­2442-2445
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2459
  • 4.C.­2467
  • 4.C.­2469
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2495
  • 4.C.­2508
  • 4.C.­2519-2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2567
  • 4.C.­2574-2575
  • 4.C.­2976-2977
  • 4.C.­2992-2993
  • 4.C.­3007
  • 4.C.­3016
  • 4.C.­3053
  • 4.C.­3057
  • 4.C.­3085-3086
  • n.­465
  • g.­1379
g.­69

Babbler

Wylie:
  • ca co ba
Tibetan:
  • ཅ་ཅོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­70

Bādūtam

Wylie:
  • bA dU taM
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་དཱུ་ཏཾ།
Sanskrit:
  • bādūtam RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­71

Bāhiliko

Wylie:
  • ba hi li ko
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཧི་ལི་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • bāhiliko RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­72

Bāhlika

Wylie:
  • ba lhi ka
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལྷི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • bāhlika

The people of the Balkh region, or Bactrians.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­539
g.­73

bakula

Wylie:
  • ba ku la
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཀུ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bakula RP

The Mimusops elengi, also known as the bulletwood tree.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­80-81
g.­74

Bamboo Growth

Wylie:
  • ’od mas skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­75

Bamboo Water

Wylie:
  • ’od ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­76

Bamboos Everywhere

Wylie:
  • ’od mas khyab par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མས་ཁྱབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­77

Barbarā

Wylie:
  • bar ba rA
Tibetan:
  • བར་བ་རཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • barbarā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­78

Bāsa

Wylie:
  • bA sa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་སའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • bāsa RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­79

Battered Bodies

Wylie:
  • lus zhum
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཞུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vilīnagātra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1189
g.­80

Beautiful Grove

Wylie:
  • tshal shin tu sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Dwelling on the Disk.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1275
g.­81

Beautiful Nectar

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsis
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩིས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­305
g.­82

Beautiful Ornament

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa’i rgyan
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­305
g.­83

Beautiful Voice

Wylie:
  • grogs pa nyan
Tibetan:
  • གྲོགས་པ་ཉན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The horse that pulls the chariot of the sun.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­297
g.­84

Beauty

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa
  • rnam par mdzes pa
  • rnam mdzes
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
  • རྣམ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • śobhavanā

(1) A city at the fourth asura level, Immovable. (2) A lake on Equal Peaks. (3) A pond on Lofty Mound (rnam par mdzes pa). (3) Refers to Dwelling in Beauty (rnam mdzes).

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­184
  • 4.B.­305
  • 4.B.­308-310
  • 4.B.­318
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­474
  • 5.­334
  • n.­241
g.­85

Bees Everywhere

Wylie:
  • bung bas khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བས་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­86

Beneficial Eyes

Wylie:
  • phan par ’jug pa’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་པར་འཇུག་པའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­87

Beryl Forest

Wylie:
  • bai DU rya’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • བཻ་ཌཱུ་རྱའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in White Body.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­334
g.­88

Beryl River

Wylie:
  • bai DUr+ya’i chu
Tibetan:
  • བཻ་ཌཱུརྱའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­637
  • 4.C.­640
g.­89

Bhadraka

Wylie:
  • bzang ldan
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadraka

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­42
  • 3.­196
g.­90

Bhaṇḍanā

Wylie:
  • b+hAN+Da nA
Tibetan:
  • བྷཱཎྜ་ནཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhaṇḍanā RP

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­91

Bharata Abode

Wylie:
  • bha ra ta’i gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • བྷ་ར་ཏའི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharata RP

An island beyond Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­421
g.­92

Bhīduram

Wylie:
  • b+hI dU raM
Tibetan:
  • བྷཱི་དཱུ་རཾ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīduram RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­93

Billowing Waters

Wylie:
  • chu g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­94

Billowing Waves

Wylie:
  • rlabs g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­95

Bilvaka of Sumeru

Wylie:
  • lhun po’i bi lwa kaH
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་བི་ལྭ་ཀཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • bilvaka RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­96

Black Belly

Wylie:
  • nag po gsus pa
  • lto gnag
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་གསུས་པ།
  • ལྟོ་གནག
Sanskrit:
  • kālodara

(1) An area in Kuru (nag po gsus pa). 2. One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. (lto gnag), also called Raven’s Belly.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1188
  • 5.­386
  • n.­119
  • g.­1086
g.­97

Black Line Hell

Wylie:
  • thig nag
Tibetan:
  • ཐིག་ནག
Sanskrit:
  • kālasūtra

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­846
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1258
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1286
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­678
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1428
g.­98

Black Mongoose-like

Wylie:
  • ne’u le nag po lta bu
Tibetan:
  • ནེའུ་ལེ་ནག་པོ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālakanakula

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­99

Black One

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālikā

A river in the hell called Raven Mouths.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1154
g.­100

Black Swirling

Wylie:
  • nag po ’khyil ba
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­101

Black Waters

Wylie:
  • chu nag po
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­256-257
  • 5.­407
  • g.­344
g.­102

Blanket of Smell

Wylie:
  • gos dri
Tibetan:
  • གོས་དྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhakambala

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1220
g.­103

Blazing Gold

Wylie:
  • gser ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­261
g.­104

Blazing Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tejomālinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­693
  • g.­164
  • g.­1030
g.­105

Blessed One

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 191 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­6-10
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­113
  • 3.­56
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.A.­84
  • 4.A.­86-88
  • 4.B.­107-108
  • 4.B.­142
  • 4.B.­145
  • 4.B.­326
  • 4.B.­328
  • 4.B.­331
  • 4.B.­335
  • 4.B.­337
  • 4.B.­592
  • 4.B.­605
  • 4.B.­657
  • 4.B.­661-662
  • 4.B.­674
  • 4.B.­676-677
  • 4.B.­688-690
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­811-812
  • 4.B.­826
  • 4.B.­829-830
  • 4.B.­841
  • 4.B.­843-844
  • 4.B.­859
  • 4.B.­1154
  • 4.B.­1168
  • 4.B.­1181
  • 4.B.­1183
  • 4.B.­1224
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.C.­87-97
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­101
  • 4.C.­103-105
  • 4.C.­118
  • 4.C.­131-139
  • 4.C.­141
  • 4.C.­144
  • 4.C.­167
  • 4.C.­708
  • 4.C.­814-815
  • 4.C.­817
  • 4.C.­822
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­837
  • 4.C.­842
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­848
  • 4.C.­874
  • 4.C.­894
  • 4.C.­911
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­919
  • 4.C.­936
  • 4.C.­948
  • 4.C.­957
  • 4.C.­988
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1050
  • 4.C.­1052
  • 4.C.­1071
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1172
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1199
  • 4.C.­1210
  • 4.C.­1221
  • 4.C.­1226
  • 4.C.­1230-1231
  • 4.C.­1235-1236
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1245-1246
  • 4.C.­1261
  • 4.C.­1267-1268
  • 4.C.­1270-1272
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1296
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1318-1324
  • 4.C.­1337-1339
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1355
  • 4.C.­1369
  • 4.C.­1373
  • 4.C.­1398
  • 4.C.­1443
  • 4.C.­1452
  • 4.C.­1476
  • 4.C.­1485
  • 4.C.­1495
  • 4.C.­1501
  • 4.C.­1512
  • 4.C.­1517
  • 4.C.­1526
  • 4.C.­1542
  • 4.C.­1547
  • 4.C.­1558
  • 4.C.­1569
  • 4.C.­1577-1578
  • 4.C.­1723
  • 4.C.­1727
  • 4.C.­1910
  • 4.C.­2177-2178
  • 4.C.­2261
  • 4.C.­2445
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2457
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2485
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2495
  • 4.C.­2499
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2567
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2648
  • 4.C.­2723
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2780
  • 4.C.­2948
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3022
  • 4.C.­3053
  • 4.C.­3086
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­383
  • 5.­429
  • n.­353
g.­106

Blinding Smoke

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten par gyi du ba
  • mun pa dang dud pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པར་གྱི་དུ་བ།
  • མུན་པ་དང་དུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāndhakārikā­dhūma

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­619
g.­107

Bliss Maker

Wylie:
  • bde byed
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­108

Blissful Water

Wylie:
  • bde ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­109

Blocked Neck

Wylie:
  • mgrin pa ’gag pa
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་པ་འགག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­110

Blooming Park

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ra ba’i rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བའི་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­111

Blue

Wylie:
  • sngon po
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean off Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­423
g.­112

Blue Shade

Wylie:
  • grib ma sngon po
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain by Lake Expansive.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2125
g.­113

Blue Shadows

Wylie:
  • grib ma sngon po
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­323-325
g.­114

Blue Stream

Wylie:
  • sngon ’bab
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­115

Blue Waters

Wylie:
  • chu sngon po
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­257
  • g.­866
g.­116

Blue-Colored One

Wylie:
  • mdog sngon
Tibetan:
  • མདོག་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­117

Boiling Cauldrons

Wylie:
  • snod du btso ba
Tibetan:
  • སྣོད་དུ་བཙོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhīpāka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­308
g.­118

Border Mountain

Wylie:
  • mtshams kyi mtha’i ri
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་ཀྱི་མཐའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The mountain between Videha and Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­422
g.­119

Borderlands of the Lord of Death

Wylie:
  • gshin rje’i mtshams kyi dgon pa
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་མཚམས་ཀྱི་དགོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama­sīmākāntāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­521
g.­120

Born in a Lap

Wylie:
  • skyil mo krung gi steng du skye ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱིལ་མོ་ཀྲུང་གི་སྟེང་དུ་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­382
  • g.­1075
g.­121

Born in a Tank

Wylie:
  • skyor chu skyes
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོར་ཆུ་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­312
  • g.­449
  • g.­529
g.­122

Born Round

Wylie:
  • kun nas zlum par skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཟླུམ་པར་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­123

Born Triangular

Wylie:
  • gru gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­124

Boundless Torture

Wylie:
  • tshor ba dbag tu med
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་དབག་ཏུ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aparimita­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­608
g.­125

Brāgajyotiṣa

Wylie:
  • brA ga dz+yo ti Sha
Tibetan:
  • བྲཱ་ག་ཛྱོ་ཏི་ཥ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāgajyotiṣa RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­292
g.­126

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1404-1405
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­123
  • 4.B.­910-911
  • 4.B.­1128
  • 4.C.­2685
  • 4.C.­2703
  • 4.C.­2705
  • 4.C.­3008
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3040
  • 4.C.­3043
  • 5.­383
  • g.­1294
g.­127

Brahmā Realm

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

The lower realm within the first concentration.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­272
  • 2.­954-955
  • 3.­2
g.­128

brahmin

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

A member of the brahmin caste.

Located in 174 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­6
  • p.­9
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­131
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1282
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1298-1299
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1422
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­108
  • 3.­110-112
  • 3.­114-115
  • 3.­120-123
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­198
  • 3.­200-202
  • 3.­207
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­236
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­372
  • 4.A.­83
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.B.­58
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­226-227
  • 4.B.­229
  • 4.B.­264-268
  • 4.B.­316
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­322
  • 4.B.­325
  • 4.B.­335
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­749
  • 4.B.­906-907
  • 4.B.­910
  • 4.B.­912-914
  • 4.B.­916
  • 4.B.­918
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­815
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­930
  • 4.C.­1017
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1297
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1443
  • 4.C.­1449-1450
  • 4.C.­1919
  • 4.C.­1931
  • 4.C.­1943
  • 4.C.­2639-2640
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2650
  • 4.C.­2669-2671
  • 4.C.­2704
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2731
  • 4.C.­2745-2746
  • 4.C.­2748
  • 4.C.­2750-2752
  • 4.C.­2755-2758
  • 4.C.­2778
  • 4.C.­2820
  • 4.C.­2822
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842-2843
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2861-2864
  • 4.C.­2874
  • 4.C.­2880-2884
  • 4.C.­2886-2888
  • 4.C.­2890
  • 4.C.­2904-2905
  • 4.C.­2907-2910
  • 4.C.­2918-2920
  • 4.C.­2922-2925
  • 4.C.­2928
  • 4.C.­2938-2939
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­420
  • 5.­427
  • g.­387
  • g.­886
  • g.­1258
g.­129

Braided

Wylie:
  • ral pa can
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­400
g.­130

Braided Shape

Wylie:
  • ral pa can gyi dbyibs
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན་གྱི་དབྱིབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A vidyādhara site on Kālaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­131

Bright

Wylie:
  • dang ba
Tibetan:
  • དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pool upon one of Airāvaṇa’s ears.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­250
g.­132

Bright Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i cha shas rnam par bkra ba
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆ་ཤས་རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Total Pleasure.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2596-2597
  • 4.C.­2632
g.­133

Bright River

Wylie:
  • rab tu dang ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­134

Bright Waters

Wylie:
  • chu rab tu dang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­258-259
g.­135

Broken by Nāgas

Wylie:
  • klus brtol
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུས་བརྟོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­136

Bubbles

Wylie:
  • dbu ba’i tshogs
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­137

Buoyancy

Wylie:
  • rab tu dang ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­7
g.­138

Buoyant Movement

Wylie:
  • rab tu dang bar ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­539
g.­139

Burning

Wylie:
  • rnam par sreg byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྲེག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A land in the east of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river in the land known as Aṅga.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­140

Burning All

Wylie:
  • kun sreg
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་སྲེག
Sanskrit:
  • sarvadāha

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­897
g.­141

Burning Everyone

Wylie:
  • skye bo thams cad sreg pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྲེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvajanapāka

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­749
g.­142

Burning Hair

Wylie:
  • skra me ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་མེ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­499
g.­143

Burning Torrent of the Vaitaraṇī

Wylie:
  • chu bo rab med rab tu tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་རབ་མེད་རབ་ཏུ་ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaitaraṇī­pradāha­pravāha

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­855
  • 2.­915
g.­144

Bursting Like Great Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma chen po ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ཆེན་པོ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpaduma

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­442
  • g.­160
g.­145

Bursting Like Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paduma

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­437
g.­146

Butön Rinchen Drup

Wylie:
  • bu ston rin chen grub
Tibetan:
  • བུ་སྟོན་རིན་ཆེན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The famous compiler of the Kangyur (1290–1364).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­4
g.­147

Caitra­ratha­vana

Wylie:
  • shing rta sna tshogs pa’i tshal
  • shing rta sna tshogs kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པའི་ཚལ།
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • caitra­ratha­vana

(1) A forest on the eastern face of Sumeru. (2) Śakra’s arsenal.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­291
  • 3.­371
  • 5.­293-294
g.­148

Cakravāḍa

Wylie:
  • tsakra bA Do
  • ri khor yug
Tibetan:
  • ཙཀྲ་བཱ་ཌོ།
  • རི་ཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit:
  • cakravāḍa

(1) A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa (tsakra bA Do). (2) Eight consecutive rings of mountains that surround the world ocean (ri khor yug).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­897
  • 5.­289
  • g.­567
g.­149

Calling Geese

Wylie:
  • ngang ngur rnams kyis rjes su bsgrags par byed pa
  • ngang pa kun sgra ’byin pa
Tibetan:
  • ངང་ངུར་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་རྗེས་སུ་བསྒྲགས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ངང་པ་ཀུན་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest on Encircled by White Clouds (ngang ngur rnams kyis rjes su bsgrags par byed pa). (2) A river on Saṅkāśa (ngang pa kun sgra ’byin pa).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­328
  • 5.­339-340
g.­150

calm abiding

Wylie:
  • zhi gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha

Refers to the meditative practice of calming the mind to rest free from the disturbance of thought. One of the two basic forms of Buddhist meditation, the other being special insight (vipaśyanā, lhag mthong).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­89
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1092
  • g.­1224
g.­151

Camel Face

Wylie:
  • rnga mo’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་མོའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­152

Captivating the Mind

Wylie:
  • mthong na yid ’phrog pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ན་ཡིད་འཕྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mansion in Supreme Strength.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­84
g.­153

Caraca

Wylie:
  • tsa ra tsa
Tibetan:
  • ཙ་ར་ཙ།
Sanskrit:
  • caraca RP

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­154

carefulness

Wylie:
  • bag yod pa
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • apramāda

Heedful attention to virtuous qualities.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­61-62
  • 4.B.­656
  • 4.B.­681
  • 4.B.­688
  • 4.B.­717
  • 4.B.­763
  • 4.B.­811
  • 4.B.­1006
  • 4.B.­1051
  • 4.B.­1123-1124
  • 4.B.­1129
  • 4.B.­1133
  • 4.B.­1161
  • 4.B.­1169
  • 4.B.­1182
  • 4.B.­1189
  • 4.B.­1310
  • 4.B.­1315
  • 4.C.­67
  • 4.C.­78
  • 4.C.­1109
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1303
  • 4.C.­1736-1740
  • 4.C.­1745
  • 4.C.­1751-1753
  • 4.C.­2116
  • 4.C.­2122
  • 4.C.­2175
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2449
  • 4.C.­2512-2513
  • 4.C.­2554-2555
  • 4.C.­2572
  • 4.C.­2857
  • 4.C.­3010-3011
  • 4.C.­3018
  • 4.C.­3037
  • 4.C.­3072
g.­155

Careless Living

Wylie:
  • bag med pa rnams spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་པ་རྣམས་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2391
g.­156

carelessness

Wylie:
  • bag med pa
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramāda

Disregard for virtuous qualities.

Located in 455 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­901
  • 2.­1264
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­153-154
  • 4.A.­188
  • 4.A.­194-197
  • 4.A.­274
  • 4.A.­330-331
  • 4.A.­348-349
  • 4.A.­360
  • 4.B.­60-62
  • 4.B.­77
  • 4.B.­173-174
  • 4.B.­182
  • 4.B.­192
  • 4.B.­304
  • 4.B.­313
  • 4.B.­328
  • 4.B.­352-354
  • 4.B.­356-357
  • 4.B.­361
  • 4.B.­363
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­388
  • 4.B.­539
  • 4.B.­585
  • 4.B.­642
  • 4.B.­646
  • 4.B.­651-652
  • 4.B.­663-664
  • 4.B.­666-667
  • 4.B.­672-673
  • 4.B.­678
  • 4.B.­680-681
  • 4.B.­683-685
  • 4.B.­688
  • 4.B.­691
  • 4.B.­698
  • 4.B.­707
  • 4.B.­709-711
  • 4.B.­735-737
  • 4.B.­746
  • 4.B.­763
  • 4.B.­780
  • 4.B.­805
  • 4.B.­807-808
  • 4.B.­811-812
  • 4.B.­816-817
  • 4.B.­842
  • 4.B.­860
  • 4.B.­862
  • 4.B.­879
  • 4.B.­1007
  • 4.B.­1022-1023
  • 4.B.­1048
  • 4.B.­1051
  • 4.B.­1054
  • 4.B.­1058-1061
  • 4.B.­1080-1083
  • 4.B.­1085-1091
  • 4.B.­1105-1106
  • 4.B.­1113-1114
  • 4.B.­1117
  • 4.B.­1119
  • 4.B.­1121
  • 4.B.­1123-1126
  • 4.B.­1156-1157
  • 4.B.­1164
  • 4.B.­1177
  • 4.B.­1179
  • 4.B.­1216
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1305
  • 4.B.­1310
  • 4.B.­1318-1324
  • 4.B.­1343
  • 4.B.­1366
  • 4.B.­1369
  • 4.B.­1372
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1392-1393
  • 4.C.­35
  • 4.C.­46
  • 4.C.­67-68
  • 4.C.­77
  • 4.C.­81
  • 4.C.­88
  • 4.C.­95-96
  • 4.C.­103
  • 4.C.­105-126
  • 4.C.­130-131
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­188
  • 4.C.­232
  • 4.C.­235
  • 4.C.­255
  • 4.C.­260
  • 4.C.­262-263
  • 4.C.­267
  • 4.C.­328
  • 4.C.­330
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­370
  • 4.C.­377
  • 4.C.­388
  • 4.C.­442
  • 4.C.­449
  • 4.C.­451
  • 4.C.­458
  • 4.C.­480
  • 4.C.­501
  • 4.C.­523
  • 4.C.­543-544
  • 4.C.­556
  • 4.C.­579
  • 4.C.­688
  • 4.C.­695
  • 4.C.­708-709
  • 4.C.­727
  • 4.C.­815
  • 4.C.­817
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­836-837
  • 4.C.­842
  • 4.C.­868
  • 4.C.­946
  • 4.C.­949
  • 4.C.­981
  • 4.C.­1012
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048-1050
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1099
  • 4.C.­1106-1109
  • 4.C.­1111
  • 4.C.­1132
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1240-1242
  • 4.C.­1256
  • 4.C.­1265
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1287
  • 4.C.­1301
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1368
  • 4.C.­1418
  • 4.C.­1576
  • 4.C.­1598
  • 4.C.­1603
  • 4.C.­1618
  • 4.C.­1632
  • 4.C.­1643
  • 4.C.­1676
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 4.C.­1722
  • 4.C.­1724
  • 4.C.­1728-1734
  • 4.C.­1736
  • 4.C.­1738
  • 4.C.­1740
  • 4.C.­1742
  • 4.C.­1744
  • 4.C.­1746-1747
  • 4.C.­1749-1754
  • 4.C.­1759
  • 4.C.­1764-1765
  • 4.C.­1774
  • 4.C.­1777
  • 4.C.­1785
  • 4.C.­1795
  • 4.C.­1821
  • 4.C.­1837
  • 4.C.­1858
  • 4.C.­1867-1869
  • 4.C.­1873
  • 4.C.­1875-1876
  • 4.C.­1878
  • 4.C.­1881
  • 4.C.­1883
  • 4.C.­1900
  • 4.C.­1904
  • 4.C.­1908-1909
  • 4.C.­2020-2022
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2095
  • 4.C.­2105-2106
  • 4.C.­2112-2115
  • 4.C.­2119-2125
  • 4.C.­2131-2132
  • 4.C.­2135-2137
  • 4.C.­2142-2144
  • 4.C.­2149
  • 4.C.­2151-2152
  • 4.C.­2155
  • 4.C.­2159-2162
  • 4.C.­2165-2168
  • 4.C.­2170-2171
  • 4.C.­2173-2175
  • 4.C.­2177-2178
  • 4.C.­2180
  • 4.C.­2182
  • 4.C.­2187
  • 4.C.­2200
  • 4.C.­2215-2216
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2228
  • 4.C.­2230
  • 4.C.­2232
  • 4.C.­2234
  • 4.C.­2236
  • 4.C.­2247-2248
  • 4.C.­2260
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2285
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2345
  • 4.C.­2355
  • 4.C.­2394
  • 4.C.­2396
  • 4.C.­2408-2409
  • 4.C.­2414-2419
  • 4.C.­2421-2423
  • 4.C.­2425
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2429
  • 4.C.­2431-2432
  • 4.C.­2436
  • 4.C.­2441-2444
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2449-2450
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2460-2461
  • 4.C.­2463
  • 4.C.­2465-2466
  • 4.C.­2469
  • 4.C.­2471
  • 4.C.­2474-2476
  • 4.C.­2478
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2508
  • 4.C.­2512-2513
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2537
  • 4.C.­2539
  • 4.C.­2545
  • 4.C.­2548-2549
  • 4.C.­2552-2553
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2567
  • 4.C.­2569
  • 4.C.­2574
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2594
  • 4.C.­2596
  • 4.C.­2606
  • 4.C.­2615
  • 4.C.­2619-2620
  • 4.C.­2629-2631
  • 4.C.­2634
  • 4.C.­2637-2638
  • 4.C.­2641
  • 4.C.­2647-2648
  • 4.C.­2650
  • 4.C.­2668-2669
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2734
  • 4.C.­2787
  • 4.C.­2846
  • 4.C.­2866
  • 4.C.­2972
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3004
  • 4.C.­3010
  • 4.C.­3012-3014
  • 4.C.­3037
  • 4.C.­3058
  • 4.C.­3083
  • 4.C.­3103
  • 4.C.­3106
  • 4.C.­3108-3109
  • 4.C.­3112
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­377
g.­157

Cascade

Wylie:
  • ’bab cu
Tibetan:
  • འབབ་ཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Delighting in Flower Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­160
g.­158

Cascades of Joy

Wylie:
  • ’bab chu rnam kyis mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • འབབ་ཆུ་རྣམ་ཀྱིས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2579
g.­159

Caturo

Wylie:
  • tsa tu ro
Tibetan:
  • ཙ་ཏུ་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • caturo RP

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­160

Caustic River

Wylie:
  • ba tshwa’i chu bo’i rlabs
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཚྭའི་ཆུ་བོའི་རླབས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣāranadī

River in the hell known as Bursting Like Great Lotuses.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­439
g.­161

Cavern of the Closed Eye

Wylie:
  • mig btsums pa’i phug
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཙུམས་པའི་ཕུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A cave on the mountain called Closed Eye.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­312-313
g.­162

Celebrating Goddesses

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu mo rnams rtse dga’ bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ་མོ་རྣམས་རྩེ་དགའ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A minor mountain on Lofty Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­163

Celebrations throughout the Land

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor na rtse dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ན་རྩེ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­164

Certain Liberation

Wylie:
  • nges par mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Blazing Splendor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­696
g.­165

Cessation of All Faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po thams cad ’gags pa
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvendriya­nirodha

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­429
g.­166

chatter

Wylie:
  • ngag kyal
Tibetan:
  • ངག་ཀྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃbhinna­pralāpa

The fourth among the four misdeeds of speech.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­89
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­1107
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­1161
  • 4.C.­109
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­2527
  • g.­1310
g.­167

Chavikaliṅka

Wylie:
  • tsha bi ka ling ka
Tibetan:
  • ཚ་བི་ཀ་ལིང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • chavikaliṅka RP

A forest in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­168

cheerful

Wylie:
  • kun spro
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་སྤྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras ruled by Overjoyed.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­184
  • 3.­192-195
g.­169

China

Wylie:
  • rgya nag
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ནག
Sanskrit:
  • cīna

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­299
  • n.­274
g.­170

Cilika

Wylie:
  • tsi li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཙི་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • cilika RP

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­171

Circle

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­172

Circling Fish

Wylie:
  • nya ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­173

Circling Waves

Wylie:
  • rlabs ’khor bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་འཁོར་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­174

Circular Design

Wylie:
  • khor yug gi rnam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག་གི་རྣམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean beyond Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­175

City of Hills

Wylie:
  • phung po’i grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­176

Clean Water

Wylie:
  • gtsang ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks. (2) A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­379
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
g.­177

Clear Appearance

Wylie:
  • gsal bar snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་བར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Utterly Delightful to Behold.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1633
g.­178

Clear Forest

Wylie:
  • gsal ba’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་བའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­96
g.­179

Clear Stream of Summer Clouds

Wylie:
  • dbyar sprin rab tu dang ba’i chu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱར་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བའི་ཆུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­180

Clear Water

Wylie:
  • chu dang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­395
g.­181

Closed Eye

Wylie:
  • mig btsums
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཙུམས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­312
  • g.­161
g.­182

Cloud

Wylie:
  • sprin
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on the continent of Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2215
g.­183

Cloud Banks

Wylie:
  • sprin brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

King Sudarśana’s elephant.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­266
g.­184

Cloud below Gold

Wylie:
  • gser gyi ’og phag sprin
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་འོག་ཕག་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­127
g.­185

Cloud Companion

Wylie:
  • sprin ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­186

cloud disperser

Wylie:
  • sprin rab tu ’byed par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­187

Cloud Forest

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Draped with Jewels. (2) A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­963-964
  • 4.B.­985
  • 5.­408
g.­188

Cloud Garland

Wylie:
  • sprin phreng
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
g.­189

Cloud Mode

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi ’gros
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­190

Cloud-Like White Array

Wylie:
  • sprin ltar dkar brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་ལྟར་དཀར་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­191

Cloudless Heaven

Wylie:
  • sprin med
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhraka

The first level of the fourth concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­192

coarse food

Wylie:
  • kham gyi zas
Tibetan:
  • ཁམ་གྱི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • kavalīkārāhāra

One of the four kinds of food.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­17
  • g.­503
g.­193

Colorful

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs
  • bkra ba
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས།
  • བཀྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A grove in Lateral (sna tshogs). (2) A forest at Sudharma (bkra ba).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­12
  • 4.B.­16
  • 4.B.­92
  • 4.B.­109
g.­194

Colorful Brightness

Wylie:
  • rnam par sna tshogs par bkra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣ་ཚོགས་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond in Shining in Manifold Ways.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­3113
  • 4.C.­3120
g.­195

Colorful Waters

Wylie:
  • rnam par bkra ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Moving in Vast Environments.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­615
  • 4.C.­635
g.­196

concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Generally one of the synonyms for meditation, referring to a state of mental stability. The specific four concentrations are four successively subtler states of meditation that are said to lead to rebirth into the corresponding four levels of the form realm. One of the six perfections.

Located in 165 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87-89
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­107
  • 1.­144
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­247
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­271-272
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1478
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­151
  • 4.A.­178
  • 4.A.­389
  • 4.A.­422
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­411
  • 4.B.­455
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­505
  • 4.B.­528
  • 4.B.­549
  • 4.B.­588
  • 4.B.­1162-1163
  • 4.B.­1165
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1265
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­92
  • 4.C.­244
  • 4.C.­608
  • 4.C.­780
  • 4.C.­818
  • 4.C.­833
  • 4.C.­931
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1052
  • 4.C.­1097
  • 4.C.­1220-1221
  • 4.C.­1341-1344
  • 4.C.­1351
  • 4.C.­1354
  • 4.C.­1383
  • 4.C.­1385-1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1391
  • 4.C.­1394-1396
  • 4.C.­1400
  • 4.C.­1409
  • 4.C.­1411-1412
  • 4.C.­1414
  • 4.C.­1417
  • 4.C.­1421
  • 4.C.­1431
  • 4.C.­1436
  • 4.C.­1438
  • 4.C.­1440
  • 4.C.­1446
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1450-1452
  • 4.C.­1462
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1484
  • 4.C.­1495-1497
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1506
  • 4.C.­1509-1510
  • 4.C.­1520-1522
  • 4.C.­1524
  • 4.C.­1526-1528
  • 4.C.­1530
  • 4.C.­1536
  • 4.C.­1539-1540
  • 4.C.­1546
  • 4.C.­1551
  • 4.C.­1553
  • 4.C.­1555-1556
  • 4.C.­1561-1562
  • 4.C.­1568
  • 4.C.­2060
  • 4.C.­2279
  • 4.C.­2333
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2468
  • 4.C.­2474
  • 4.C.­2491
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2649
  • 4.C.­2729
  • 4.C.­2756
  • 4.C.­2758
  • 4.C.­2760
  • 4.C.­2765
  • 4.C.­2791
  • 4.C.­2795
  • 4.C.­2873
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­383
  • 5.­428
  • g.­127
  • g.­191
  • g.­570
  • g.­577
  • g.­583
  • g.­626
  • g.­628
  • g.­629
  • g.­631
  • g.­632
  • g.­645
  • g.­646
  • g.­813
  • g.­815
  • g.­839
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1191
  • g.­1234
  • g.­1256
  • g.­1373
g.­197

Conch

Wylie:
  • dung
Tibetan:
  • དུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­198

Conch Color

Wylie:
  • dung gi mdog
Tibetan:
  • དུང་གི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­199

Conch Sound

Wylie:
  • dung gi sgra si mi si mi
Tibetan:
  • དུང་གི་སྒྲ་སི་མི་སི་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­200

Concise

Wylie:
  • mdor bsdus pa
Tibetan:
  • མདོར་བསྡུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­201

Confluence

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­202

Confused Attachment

Wylie:
  • lhag par chags par rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པར་ཆགས་པར་རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­227
g.­203

Conquered by Kadambas

Wylie:
  • ka dam+ba’i bya rnams kyis bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་དམྦའི་བྱ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­204

Conqueror

Wylie:
  • rnam rgyal byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Enraptured by and Attached to Song.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­607
g.­205

Consoler

Wylie:
  • ’thun par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འཐུན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1259
g.­206

Constant Bliss

Wylie:
  • rtag tu bde ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­2023-2024
  • 4.C.­2346
  • n.­519
  • g.­413
g.­207

Constant Darkness

Wylie:
  • rtag tu mun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirantarāndhakāra

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­855
  • 2.­919
g.­208

constant enjoyer

Wylie:
  • rtag tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­209

Constant Enjoyment

Wylie:
  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­371
g.­210

Constant Happiness

Wylie:
  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­563
g.­211

constant infatuation

Wylie:
  • rtag par rgyags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པར་རྒྱགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A bird that lives on the banks of the River of Carelessness.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1780
  • 4.C.­1783
g.­212

Constant Joy

Wylie:
  • rtag dga’
  • brtan dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་དགའ།
  • བརྟན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A peak on Sumeru (rtag dga’). (2) A realm of the ever-infatuated gods (brtan dga’).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­276
g.­213

Constant Lightning

Wylie:
  • rtag tu glog ’khyug pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་གློག་འཁྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­214

Constant Lotus Joy

Wylie:
  • rtag tu pad ma rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་པད་མ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­215

Constant Play

Wylie:
  • rtag tu rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure garden in Pair of Śāla Trees.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­773
g.­216

constant power

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i shugs
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­217

Constant Rain of Glowing Sand

Wylie:
  • mdag me bye ma lta bu’i char rtag tu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • མདག་མེ་བྱེ་མ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཆར་རྟག་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nitya­sikatāṅgāra­varṣa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­854
  • 2.­893
g.­218

Constant Terror

Wylie:
  • rtag tu ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sadāpratibhayā

A river in the hell of the Borderland of the Lord of Death.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­525
g.­219

Constant True Joy

Wylie:
  • rtag tu mngon dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­220

Constant Water

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i chu
  • brtan pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་ཆུ།
  • བརྟན་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks. (2) A pond on Equal Peaks. (3) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (brtan pa’i chu).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­334-335
  • 5.­345
g.­221

Constantly Crazed Bees

Wylie:
  • bung ba rtag myos
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ་རྟག་མྱོས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­222

Constantly Ravishing

Wylie:
  • rtag tu rab dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རབ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­223

Consuming Blood and Fat

Wylie:
  • khrag dang zhag za ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲག་དང་ཞག་ཟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name for Consuming Blood and Marrow, which is one of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­697
g.­224

Consuming Blood and Marrow

Wylie:
  • khrag dang rkang za ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲག་དང་རྐང་ཟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rudhira­majjāhāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­697
  • n.­87
  • g.­223
g.­225

Continuous

Wylie:
  • bar med
Tibetan:
  • བར་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­226

Continuous Abode

Wylie:
  • rgyun gyi gnas
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་གྱི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Draped with Jewels.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­963
g.­227

Continuous Movement

Wylie:
  • rgyun gyis rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་གྱིས་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, possibly the same as Moving in Mixed Environments (rab tu rnam par ’dres pa’i khor yug na rgyu ba).

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­537-539
  • 4.C.­561
  • 4.C.­565
  • 4.C.­567
  • g.­138
  • g.­210
  • g.­277
  • g.­294
  • g.­375
  • g.­476
  • g.­723
  • g.­727
  • g.­937
  • g.­1105
  • g.­1207
  • g.­1368
  • g.­1436
g.­228

Continuously Cultivated

Wylie:
  • kun nas bsten pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་བསྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond in Delighting in Flower Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­161
g.­229

Controlled Movement

Wylie:
  • bsdams par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • བསྡམས་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­1841-1842
  • g.­926
g.­230

Cool Water

Wylie:
  • chu bsil ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond at the forest Joyous in Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­54
g.­231

Cool Water Home

Wylie:
  • chu bsil gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­270
g.­232

Cool Waters

Wylie:
  • chu bsil
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བསིལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pool in Special Joy.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­211-212
g.­233

Copious Degeneration

Wylie:
  • nyams pa mang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉམས་པ་མང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­401
  • 2.­403
  • n.­64
g.­234

Copious Parasites in Marrow and Bones

Wylie:
  • rkang dang rus pa la srin bu mang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྐང་དང་རུས་པ་ལ་སྲིན་བུ་མང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • majjāsthi­kṛmi­nikara

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­747
  • g.­1215
g.­235

Copper Holder

Wylie:
  • zangs can
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­305
  • g.­237
g.­236

Copper-Colored

Wylie:
  • zangs kyi mdog
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་ཀྱི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­301
g.­237

Coppery

Wylie:
  • zangs ma can
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī on the island called Copper Holder.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­305
g.­238

Coral Forest

Wylie:
  • byi ru’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • བྱི་རུའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure grove in White Body.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­333
g.­239

Covered by Hair

Wylie:
  • skras khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲས་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A piśāca.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­400
g.­240

Covered by Palāśas

Wylie:
  • pa la sha yis kun tu khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • པ་ལ་ཤ་ཡིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­241

Covered by Puḍi

Wylie:
  • pu Dis g.yogs pa
Tibetan:
  • པུ་ཌིས་གཡོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­266
g.­242

Covered by Red Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma dmar pos kun tu khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དམར་པོས་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­243

Covered by Vines

Wylie:
  • ’khri shing gis g.yogs pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲི་ཤིང་གིས་གཡོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­244

covetousness

Wylie:
  • brnab sems
Tibetan:
  • བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • abhidhyā

The first among the three mental misdeeds.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­92
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1119-1122
  • 2.­1124
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­1066
  • 4.C.­161
  • 4.C.­818-819
  • 4.C.­844
  • 4.C.­892-893
  • 4.C.­909
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1479
  • 4.C.­1522-1523
  • 4.C.­1525
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1979
  • g.­1310
g.­245

Crested Ravens

Wylie:
  • skra shad ’dzings pa dang bya khwa yod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ཤད་འཛིངས་པ་དང་བྱ་ཁྭ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśoṇḍūka­vāyasa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­857
  • 2.­931
g.­246

Crier

Wylie:
  • a tsa zer ba
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཙ་ཟེར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cuṭucuṭu

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­407
  • n.­64
g.­247

Crown

Wylie:
  • spyi bo
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Location visited for pleasure by Śakra and his entourage.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­582
g.­248

Crown Escape

Wylie:
  • spyi gtsug thar
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱི་གཙུག་ཐར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­205
g.­249

cruising the path of the sun

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i lam du legs par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་ལམ་དུ་ལེགས་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­250

Crushing Hell

Wylie:
  • bsdus gzhom
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུས་གཞོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃghāta

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­388-390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­399
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­847
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­144
  • g.­145
  • g.­165
  • g.­233
  • g.­246
  • g.­349
  • g.­434
  • g.­439
  • g.­521
  • g.­620
  • g.­639
  • g.­688
  • g.­892
  • g.­1031
  • g.­1108
  • g.­1198
  • g.­1314
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1429
g.­251

Crystal Encounter

Wylie:
  • shel ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­252

Crystal Forest

Wylie:
  • shel gi tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཤེལ་གི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Activity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­400
g.­253

crystal holders

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i do shal thogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་དོ་ཤལ་ཐོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­254

Culundha Stream

Wylie:
  • tsu lun+da ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཙུ་ལུནྡ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • culundha RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­255

Cuñcumātī

Wylie:
  • tsun tsum+pa tI
Tibetan:
  • ཙུན་ཙུམྤ་ཏཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • cuñcumātī RP

A river in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­256

cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

The cycle of birth and death driven by mental afflictions and karmic actions.

Located in 341 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­113-115
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­138
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­71
  • 2.­118-119
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­129-131
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­210
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­232-233
  • 2.­242-243
  • 2.­246-247
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­281
  • 2.­291
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­327
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­806
  • 2.­823
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1244
  • 2.­1253
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1263
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1273
  • 2.­1286
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1303
  • 2.­1305
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1327
  • 2.­1330
  • 2.­1333
  • 2.­1335
  • 2.­1337
  • 2.­1340
  • 2.­1343
  • 2.­1345
  • 2.­1348
  • 2.­1350
  • 2.­1353
  • 2.­1356
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1400
  • 2.­1425
  • 2.­1481
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­131
  • 3.­376-377
  • 4.A.­3
  • 4.A.­26
  • 4.A.­80
  • 4.A.­151-152
  • 4.A.­177
  • 4.A.­181
  • 4.A.­200
  • 4.A.­245
  • 4.A.­253
  • 4.A.­258
  • 4.A.­326
  • 4.A.­349
  • 4.A.­358
  • 4.A.­388
  • 4.A.­409-410
  • 4.A.­419
  • 4.B.­103
  • 4.B.­116-119
  • 4.B.­144
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­270
  • 4.B.­365
  • 4.B.­630
  • 4.B.­663
  • 4.B.­671
  • 4.B.­683
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­788
  • 4.B.­796
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­859
  • 4.B.­934
  • 4.B.­988
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1128
  • 4.B.­1165
  • 4.B.­1183
  • 4.B.­1188
  • 4.B.­1211
  • 4.B.­1214
  • 4.B.­1230
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1275
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1289
  • 4.B.­1313
  • 4.B.­1317
  • 4.B.­1330
  • 4.B.­1395
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­9
  • 4.C.­23
  • 4.C.­29
  • 4.C.­105
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­124
  • 4.C.­143
  • 4.C.­155
  • 4.C.­243
  • 4.C.­248
  • 4.C.­322
  • 4.C.­325
  • 4.C.­404
  • 4.C.­447
  • 4.C.­460-461
  • 4.C.­469
  • 4.C.­543
  • 4.C.­545-546
  • 4.C.­592
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­622
  • 4.C.­631
  • 4.C.­654
  • 4.C.­659
  • 4.C.­691-692
  • 4.C.­748
  • 4.C.­825
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­849
  • 4.C.­853
  • 4.C.­886
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­914
  • 4.C.­927
  • 4.C.­987
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1049-1050
  • 4.C.­1058
  • 4.C.­1077
  • 4.C.­1092
  • 4.C.­1101-1102
  • 4.C.­1111
  • 4.C.­1114
  • 4.C.­1155
  • 4.C.­1227-1228
  • 4.C.­1233
  • 4.C.­1235
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1246-1247
  • 4.C.­1254
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1266
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1288
  • 4.C.­1295
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1322
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1342
  • 4.C.­1354
  • 4.C.­1356
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1383-1384
  • 4.C.­1388-1389
  • 4.C.­1421
  • 4.C.­1431
  • 4.C.­1434-1435
  • 4.C.­1451
  • 4.C.­1496-1497
  • 4.C.­1514
  • 4.C.­1539
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­1587-1588
  • 4.C.­1609
  • 4.C.­1731
  • 4.C.­1744
  • 4.C.­1895
  • 4.C.­1912
  • 4.C.­1920
  • 4.C.­1934
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­1976
  • 4.C.­2026
  • 4.C.­2028
  • 4.C.­2112
  • 4.C.­2135
  • 4.C.­2140
  • 4.C.­2177
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2222
  • 4.C.­2224
  • 4.C.­2245
  • 4.C.­2260
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2270
  • 4.C.­2285
  • 4.C.­2287
  • 4.C.­2294
  • 4.C.­2297
  • 4.C.­2369-2370
  • 4.C.­2397
  • 4.C.­2446-2447
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2481-2484
  • 4.C.­2511
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2542
  • 4.C.­2556
  • 4.C.­2561
  • 4.C.­2624
  • 4.C.­2637
  • 4.C.­2665
  • 4.C.­2684
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2701
  • 4.C.­2706
  • 4.C.­2739
  • 4.C.­2755-2756
  • 4.C.­2772
  • 4.C.­2776
  • 4.C.­2821
  • 4.C.­2834
  • 4.C.­2877
  • 4.C.­2882
  • 4.C.­2888
  • 4.C.­2902
  • 4.C.­2906
  • 4.C.­2928
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­3017-3020
  • 4.C.­3024-3025
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3036
  • 4.C.­3051-3052
  • 4.C.­3064
  • 4.C.­3068
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­336
  • 5.­362
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­397
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­426
  • c.­9
  • g.­445
  • g.­1141
  • g.­1336
g.­257

Dancing Birds

Wylie:
  • tshal bya bro gar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚལ་བྱ་བྲོ་གར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in the forest known as Incomparable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­75
g.­258

Daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ

Wylie:
  • daN+Da kA ra N+yang
Tibetan:
  • དཎྜ་ཀཱ་ར་ཎྱང་།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­259

Dardo

Wylie:
  • dar do
Tibetan:
  • དར་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dardo RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­260

Darkness

Wylie:
  • mun pa
Tibetan:
  • མུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • andhakāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­314
g.­261

decisive explications

Wylie:
  • rnam par gtan la dbab pa bstan pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཏན་ལ་དབབ་པ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upadeśa

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­262

Decorative Birds and Trees

Wylie:
  • bya dag shing ljon pas brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་དག་ཤིང་ལྗོན་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Engaging in Clarification.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­418
g.­263

Deep

Wylie:
  • zab mo
  • zab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟབ་མོ།
  • ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A pool upon one of Airāvaṇa’s ears (zab pa). (2) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (zab pa). (3) A forest on Saṅkāśa (zab mo).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­250
  • 5.­323
  • 5.­326-327
  • 5.­345
g.­264

Deep and Joyous for the Moon

Wylie:
  • zab mo dang zla ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟབ་མོ་དང་ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­265

Deep Stream

Wylie:
  • chu klung zab mo’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་ཟབ་མོའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­266

Deer Abode

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi khrod
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་ཁྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­410
  • g.­201
  • g.­271
  • g.­657
  • g.­730
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1449
g.­267

deer gait

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi ’gros
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­268

Definite Attainment of Pleasure

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa nges par thob
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་ངེས་པར་ཐོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure grove in Promotion

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­542
g.­269

Delightful

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rjes su ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest on Encircled by White Clouds. (2) A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­341
  • 5.­367-370
  • 5.­376
g.­270

Delightful Beauty

Wylie:
  • yid bzhin mdzes ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཞིན་མཛེས་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­82
g.­271

Delightful Environs

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­272

Delightful Ground to Watch

Wylie:
  • sa gzhi blta bar dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ས་གཞི་བལྟ་བར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­273

Delightful Rain

Wylie:
  • char dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­274

Delightful Retreat

Wylie:
  • dgon pa dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགོན་པ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Part of the Assembly.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1024
g.­275

Delightful Sight

Wylie:
  • mthong dga’
  • rnam par mthong bas dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་དགའ།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lotus pool in Lateral. (2) A pond on Equal Peaks (rnam par mthong bas dga’ ba).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
  • 5.­335
g.­276

Delightful Summit

Wylie:
  • rtse mo dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­96
g.­277

Delightful to Behold

Wylie:
  • mthong na dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View. (2) A pond in Continuous Movement.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­163
  • 4.C.­563
g.­278

Delightful Waters

Wylie:
  • chu rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond in Pair of Śāla Trees.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­771
g.­279

Delighting in Flower Garlands

Wylie:
  • me tog phreng dga’
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཕྲེང་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­158
  • g.­157
  • g.­228
  • g.­814
g.­280

Delighting in Objects

Wylie:
  • yul la ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་ལ་འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­266
g.­281

Delighting the People

Wylie:
  • skye bo rnams mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་རྣམས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­282

Desirable

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An emanated forest created upon the shoulders of Airāvaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­247
g.­283

Desired Wind

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i klung
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in the asura realm called Moon Garland.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­98
g.­284

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lhas byin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

A cousin of the Buddha Śākyamuni who broke with him and established his own community. His tradition was still continuing during the first millennium ᴄᴇ. He is portrayed as engendering evil schemes against the Buddha and even succeeding in wounding him. He is usually identified with wicked beings in accounts of previous lifetimes.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1135
  • 2.­1259
  • g.­781
g.­285

Devapāla

Wylie:
  • de ba phA la
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བ་ཕཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • devapāla

The Indian king who established Vikramaśīla.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­5
g.­286

Devoid of the Sound of Concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan sgra’i bya bas dben pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་སྒྲའི་བྱ་བས་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­287

Dharma Master Surrounded by Clouds

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi nye ’khor chos la dbang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཉེ་འཁོར་ཆོས་ལ་དབང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­288

Dharma-Vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

An early term to denote the Buddha’s teaching. “Dharma” refers to the sūtras and “Vinaya” to the rules of discipline.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 2.­1226
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­123
  • 4.B.­790
  • 4.B.­793
  • 4.B.­1181
  • 4.B.­1187
  • 4.C.­816
  • 4.C.­833
  • 4.C.­836
  • 4.C.­851
  • 4.C.­890
  • 4.C.­913
  • 4.C.­1042
  • 4.C.­1046
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1195
  • 4.C.­1910
  • 4.C.­2460
  • 4.C.­2468-2469
  • 4.C.­2478
  • 4.C.­2496-2497
  • 4.C.­2567-2568
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2698
  • 4.C.­2723
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2948
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 5.­382
g.­289

Dhiriko

Wylie:
  • dhi ri ko
Tibetan:
  • དྷི་རི་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • dhiriko RP

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­255
g.­290

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor skyong
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the east.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­406
  • g.­501
g.­291

Dhundhumāra

Wylie:
  • dhu na dhu mA rA
Tibetan:
  • དྷུ་ན་དྷུ་མཱ་རཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhundhumāra RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­292

Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways

Wylie:
  • bkra ba sna tshogs kyis phye ba
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་བ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānā­bhakta­vicitrā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­507
  • g.­697
  • g.­1366
g.­293

Distractor

Wylie:
  • g.yeng byed
Tibetan:
  • གཡེང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­227
g.­294

Diverse Movements

Wylie:
  • rnam pa du mar ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་དུ་མར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­539
g.­295

Diversity

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A realm of the ever-infatuated gods. (2) A river in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­247
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.B.­157
g.­296

divine eye

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • divyacakṣus

Superknowledge achieved by the power of meditative absorption.

Located in 346 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­27-33
  • 1.­54-55
  • 1.­75-76
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­87-89
  • 1.­91-93
  • 1.­97-102
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­249
  • 2.­258
  • 2.­263
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­296-297
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1379
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­106
  • 3.­130
  • 4.A.­205
  • 4.B.­426
  • 4.B.­749
  • 4.B.­752
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­2264
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­9-22
  • 5.­24-35
  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­42-56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60-101
  • 5.­103-123
  • 5.­125-152
  • 5.­155-204
  • 5.­208
  • 5.­213-217
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­234-235
  • 5.­237-238
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­242-246
  • 5.­249-254
  • 5.­256-266
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281-282
  • 5.­286-287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­295-296
  • 5.­298-301
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-323
  • 5.­325-326
  • 5.­328-329
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­337-338
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­363
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­373
  • 5.­377
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­393
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­425
g.­297

Divine Trees

Wylie:
  • lha shing gi nags
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཤིང་གི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­298

divisive talk

Wylie:
  • phra ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśuna

The second among the four verbal misdeeds.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­12-13
  • 1.­26-27
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­87
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1084
  • 2.­1087-1089
  • 2.­1091-1093
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­969
  • 4.B.­1015
  • 4.B.­1065
  • 4.C.­664
  • 4.C.­1021
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1963
  • 4.C.­2526
  • g.­1310
g.­299

Double Pleasure

Wylie:
  • gnyis shing rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་ཤིང་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The city of the asura king Kaṇṭhamāla.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­94-95
  • 3.­197-198
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­225
  • n.­227
  • g.­4
  • g.­276
  • g.­569
  • g.­699
g.­300

Dramiḍa

Wylie:
  • ’gro lding ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་ལྡིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dramiḍa

(1) A country of the Deccan region of India. (2) A kingdom in southern India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­346
  • 2.­765
  • 4.B.­1294
g.­301

Draped in Light Rays

Wylie:
  • ’od zer gyi phreng ba can
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­258
  • g.­1157
g.­302

Draped with Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i phyang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཕྱང་།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇicīra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­939
  • 4.B.­942
  • 4.B.­946-947
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­998
  • g.­187
  • g.­226
  • g.­1197
g.­303

Dream Obstructor

Wylie:
  • rmi lam mthong ba’i gegs
Tibetan:
  • རྨི་ལམ་མཐོང་བའི་གེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī on Sumeru Rival.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­313
g.­304

Dropping Dead Like Moths

Wylie:
  • phye ma leb ltar rab tu lhung ba
  • phye ma leb ltar ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱེ་མ་ལེབ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་ལྷུང་བ།
  • ཕྱེ་མ་ལེབ་ལྟར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pataṅga­prapatana­sama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­622
g.­305

Drumbeat Melody

Wylie:
  • rnga’i sgra’i dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • རྔའི་སྒྲའི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­306

Drumbeats

Wylie:
  • rnga sgra ’byin pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Encircled by White Clouds.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­339
g.­307

Drunk on Winter Wine

Wylie:
  • rgun chang myos gnas
Tibetan:
  • རྒུན་ཆང་མྱོས་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­263
g.­308

Duck Lake

Wylie:
  • kA dam+ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་དམྦའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­309

Duck Stream

Wylie:
  • kA raN+Da ba’i klung
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་རཎྜ་བའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­310

Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree

Wylie:
  • yongs ’du na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་འདུ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāriyātraka­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­321
g.­311

Dwelling in Beauty

Wylie:
  • rnam mdzes na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་མཛེས་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaibhrāja­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­297
  • g.­84
g.­312

Dwelling in Enjoyment

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandana­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­235
  • g.­374
g.­313

Dwelling in Essence of Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i snying po na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྙིང་པོ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­garbhā­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • g.­384
  • g.­534
g.­314

Dwelling in Excellent View

Wylie:
  • legs mthong na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­159
  • 4.B.­165
  • g.­277
  • g.­407
  • g.­594
  • g.­838
  • g.­968
g.­315

Dwelling in Forests

Wylie:
  • shing gseb na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གསེབ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭaranivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­205
  • 4.B.­208-213
  • g.­16
g.­316

Dwelling in One Direction

Wylie:
  • phyogs gcig na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་གཅིག་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prastha­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­195
  • g.­488
  • g.­656
  • g.­1352
g.­317

Dwelling in Sudharma

Wylie:
  • chos bzang na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
g.­318

Dwelling in the Environment

Wylie:
  • ’khor yug la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ཡུག་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­319

Dwelling in the Lofty

Wylie:
  • mtho ba na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṅganivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­146-147
  • 4.B.­152
  • g.­1110
  • g.­1112
  • g.­1113
  • g.­1114
  • g.­1115
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1117
  • g.­1118
g.­320

Dwelling in Various Chariots

Wylie:
  • shing rta sna tshogs na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caitra­ratha­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­215-218
  • 4.B.­220-221
  • 4.B.­233
  • g.­1393
g.­321

Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks

Wylie:
  • tshang tshing gi ’gram na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་ཚིང་གི་འགྲམ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuñjara­taṭa­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­370
  • g.­180
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1395
g.­322

Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks

Wylie:
  • ’dres pa’i ’gram na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འདྲེས་པའི་འགྲམ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āmiśra­taṭa­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­339
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­344
  • n.­293
  • g.­600
  • g.­1057
g.­323

Dwelling on Summits

Wylie:
  • ri rtse na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རྩེ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhara­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­156-157
  • g.­190
  • g.­219
  • g.­222
  • g.­295
  • g.­466
  • g.­605
  • g.­691
  • g.­736
  • g.­796
  • g.­876
  • g.­912
g.­324

Dwelling on the Disk

Wylie:
  • ’khor na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1268
  • g.­7
  • g.­80
g.­325

Easy Flow

Wylie:
  • ’bab bde
Tibetan:
  • འབབ་བདེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
g.­326

Eaten by Iron Jackals

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi ce spyang gi zas
  • lcags dang ce spyang za
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཅེ་སྤྱང་གི་ཟས།
  • ལྕགས་དང་ཅེ་སྤྱང་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayaḥśivāhāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1178
g.­327

eaters

Wylie:
  • za ba po
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­328

Egg-Born Infatuation

Wylie:
  • myos pa sgo nga las skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱོས་པ་སྒོ་ང་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
g.­329

eight mundane concerns

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­loka­dharma

Hoping for happiness, fame, praise and gain and fearing suffering, insignificance, blame and loss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1144
g.­330

eighteen discernments

Wylie:
  • yid kyi dpyod pa bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་དཔྱོད་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See 2.­4.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4-6
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­33
g.­331

eighteen elements

Wylie:
  • khams bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśa­dhātu

The objects, sense faculties, and forms of consciousness that are associated with form, sound, smell, taste, touch, and mental phenomena. See also “element.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 4.B.­1252
  • 4.C.­1426
  • g.­1158
g.­332

eighteen floods of unique qualities

Wylie:
  • yon tan gyi klung rang gi yon tan bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཀླུང་རང་གི་ཡོན་ཏན་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Eighteen special features of a buddha’s behavior, realization, activity, and wisdom that are not shared by other beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • p.­7
g.­333

eightfold path of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga

Eight factors constituting the path of cultivation, namely: right view, right intention, right speech, right activity, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right absorption.. These are further explained in this text, see 4.B.­1101–4.B.­1102.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­84
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­1456
  • 4.B.­972
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1101-1102
  • 4.C.­113
  • 4.C.­1107
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1433
  • 4.C.­2679
  • g.­1322
g.­334

elaborate teachings

Wylie:
  • shin tu rgyas pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaipulya

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­335

element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience and the world is in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).

The elements also refer to the elements of the physical world, which are the four main elements: earth, water, fire, and wind. Sometimes two extra elements are added to this list: space and consciousness.

Located in 92 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­9-24
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­254
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­774
  • 2.­787-788
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­974-977
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1108
  • 4.B.­1110
  • 4.B.­1252
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­1056
  • 4.C.­1091-1092
  • 4.C.­1095
  • 4.C.­1249
  • 4.C.­1334
  • 4.C.­1357
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­1496-1499
  • 4.C.­1501-1503
  • 4.C.­1506-1508
  • 4.C.­1637
  • 4.C.­1644
  • 4.C.­1796
  • 4.C.­1859
  • 4.C.­2037
  • 4.C.­2064
  • 4.C.­2101
  • 4.C.­2323
  • 4.C.­2597
  • 4.C.­2725
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­150-151
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­163-164
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­207-208
  • 5.­216
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­225-226
  • 5.­362
  • n.­450
  • g.­331
  • g.­674
  • g.­1450
g.­336

elephant chariot

Wylie:
  • glang po’i shing rta
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­337

Elevated Sounds

Wylie:
  • sgra ’phang mthon po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་འཕང་མཐོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­338

Eleven Flames

Wylie:
  • me lce bcu gcig
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལྕེ་བཅུ་གཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • ekādaśārcis

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­702-703
g.­339

Eliminating Ailing Deer

Wylie:
  • sha ba na ’chang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་བ་ན་འཆང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­340

Emanated Śakra

Wylie:
  • sprul pa’i brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པའི་བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1261
g.­341

Emanation of a Hundred Light Rays

Wylie:
  • ’od zer brgya ’phro ba can
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་བརྒྱ་འཕྲོ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • n.­475
g.­342

Emanation of Light Rays

Wylie:
  • ’od zer ’phro ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་འཕྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1840
  • g.­486
g.­343

Embers Within

Wylie:
  • nang na me mdag yod pa
Tibetan:
  • ནང་ན་མེ་མདག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • antargataparpura

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­854
  • 2.­896
  • g.­140
  • g.­557
  • g.­581
  • g.­593
  • g.­869
g.­344

Emerging at the Summit of the Shadows

Wylie:
  • grib ma’i rtse la ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མའི་རྩེ་ལ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī who lives in Black Waters

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­256
g.­345

Encircled by a Thousand Houses

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yang gang khang bu stong yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡང་གང་ཁང་བུ་སྟོང་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A summit in Ornament of the Mind.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­427-429
  • 4.C.­439
  • g.­1
g.­346

Encircled by Crystal

Wylie:
  • shel ’khor bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེལ་འཁོར་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­347

Encircled by White Clouds

Wylie:
  • sprin dkar po rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru, the same as White Cloud Keeper.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­338-339
  • 5.­341-343
  • g.­149
  • g.­269
  • g.­306
  • g.­1214
g.­348

Encircling Pool

Wylie:
  • kun nas rdzing kun du bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྫིང་ཀུན་དུ་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pool in Shaded by Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­463
g.­349

Endless Agony

Wylie:
  • tshor ba mtha’ med
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་མཐའ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apāravedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­432
g.­350

Endowed with Cool Water

Wylie:
  • chu bsil ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus lake on Endowed with Lotuses.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­373
g.­351

Endowed with Cows

Wylie:
  • ba lang can
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­252
g.­352

Endowed with Crown Ornaments

Wylie:
  • dbu rgyan ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་རྒྱན་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­353

Endowed with Elements

Wylie:
  • khams dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island beyond Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­354

Endowed with Enjoyments

Wylie:
  • longs spyod ldan
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga realm.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­37
  • 3.­40
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­196
  • 3.­281
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­375
  • 4.B.­231
g.­355

Endowed with Everything

Wylie:
  • thams cad mngon par ’byor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་པར་འབྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The pleasure garden where Śakra’s elephant roams.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­124
  • g.­515
g.­356

Endowed with Glory

Wylie:
  • dpal ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­357

Endowed with Gold

Wylie:
  • gser dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
g.­358

Endowed with Increasing Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba rab tu ’phel ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349
  • g.­155
  • g.­585
  • g.­923
  • g.­1319
g.­359

Endowed with Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­254
  • g.­1169
g.­360

Endowed with Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma ku she sha ya dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ཀུ་ཤེ་ཤ་ཡ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­373-374
  • 5.­376
  • g.­350
g.­361

Endowed with Migration

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba dang yang dag par ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་དང་ཡང་དག་པར་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1755
  • n.­463
  • g.­713
  • g.­1295
g.­362

Endowed with Result

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­363

Endowed with Riverbanks

Wylie:
  • gram can
Tibetan:
  • གྲམ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­364

Endowed with Rivers

Wylie:
  • chu ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­365

Endowed with the Songs of Cuckoo Birds

Wylie:
  • khu byug gis gang ba’i sgra dbyangs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁུ་བྱུག་གིས་གང་བའི་སྒྲ་དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­316-317
g.­366

Endowment

Wylie:
  • ’byor ba
Tibetan:
  • འབྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­367

Engaged Conduct

Wylie:
  • ’jug pa’i spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇུག་པའི་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­368

Engagement with a Retinue

Wylie:
  • ’khor dang spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་དང་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name for the realm of Retinue.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­378
g.­369

Engaging in Clarification

Wylie:
  • kun du gsal bar spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་གསལ་བར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āvartacarā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­413
  • 4.B.­417
  • g.­262
  • g.­832
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1434
g.­370

Enjoyed by Friends

Wylie:
  • grogs po’i longs spyod
Tibetan:
  • གྲོགས་པོའི་ལོངས་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­371

Enjoyer of All

Wylie:
  • thams cad dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­372

Enjoying the Wind

Wylie:
  • rlung la spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods. Also known as Movement of Wind.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­137
  • 4.A.­139
  • 4.A.­156
  • n.­259
  • g.­932
g.­373

Enjoying White Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma dkar spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དཀར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­221
g.­374

Enjoyment

Wylie:
  • longs spyod du gyur ba
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་དུ་གྱུར་བ།
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (longs spyod du gyur ba). (2) Refers to Dwelling in Enjoyment (dga’ ba).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­237-239
  • 5.­334
g.­375

Enjoyment of Drinks

Wylie:
  • btung ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བཏུང་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­565
g.­376

Enjoyment of Scents

Wylie:
  • dri dga’
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280-281
  • 4.A.­298
  • g.­655
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1244
  • g.­1245
  • g.­1246
  • g.­1247
g.­377

Enjoyment of Wish-fulfilling Trees

Wylie:
  • dpag bsam gyi shing la spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་བསམ་གྱི་ཤིང་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­378

Enraptured by and Attached to Song

Wylie:
  • glu’i sgra la shin tu dga’ zhing mngon par chags pa
Tibetan:
  • གླུའི་སྒྲ་ལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་དགའ་ཞིང་མངོན་པར་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃhṛṣṭa­gīta­dhvanyabhiratā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­589
  • g.­204
  • g.­1306
g.­379

Enraptured by Smell

Wylie:
  • dris dregs dga’
Tibetan:
  • དྲིས་དྲེགས་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­134
g.­380

Enticer

Wylie:
  • sems ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­381

Entirely Beneath the Earth

Wylie:
  • sa kun gyi ’og
  • thams cad sa ’og
Tibetan:
  • ས་ཀུན་གྱི་འོག
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ས་འོག
Sanskrit:
  • sarvādhobhūmi

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1156
g.­382

Equal Peaks

Wylie:
  • rwa mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­331-332
  • 5.­335-337
  • 5.­376
  • g.­43
  • g.­52
  • g.­54
  • g.­74
  • g.­75
  • g.­76
  • g.­84
  • g.­85
  • g.­94
  • g.­171
  • g.­172
  • g.­173
  • g.­176
  • g.­198
  • g.­203
  • g.­214
  • g.­220
  • g.­251
  • g.­264
  • g.­275
  • g.­281
  • g.­308
  • g.­309
  • g.­346
  • g.­374
  • g.­406
  • g.­425
  • g.­442
  • g.­452
  • g.­513
  • g.­514
  • g.­516
  • g.­519
  • g.­531
  • g.­582
  • g.­721
  • g.­732
  • g.­786
  • g.­907
  • g.­909
  • g.­957
  • g.­966
  • g.­1026
  • g.­1028
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1097
  • g.­1145
  • g.­1156
  • g.­1168
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1252
  • g.­1270
  • g.­1277
  • g.­1297
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1439
g.­383

Equal to the Wind

Wylie:
  • rlung mtshungs pa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་མཚུངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­384

Essence of Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Refers to Dwelling in Essence of Jewels.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­396
  • 4.B.­400
g.­385

ethical narrations

Wylie:
  • gleng gzhi’i sde
Tibetan:
  • གླེང་གཞིའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • nidāna

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­386

Even and Smooth Surface

Wylie:
  • mnyam zhing ’jam pa’i ngos
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་ཞིང་འཇམ་པའི་ངོས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An emanated city on the back of Airāvaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­248
g.­387

Even Toward All

Wylie:
  • skye bo kun snyoms
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཀུན་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Brahmin who was reborn as Airāvaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­265-266
g.­388

Even Waters

Wylie:
  • chu mnyam par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་མཉམ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­402
  • 5.­404
g.­389

ever-ecstatic

Wylie:
  • rtag tu myos pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sadāmatta

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­133
g.­390

Ever-Golden Forest

Wylie:
  • kun nas gser gyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་གསེར་གྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Special Joy.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­211
g.­391

ever-infatuated gods

Wylie:
  • rtag tu myos lha
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • sadāmāda

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­222-223
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­327
  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­217
  • 4.A.­221
  • 4.A.­224
  • 4.A.­247
  • 4.A.­260
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.A.­266
  • 4.A.­270
  • 4.A.­276
  • 4.B.­1249
  • g.­212
  • g.­231
  • g.­280
  • g.­295
  • g.­307
  • g.­373
  • g.­821
  • g.­1091
  • g.­1225
  • g.­1378
g.­392

Ever-Joyous

Wylie:
  • kun dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
g.­393

Ever-Joyous One

Wylie:
  • kun dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­394

ever-present

Wylie:
  • kun ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvasaha

A class of asuras that live on the third level, Excellent Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­200
g.­395

Ever-Present Chariots

Wylie:
  • shing rta kun ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་ཀུན་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­396

evil Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud sdig can
  • sdig can
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་སྡིག་ཅན།
  • སྡིག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mārapāpīyān
  • pāpīyān

See “Māra.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­416
  • 4.B.­226
  • 4.B.­228-230
  • 4.C.­2428-2429
  • 4.C.­2443
  • 4.C.­2570
  • 4.C.­2572
g.­397

Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence

Wylie:
  • mchog tu bzang po’i blo gros bzang po
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­304
  • g.­621
  • g.­768
g.­398

Excellent

Wylie:
  • bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­399

Excellent Abode

Wylie:
  • gnas bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunābhā

Third level of the asuras.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­163
  • 3.­181
  • g.­394
  • g.­438
  • g.­532
  • g.­563
  • g.­904
  • g.­1070
g.­400

Excellent Armies

Wylie:
  • sde dpung bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་དཔུང་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­401

Excellent Force of Perfection

Wylie:
  • phun sum tshogs par byed pa’i sde bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་སྡེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1285
  • 4.C.­1287
g.­402

Excellent Forest

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po’i nags rnam
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་ནགས་རྣམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­403

Excellent Garland

Wylie:
  • phreng bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A god from whom Śakra heard the Dharma in a previous life.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­811
g.­404

Excellent Intelligence

Wylie:
  • blo gros bzang
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­405

Excellent Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­406

Excellent Taste

Wylie:
  • ro bzang ba
Tibetan:
  • རོ་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­407

Excellent View

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in the realm Dwelling in Excellent View.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­159
  • 4.B.­161-164
  • 4.B.­167
  • 4.B.­183
  • 4.B.­185-186
  • 4.B.­188-190
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­211
g.­408

Excellent Water

Wylie:
  • shis pa’i chu
  • chu bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཤིས་པའི་ཆུ།
  • ཆུ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A river in the Swan Forest (shis pa’i chu). (2) A river in Godānīya (chu bzang).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1664
  • 5.­391
g.­409

Excellent Wealth

Wylie:
  • legs ’byor
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­410

Excruciating Pain

Wylie:
  • tshor ba bdo ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་བདོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tīvravedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­325
g.­411

Excruciating Splitting and Cutting by Means of a Black Iron Thread

Wylie:
  • lcags nag po’i skud pas ’dral zhing gcud pa tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ནག་པོའི་སྐུད་པས་འདྲལ་ཞིང་གཅུད་པ་ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālāyasa­sūtra­bhedanacchedana­kaṭuka

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­766
g.­412

Expanse

Wylie:
  • klong
Tibetan:
  • ཀློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­196
g.­413

Expansive

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Constant Bliss.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2041-2042
  • 4.C.­2045
  • 4.C.­2071
  • 4.C.­2088
  • 4.C.­2103
  • 4.C.­2123-2125
  • 4.C.­2128
  • 4.C.­2146-2147
  • g.­112
  • g.­735
g.­414

Experiencing Wholesome Qualities

Wylie:
  • yon tan dkar po spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་དཀར་པོ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­46
g.­415

Extent of Failed Power

Wylie:
  • kun tu nyams pa’i stobs kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཉམས་པའི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­416

External Shade

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi grib ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གྲིབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Fine Complexion and Large Body.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­899
g.­417

Extreme Screams

Wylie:
  • sgra ’byin shin tu sgra ’byin
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་འབྱིན་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • ninādātinināda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­603
g.­418

Extremely Exalted

Wylie:
  • shin tu mtho
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­419

Eye Garland

Wylie:
  • mig gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­413
  • g.­698
g.­420

Eyes Beyond the World

Wylie:
  • mig ’jig rten las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མིག་འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land on the northern continent of Kuru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­386
  • g.­1397
g.­421

Eyes of the Environment

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor gyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་གྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­388-389
g.­422

Face of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­423

faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

The term “faculties,” depending on the context, can refer to the five senses (sight, smell, touch, hearing, taste) plus the mental faculty, totaling six, but also to spiritual “faculties.” See “five faculties.”

Located in 122 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­27-28
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­543
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­730
  • 2.­751
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­817
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­1137
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1480
  • 4.A.­86
  • 4.A.­91
  • 4.A.­106
  • 4.A.­203
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­285
  • 4.A.­400
  • 4.B.­243
  • 4.B.­332
  • 4.B.­411
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­499
  • 4.B.­580
  • 4.B.­819
  • 4.B.­876
  • 4.B.­881
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1096
  • 4.B.­1126
  • 4.B.­1354
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.C.­24
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­101
  • 4.C.­106
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­396
  • 4.C.­486
  • 4.C.­535-536
  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­622
  • 4.C.­679
  • 4.C.­686
  • 4.C.­1036
  • 4.C.­1123
  • 4.C.­1133
  • 4.C.­1236
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­1414
  • 4.C.­1525
  • 4.C.­1685
  • 4.C.­1693
  • 4.C.­1757
  • 4.C.­1811
  • 4.C.­1843
  • 4.C.­1953
  • 4.C.­1985
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2172
  • 4.C.­2176
  • 4.C.­2178
  • 4.C.­2237
  • 4.C.­2301-2302
  • 4.C.­2318
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2496-2497
  • 4.C.­2511
  • 4.C.­2564
  • 4.C.­2681
  • 4.C.­2685
  • 4.C.­2691
  • 4.C.­2711
  • 4.C.­2729
  • 4.C.­2733-2734
  • 4.C.­2738
  • 4.C.­2767
  • 4.C.­2821
  • 4.C.­2850
  • 4.C.­2866
  • 4.C.­2883
  • 4.C.­2902
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­229
  • 5.­362
  • g.­331
  • g.­447
  • g.­1158
g.­424

Falling Like Rain on High Mountains

Wylie:
  • ri brtsegs char ltar ’bab pa
  • ri brtsegs ’bab
Tibetan:
  • རི་བརྩེགས་ཆར་ལྟར་འབབ་པ།
  • རི་བརྩེགས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • girikūṭavarṣa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1202
g.­425

fearless people

Wylie:
  • ’jigs pa dang bral ba’i skye bu
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་པ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་སྐྱེ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Inhabitants of the Equal Peaks mountain in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­331
g.­426

Fearsome Screams

Wylie:
  • sgra ’jigs ston
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་འཇིགས་སྟོན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­150
g.­427

Fearsome Waves

Wylie:
  • chu bo’i rlabs ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོའི་རླབས་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratibhaya­taraṅgā

A river in the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­832
  • 2.­836
g.­428

Fed by Billowing Streams

Wylie:
  • rgyab nas klung kun du gang bar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱབ་ནས་ཀླུང་ཀུན་དུ་གང་བར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­429

Female Trees

Wylie:
  • bu mo’i shing gis bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • བུ་མོའི་ཤིང་གིས་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­430

Fence Ring

Wylie:
  • ’khor lo khyud mo
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོ་ཁྱུད་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ring of mountains at the end of the sea.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­425
g.­431

Festive Words

Wylie:
  • dus ston gyi tshigs
Tibetan:
  • དུས་སྟོན་གྱི་ཚིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Moving in the Wink of an Eye.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­871
g.­432

field of merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams kyi zhing
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇyakṣetra

Factors (such as Buddha, Dharma, Saṅgha, one’s parents, the sick, and the poor) which when treated with due care serve to engender merit.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81-82
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1336
g.­433

Fierce

Wylie:
  • rtsub pa
Tibetan:
  • རྩུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­434

Filled with Stakes

Wylie:
  • phur bus gang ba’i chu bo
Tibetan:
  • ཕུར་བུས་གང་བའི་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­371-372
g.­435

Filled with Swans

Wylie:
  • ngang ngur gyis gang ba
Tibetan:
  • ངང་ངུར་གྱིས་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­436

Filled with Turtles

Wylie:
  • rus sbal gyis gang ba
Tibetan:
  • རུས་སྦལ་གྱིས་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­437

Fine Complexion and Large Body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi mdog bzang zhing che ba
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་མདོག་བཟང་ཞིང་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabalecchāchāyā­śarīra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­898
  • g.­416
g.­438

Fire Garland

Wylie:
  • me phreng
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­163
g.­439

Fire that Brings Forth a Torrent of Tears

Wylie:
  • mchi ma’i rgyun me lta bur mi chad pa
Tibetan:
  • མཆི་མའི་རྒྱུན་མེ་ལྟ་བུར་མི་ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśrupravāhāgni

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­417
g.­440

Firm

Wylie:
  • brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An asura king.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­117
  • 3.­125-126
  • 3.­129
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­209
  • 3.­231-232
  • 3.­247-249
  • 3.­251
  • 3.­253
  • 3.­256-259
  • 3.­261-262
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­270
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­321-324
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­364
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­1076
g.­441

Fish

Wylie:
  • nya
Tibetan:
  • ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­442

Fish Attractor

Wylie:
  • nya dang kun tu ’brel pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་དང་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­443

fish faces

Wylie:
  • nya gdong po
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་གདོང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­444

five bases of training

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi lnga
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcaśikṣāpada

Abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and intoxication.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­486
  • 4.C.­1025
  • 4.C.­1036
  • 4.C.­1042
  • 4.C.­1543
g.­445

five classes of beings

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­gati

These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within cyclic existence, along with animals, starving spirits, and the hell dwellers, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms. It is also common to divide the god realm in two, the gods and the asuras, making up six realms or classes of beings (’gro ba drug, ṣaḍgati or rigs drug, ṣaṭkula).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­250
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­264
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­642
  • 4.C.­1255
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2474
  • 4.C.­2660
  • g.­451
g.­446

five classes of musical instruments

Wylie:
  • sil snyan yan lag lnga
  • sil snyan rnam pa lnga
  • rol mo yan lag lnga dang ldan pa
  • yan lag lnga dang ldan pa’i sil snyan
Tibetan:
  • སིལ་སྙན་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ།
  • སིལ་སྙན་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
  • རོལ་མོ་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • ཡན་ལག་ལྔ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སིལ་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A traditional Indian classification of musical instruments enumerates non-membranous percussion, membranous percussion, wind-blown, plucked string, and bowed string.

Located in 137 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­296
  • 4.A.­11
  • 4.A.­55
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­135
  • 4.A.­203
  • 4.A.­213
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­225
  • 4.A.­261
  • 4.A.­264
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­284
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­337
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­379
  • 4.A.­397
  • 4.B.­11
  • 4.B.­33
  • 4.B.­49
  • 4.B.­54
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­188
  • 4.B.­193
  • 4.B.­210
  • 4.B.­233
  • 4.B.­346
  • 4.B.­348
  • 4.B.­393
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­422
  • 4.B.­457
  • 4.B.­472
  • 4.B.­510
  • 4.B.­521
  • 4.B.­530
  • 4.B.­533
  • 4.B.­538-539
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­607
  • 4.B.­717
  • 4.B.­724
  • 4.B.­770
  • 4.B.­774
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­872
  • 4.B.­898
  • 4.B.­945-948
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­1022
  • 4.B.­1024
  • 4.B.­1035-1036
  • 4.B.­1268
  • 4.B.­1270
  • 4.B.­1273
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1299
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.B.­1381
  • 4.C.­176
  • 4.C.­416
  • 4.C.­421
  • 4.C.­437
  • 4.C.­483
  • 4.C.­522
  • 4.C.­565
  • 4.C.­568-569
  • 4.C.­571
  • 4.C.­576-578
  • 4.C.­639
  • 4.C.­688
  • 4.C.­709
  • 4.C.­711
  • 4.C.­736
  • 4.C.­758
  • 4.C.­790
  • 4.C.­982
  • 4.C.­1115
  • 4.C.­1328
  • 4.C.­1619
  • 4.C.­1623
  • 4.C.­1635
  • 4.C.­1654
  • 4.C.­1657
  • 4.C.­1678
  • 4.C.­1683
  • 4.C.­1685
  • 4.C.­1778
  • 4.C.­1783
  • 4.C.­1789
  • 4.C.­1837
  • 4.C.­1851
  • 4.C.­1857
  • 4.C.­1868
  • 4.C.­1880-1882
  • 4.C.­1903
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2039-2040
  • 4.C.­2043
  • 4.C.­2045
  • 4.C.­2086
  • 4.C.­2091
  • 4.C.­2093
  • 4.C.­2104
  • 4.C.­2124
  • 4.C.­2126
  • 4.C.­2181
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 4.C.­2371
  • 4.C.­2381
  • 4.C.­2386
  • 4.C.­2426
  • 4.C.­2595
  • 4.C.­2955
  • 4.C.­2960-2961
  • 4.C.­2973
  • 4.C.­2992
  • 4.C.­3006
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 4.C.­3096-3097
  • 4.C.­3114
  • 4.C.­3120
  • g.­450
g.­447

five faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po lnga
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcendriya

(1) The five sense “faculties” corresponding to the five physical senses. (2) The five spiritual “faculties” or capacities to be developed: faith (śraddhā), diligence (vīrya), mindfulness (smṛti), absorption (samādhi), and insight (prajña). These are included in the thirty-seven factors of awakening.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­445
  • 4.A.­218
  • 4.A.­253
  • 4.A.­273
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­687
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1606
  • 4.C.­2798
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­236
  • g.­423
g.­448

Five Fences of Gold and Other Materials

Wylie:
  • gser la sogs pa’i lcags ri lngas bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལ་སོགས་པའི་ལྕགས་རི་ལྔས་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­449

Five Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog lnga pa
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ལྔ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Born in a Tank.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­314
g.­450

five heavenly musical instruments

Wylie:
  • lha rdzas kyi rnga skad yan lag lnga
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་རྫས་ཀྱི་རྔ་སྐད་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “five types of musical instruments.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­477
  • 4.C.­2123
  • 4.C.­2180
  • 4.C.­2583
  • 4.C.­3111
g.­451

five realms

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­gati

See “five classes of beings.”

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­7
  • 4.C.­1146
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1378
  • 4.C.­1383
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­1650
  • 4.C.­2195
  • 4.C.­2222
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2410
  • 4.C.­2541
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2612
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2755
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 5.­352
  • g.­570
  • g.­631
  • g.­1256
  • g.­1373
g.­452

Five Trees

Wylie:
  • shing lnga pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ལྔ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­453

Fivefold Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure garden in Moving Like the Moon.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­724
g.­454

Flaming Iron Club

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi me ’bar ba’i gtun shing
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་མེ་འབར་བའི་གཏུན་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­504-505
g.­455

Flawless Forest

Wylie:
  • skyon med pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་མེད་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­96
g.­456

Flocking Peacocks

Wylie:
  • rma bya’i tshogs
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­408
  • g.­114
  • g.­187
  • g.­213
  • g.­337
  • g.­398
  • g.­863
  • g.­970
  • g.­1131
  • g.­1223
g.­457

Flow

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­323
g.­458

Flow of a Hundred Lakes

Wylie:
  • mtsho brgya rab tu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་བརྒྱ་རབ་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1859
g.­459

Flow of Beauty

Wylie:
  • mdzes par ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­637-638
  • g.­660
  • g.­984
g.­460

Flow of Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde bar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­637
g.­461

Flow of Pearls and Coral

Wylie:
  • mu tig dang byi ru ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག་དང་བྱི་རུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the realm of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­7
g.­462

Flow of Red Rivers

Wylie:
  • chu bo dmar po ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་དམར་པོ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lohita­nadī­pravāha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­744
g.­463

Flow of Wine

Wylie:
  • chang chu ltar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆང་ཆུ་ལྟར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Supreme Splendor.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1306-1307
g.­464

Flower Homes

Wylie:
  • me tog gi khang pa
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཁང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of the Forest of Joy.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1784-1786
  • 4.C.­1788
g.­465

flower-garland draped

Wylie:
  • me tog gi phreng ba ’phyang ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ་འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­466

Flowing above the Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA’i steng du rgyu
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱའི་སྟེང་དུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­467

Flowing Colors of Melody

Wylie:
  • dbyangs can gyi mdog tu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཅན་གྱི་མདོག་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­468

Foam Garlands

Wylie:
  • dbu ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­469

food of contact

Wylie:
  • reg pa’i zas
  • reg pa’i kha zas
Tibetan:
  • རེག་པའི་ཟས།
  • རེག་པའི་ཁ་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • sparśāhāra

Sustenance obtained through consciousness being in contact with an object; one of the four kinds of food.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­17-19
  • g.­503
g.­470

food of joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i zas
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • prītyāhāra

One of the four kinds of food.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­17
  • 3.­23-24
  • 4.C.­483
  • g.­503
g.­471

food of volition

Wylie:
  • yid la sems pa’i zas
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་སེམས་པའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • manaḥsañcetanāhāra

One of the four kinds of food.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­17
  • 3.­20
  • g.­503
g.­472

Forest Course

Wylie:
  • nags na ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­473

Forest Fires Like an Enveloping Darkness

Wylie:
  • nags tshal gyi me mun pa ltar ’khrigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཚལ་གྱི་མེ་མུན་པ་ལྟར་འཁྲིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tamo’gniṣaṇḍaḥ

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­773-774
g.­474

Forest Garlands

Wylie:
  • nags kyi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཀྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­407
  • g.­101
  • g.­170
  • g.­243
  • g.­297
  • g.­609
  • g.­742
  • g.­792
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1269
  • g.­1387
g.­475

Forest Joy

Wylie:
  • nags mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­476

Forest of Amusements

Wylie:
  • rtsed mo’i nags
Tibetan:
  • རྩེད་མོའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Continuous Movement. (2) A forest in Moving in the Stream.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­189
  • 4.C.­225
  • 4.C.­271
  • 4.C.­596-597
  • 4.C.­731-732
  • 4.C.­734-736
  • 4.C.­758
  • g.­482
  • g.­536
g.­477

Forest of Armor

Wylie:
  • go cha’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཆའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Where the gods receive their armor before battle.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­317
g.­478

Forest of Cascading Water Sounds

Wylie:
  • ’bab chu’i sgra dang ldan pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • འབབ་ཆུའི་སྒྲ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­479

Forest of Continuous Flames

Wylie:
  • nags tshal mes mched pa’i rgyud lta bu
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཚལ་མེས་མཆེད་པའི་རྒྱུད་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dava­mālāgni­sama
  • davāgni­mālā­sama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­645
  • g.­1320
g.­480

Forest of Divine Joys

Wylie:
  • lha’i nyams dga’ bar byed pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་ཉམས་དགའ་བར་བྱེད་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Happiness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­186
g.­481

Forest of Drinks

Wylie:
  • btung ba’i nags
Tibetan:
  • བཏུང་བའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1600
g.­482

Forest of Enjoyment

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Another name for the Forest of Amusements in Moving in the Stream.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­189
g.­483

Forest of Fiery Mist

Wylie:
  • glog gi na bun tshal
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་ན་བུན་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhrāgni­nīhāra­vana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­537
g.­484

Forest of Flowing Rivers

Wylie:
  • chu bo ’bab pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་འབབ་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of the forest known as Incomparable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­73
g.­485

Forest of Incense

Wylie:
  • spos kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name for Forest of Music.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­133
g.­486

Forest of Joy

Wylie:
  • mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Emanation of Light Rays.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1760-1761
  • 4.C.­1777
  • g.­464
  • g.­492
  • g.­550
  • g.­728
g.­487

Forest of Laughter

Wylie:
  • dgod par gyur pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • དགོད་པར་གྱུར་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Vast Garlands of Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1622
g.­488

Forest of Marvelous Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma rmad byung gi tshal
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་རྨད་བྱུང་གི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in One Direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­201
g.­489

Forest of Multistoried Mansions

Wylie:
  • khang pa brtsegs pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Tamer of Madness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­660
g.­490

Forest of Music

Wylie:
  • rol mo’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • རོལ་མོའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Attached to Sound.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­133
  • g.­485
g.­491

Forest of Palaces

Wylie:
  • zhal med khang gi tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཞལ་མེད་ཁང་གི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving on Springy Ground.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­473
g.­492

Forest of Silver Trees

Wylie:
  • dngul gyi ljon zhing gi nags
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་གྱི་ལྗོན་ཞིང་གི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Part of the Forest of Joy.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1760
g.­493

Forest of Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid kyi nags
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Supreme Strength.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­16
g.­494

Forest of the Assembly of Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra’i tshogs kyi nags
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་རའི་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Supreme Strength.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­27
g.­495

Forest of Vines

Wylie:
  • ljon zhing kun tu ’khril ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྗོན་ཞིང་ཀུན་ཏུ་འཁྲིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1598
g.­496

Forest of White Lotus Petals

Wylie:
  • pad ma dkar po’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དཀར་པོའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure grove in Shaded by Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­462
g.­497

four ages

Wylie:
  • dus bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དུས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturyuga

Four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa including the age of perfection, age of threefold endowment, age of twofold endowment, and age of strife.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­28
  • g.­29
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
g.­498

four concentrations

Wylie:
  • bsam btan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་བཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturdhyāna

The four levels of the realm of form.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­89
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­271
  • 4.C.­608
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1396
g.­499

four errors

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturviprayāsa

Taking what is impermanent to be permanent, what is painful to be delightful, what is unclean to be clean, and what is no self to be a self.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­123
  • 4.C.­1144
  • 4.C.­1360
g.­500

four fruitions

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturphala

The four results of the hearer’s path.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1396
g.­501

Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahārāja

The divine kings who rule the four directions: Vaiśravaṇa (who in this text appears under his alternative name Kubera), Virūḍhaka, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and Virūpākṣa.

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­121-124
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5-7
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­299
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­133-134
  • 3.­167
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201-203
  • 3.­232
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­253
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­285
  • 3.­301-303
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­356
  • 3.­370
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­1
  • 4.A.­206
  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­407
  • 4.A.­409
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.B.­1
  • 4.B.­124
  • 4.B.­903
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­20
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 5.­267-269
  • 5.­293
  • g.­290
  • g.­389
  • g.­391
  • g.­461
  • g.­548
  • g.­606
  • g.­677
  • g.­791
  • g.­910
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1419
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1431
g.­502

four human abodes

Wylie:
  • mi’i gnas bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མིའི་གནས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

This seems to refer to the four continents around Mount Meru.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­103
  • 1.­112
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­484
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­56
  • 4.B.­256
  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­1208
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­415
  • 5.­425
g.­503

four kinds of food

Wylie:
  • zas rnam pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་རྣམ་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturāhāra

The four types of food on which beings subsist: coarse food, the food of contact, the food of volition, and the food of joy.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­17
  • g.­192
  • g.­469
  • g.­470
  • g.­471
g.­504

four truths of noble beings

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturāryasatya

The first teaching of the Buddha covering suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path to the cessation of suffering.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­124
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1086
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1183
  • 4.B.­1186-1187
  • 4.C.­113
  • 4.C.­136
  • 4.C.­591-592
  • 4.C.­1077
  • 4.C.­1215
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1356
  • 4.C.­1396
  • 4.C.­2564
  • 5.­336
g.­505

four types of fearlessness

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturabhaya

Fearlessness in declaring that one has (1) awakened, (2) ceased all illusions, (3) taught the obstacles to awakening, and (4) shown the way to liberation.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 4.B.­973
g.­506

Fragrant

Wylie:
  • spos ’byung
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­12
g.­507

Fragrant Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog dri zhim pa ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དྲི་ཞིམ་པ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­508

Fragrant Forest

Wylie:
  • dri zhim pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཞིམ་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­96
g.­509

Fragrant Garlands

Wylie:
  • dri’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­510

Fragrant Stream

Wylie:
  • dri’i chu
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­511

Free from Action

Wylie:
  • bya ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­512

Free from Anger

Wylie:
  • khro ba bral ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བ་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­513

Free from Sand

Wylie:
  • bye mas ma bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་མས་མ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­514

Free from Weeds

Wylie:
  • chu bal dang rnam par bral ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བལ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­515

Freedom from Suffering

Wylie:
  • myang ngan bral
Tibetan:
  • མྱང་ངན་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mansion in the forest Endowed with Everything.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1266
  • 4.B.­64
  • 4.B.­127
  • 4.B.­684
  • 4.C.­2337
g.­516

Frolicking

Wylie:
  • rab tu rtse bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྩེ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­517

Fruits of Constant Beauty

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu rtag tu mdzas
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་རྟག་ཏུ་མཛས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­127
g.­518

Fulfillment of Wishes

Wylie:
  • bsams ’gro
  • yid bzhin sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • བསམས་འགྲོ།
  • ཡིད་བཞིན་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake near Sudharma (bsams ’gro). (2) A lotus pool in Lateral (yid bzhin sna tshogs).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
  • 4.B.­9
g.­519

Full of Hundreds of Birds

Wylie:
  • bya brgya phrag gis kun tu gang ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བརྒྱ་ཕྲག་གིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­520

Full of Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad mas khyab par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མས་ཁྱབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­319
  • 5.­345
g.­521

Furnace

Wylie:
  • me thab
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཐབ།
Sanskrit:
  • agnikuṇḍa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­445
g.­522

Gajānana

Wylie:
  • glang po’i gdong
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོའི་གདོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gajānana

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­42
g.­523

Gambhīrajala

Wylie:
  • gam bhi ra dza lang
Tibetan:
  • གམ་བྷི་ར་ཛ་ལང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gambhīrajala RP

A lake in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­524

Gandhara

Wylie:
  • gan d+ha ra
Tibetan:
  • གན་དྷ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhara RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­525

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­44
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1304
  • 3.­302
  • 4.B.­135
  • 4.B.­485
  • 4.B.­820
  • 4.C.­208
  • 4.C.­326
  • 4.C.­416
  • 4.C.­564
  • 4.C.­661
  • 4.C.­971
  • 4.C.­999
  • 4.C.­1675
  • 4.C.­1766
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2212
  • 4.C.­2811
  • 4.C.­2843
  • 4.C.­2932
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­370
  • g.­731
  • g.­1318
g.­526

Gandharva Melody

Wylie:
  • dri za’i dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟའི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­527

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā RP

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­76
  • 4.B.­116
  • 4.B.­156
  • 4.B.­256
  • 4.B.­605
  • 5.­391
  • c.­2
  • g.­763
  • g.­1391
g.­528

Gaṅkara

Wylie:
  • gang ka ra
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཀ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅkara RP

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­529

Garland

Wylie:
  • phreng
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Born in a Tank.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­313-314
  • 4.A.­331
g.­530

Garland Abode

Wylie:
  • phreng ba gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­386
  • n.­633
g.­531

Garland of Bathing Ponds

Wylie:
  • khrus kyi rdzing bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུས་ཀྱི་རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­532

Garland of Bell Bangles

Wylie:
  • g.yer kha’i phreng ba’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • གཡེར་ཁའི་ཕྲེང་བའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­163
g.­533

Garland of Celestial Cottages

Wylie:
  • gzhal yas khang gi khang bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • གཞལ་ཡས་ཁང་གི་ཁང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A location in Supreme Strength.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­38
g.­534

Garland of Golden Trees

Wylie:
  • shing ljon pa’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ལྗོན་པའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Dwelling in Essence of Jewels.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­408
g.­535

Garland of Lightning

Wylie:
  • glog gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­536

Garland of Lotus Ponds

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i rdzing bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Ponds in the Forest of Amusements.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­763
g.­537

Garland of Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmamālin

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­538

Garland of Mansions

Wylie:
  • khang bzangs kyi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་བཟངས་ཀྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in which Musulundha resides.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­804
  • 4.C.­1646
g.­539

Garland of Parks

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i tshal gyi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཚལ་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A palace visited by King Sudarśana.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­265
g.­540

Garland of Planets

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar phreng
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­541

Garland of Plantains

Wylie:
  • tA la’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཏཱ་ལའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­271-272
g.­542

Garland of Play

Wylie:
  • rtsed mo’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེད་མོའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­543

Garland of Pleasure Groves

Wylie:
  • skyed mos tshal gyi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Supreme Strength.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­36
g.­544

Garland of Pools

Wylie:
  • lteng ka phreng
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་ཀ་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
g.­545

Garland of Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid phreng
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • tejojālinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1327
  • 4.B.­1331
  • g.­604
  • g.­823
  • g.­1036
g.­546

Garland of Stars

Wylie:
  • ’gram dngar
  • skar ’phreng
Tibetan:
  • འགྲམ་དངར།
  • སྐར་འཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • tārāmāla

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1213
g.­547

Garland of Tortures

Wylie:
  • gnod pa’i rgyun
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པའི་རྒྱུན།
Sanskrit:
  • kāraṇāmāla

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­856
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­923
g.­548

garland-bearer gods

Wylie:
  • phreng thogs lha
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་ཐོགས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • mālādhara

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­133
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259-261
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­2
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­10
  • 4.A.­15
  • 4.A.­46
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.A.­59
  • 4.A.­70
  • 4.A.­89
  • 4.A.­93
  • 4.A.­98
  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.B.­1249
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­344
  • g.­60
  • g.­61
  • g.­414
  • g.­805
  • g.­817
  • g.­944
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1284
  • g.­1299
  • g.­1370
g.­549

Garland-Draped

Wylie:
  • phreng ba’i nyes ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བའི་ཉེས་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­349-350
  • 5.­352
  • 5.­376
g.­550

Garlands of Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Part of the Forest of Joy.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1779
  • 4.C.­1783
  • g.­1111
g.­551

Garlands of Foam

Wylie:
  • dbu ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Triple Horns.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­276
g.­552

Garlands of Lightning

Wylie:
  • glog gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A sea to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­312
g.­553

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.C.­1719-1720
  • 4.C.­1723-1724
  • 4.C.­1727
  • 4.C.­1749
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1827
  • 4.C.­1985
  • 4.C.­2826
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­308
g.­554

Gathered

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­555

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Appellation for the Buddha, primarily used by non-Buddhists.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 4.C.­1268
  • g.­1136
g.­556

Giver of Stones

Wylie:
  • rdo sbyin par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Uttara Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­309
g.­557

Glowing Hot Embers

Wylie:
  • me mdag tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་མདག་ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūkṣāṅgāra­nibha

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­897
g.­558

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 2,593 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­78-79
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­88-92
  • 1.­94-96
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­112
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­117
  • 1.­121
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­146-147
  • 2.­5-7
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­132-133
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­213
  • 2.­227-228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­237-238
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­309
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­450-451
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­575
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­667
  • 2.­706-707
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­954-956
  • 2.­958
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1035-1036
  • 2.­1038-1039
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1075
  • 2.­1110
  • 2.­1144
  • 2.­1149-1150
  • 2.­1256-1258
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1342
  • 2.­1362
  • 2.­1368
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1386
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­64-69
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­77-79
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­97-100
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­108
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­115-116
  • 3.­123-126
  • 3.­131-138
  • 3.­142-148
  • 3.­150-154
  • 3.­156-159
  • 3.­161-167
  • 3.­169
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­179-180
  • 3.­196-203
  • 3.­205
  • 3.­207-210
  • 3.­214-219
  • 3.­221-222
  • 3.­224-228
  • 3.­230-238
  • 3.­240-244
  • 3.­246-254
  • 3.­256-259
  • 3.­262-277
  • 3.­279-281
  • 3.­284-304
  • 3.­306
  • 3.­308-311
  • 3.­313-316
  • 3.­318-319
  • 3.­321-322
  • 3.­324-331
  • 3.­333-342
  • 3.­344-346
  • 3.­348
  • 3.­350-357
  • 3.­359-361
  • 3.­365-373
  • 3.­378
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­3
  • 4.A.­1
  • 4.A.­3-5
  • 4.A.­7-13
  • 4.A.­15-17
  • 4.A.­19
  • 4.A.­22
  • 4.A.­36
  • 4.A.­45-64
  • 4.A.­66
  • 4.A.­69-77
  • 4.A.­79-89
  • 4.A.­91-95
  • 4.A.­97-99
  • 4.A.­101-103
  • 4.A.­106-110
  • 4.A.­116
  • 4.A.­119
  • 4.A.­121
  • 4.A.­125-129
  • 4.A.­131-134
  • 4.A.­137
  • 4.A.­139-141
  • 4.A.­145
  • 4.A.­147-148
  • 4.A.­150
  • 4.A.­154
  • 4.A.­156-158
  • 4.A.­160-168
  • 4.A.­179
  • 4.A.­181-184
  • 4.A.­186
  • 4.A.­188
  • 4.A.­201-206
  • 4.A.­209-210
  • 4.A.­212-213
  • 4.A.­215-217
  • 4.A.­219-222
  • 4.A.­224-232
  • 4.A.­234-241
  • 4.A.­244-248
  • 4.A.­259-261
  • 4.A.­264-268
  • 4.A.­270-272
  • 4.A.­274-276
  • 4.A.­278
  • 4.A.­280-284
  • 4.A.­288
  • 4.A.­297-299
  • 4.A.­301-307
  • 4.A.­309-311
  • 4.A.­313-314
  • 4.A.­317
  • 4.A.­321
  • 4.A.­325
  • 4.A.­327-328
  • 4.A.­330-339
  • 4.A.­341-349
  • 4.A.­352-353
  • 4.A.­360-364
  • 4.A.­366-367
  • 4.A.­370
  • 4.A.­372-378
  • 4.A.­380-383
  • 4.A.­385-386
  • 4.A.­388-389
  • 4.A.­391-392
  • 4.A.­397-400
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­406-413
  • 4.A.­415-417
  • 4.B.­1-5
  • 4.B.­9-11
  • 4.B.­16-17
  • 4.B.­21-23
  • 4.B.­29-32
  • 4.B.­36-41
  • 4.B.­45-48
  • 4.B.­50-51
  • 4.B.­53-60
  • 4.B.­62
  • 4.B.­65-66
  • 4.B.­69-75
  • 4.B.­77-78
  • 4.B.­86
  • 4.B.­91-92
  • 4.B.­95-100
  • 4.B.­104-106
  • 4.B.­108-113
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­117
  • 4.B.­119-121
  • 4.B.­123-129
  • 4.B.­134-135
  • 4.B.­137-139
  • 4.B.­141
  • 4.B.­145-147
  • 4.B.­149-152
  • 4.B.­154-159
  • 4.B.­161
  • 4.B.­164-171
  • 4.B.­175
  • 4.B.­180
  • 4.B.­182-193
  • 4.B.­195-205
  • 4.B.­208-215
  • 4.B.­217
  • 4.B.­225
  • 4.B.­232-235
  • 4.B.­237-253
  • 4.B.­255
  • 4.B.­257-263
  • 4.B.­265
  • 4.B.­267-268
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­297
  • 4.B.­303-305
  • 4.B.­307-308
  • 4.B.­310-313
  • 4.B.­315-323
  • 4.B.­325-332
  • 4.B.­334-338
  • 4.B.­340
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­344-350
  • 4.B.­352
  • 4.B.­358-359
  • 4.B.­361-364
  • 4.B.­366-367
  • 4.B.­370-371
  • 4.B.­373-374
  • 4.B.­379
  • 4.B.­382
  • 4.B.­385
  • 4.B.­388-396
  • 4.B.­401
  • 4.B.­403-406
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­410-413
  • 4.B.­417
  • 4.B.­419-425
  • 4.B.­430-432
  • 4.B.­434
  • 4.B.­437
  • 4.B.­439-440
  • 4.B.­442-446
  • 4.B.­448
  • 4.B.­450-451
  • 4.B.­456-467
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­471-477
  • 4.B.­489
  • 4.B.­494
  • 4.B.­498-501
  • 4.B.­508
  • 4.B.­510-518
  • 4.B.­520-523
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­530-538
  • 4.B.­540-543
  • 4.B.­550-553
  • 4.B.­557
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­573
  • 4.B.­579-584
  • 4.B.­586
  • 4.B.­589
  • 4.B.­591-592
  • 4.B.­594-603
  • 4.B.­605-607
  • 4.B.­609-610
  • 4.B.­612
  • 4.B.­641
  • 4.B.­647
  • 4.B.­651-652
  • 4.B.­656
  • 4.B.­658-663
  • 4.B.­667
  • 4.B.­674-677
  • 4.B.­682
  • 4.B.­688-691
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­695-698
  • 4.B.­707
  • 4.B.­709-714
  • 4.B.­717-719
  • 4.B.­723-724
  • 4.B.­726
  • 4.B.­735-736
  • 4.B.­747-754
  • 4.B.­758-759
  • 4.B.­769-789
  • 4.B.­791
  • 4.B.­793-798
  • 4.B.­802
  • 4.B.­807
  • 4.B.­809
  • 4.B.­811-816
  • 4.B.­818
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­826-830
  • 4.B.­841-852
  • 4.B.­858-859
  • 4.B.­862
  • 4.B.­864-865
  • 4.B.­868-877
  • 4.B.­879
  • 4.B.­890-891
  • 4.B.­893-895
  • 4.B.­898-903
  • 4.B.­905-914
  • 4.B.­916
  • 4.B.­918
  • 4.B.­938-939
  • 4.B.­942-951
  • 4.B.­962-967
  • 4.B.­981
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­987
  • 4.B.­990
  • 4.B.­992
  • 4.B.­997-999
  • 4.B.­1003-1004
  • 4.B.­1006
  • 4.B.­1008-1013
  • 4.B.­1015
  • 4.B.­1017-1024
  • 4.B.­1026
  • 4.B.­1035-1042
  • 4.B.­1046
  • 4.B.­1050-1056
  • 4.B.­1058
  • 4.B.­1071-1081
  • 4.B.­1085
  • 4.B.­1100
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.B.­1114
  • 4.B.­1119
  • 4.B.­1126-1127
  • 4.B.­1149
  • 4.B.­1156-1157
  • 4.B.­1177
  • 4.B.­1180-1181
  • 4.B.­1183-1184
  • 4.B.­1195-1197
  • 4.B.­1200-1201
  • 4.B.­1203-1205
  • 4.B.­1209
  • 4.B.­1213
  • 4.B.­1215
  • 4.B.­1225-1226
  • 4.B.­1233
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1240
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1244
  • 4.B.­1249-1250
  • 4.B.­1252
  • 4.B.­1255
  • 4.B.­1262-1264
  • 4.B.­1268-1271
  • 4.B.­1273-1281
  • 4.B.­1292
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1296-1301
  • 4.B.­1303-1311
  • 4.B.­1313
  • 4.B.­1315-1317
  • 4.B.­1323-1327
  • 4.B.­1331-1341
  • 4.B.­1343
  • 4.B.­1347
  • 4.B.­1349
  • 4.B.­1353
  • 4.B.­1364
  • 4.B.­1369-1370
  • 4.B.­1372-1375
  • 4.B.­1377-1381
  • 4.B.­1389-1395
  • 4.B.­1405
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­1-5
  • 4.C.­7-9
  • 4.C.­12-40
  • 4.C.­43
  • 4.C.­46-47
  • 4.C.­56
  • 4.C.­62
  • 4.C.­66
  • 4.C.­70-71
  • 4.C.­80-88
  • 4.C.­90-91
  • 4.C.­93-100
  • 4.C.­102-103
  • 4.C.­105
  • 4.C.­116-118
  • 4.C.­126
  • 4.C.­128
  • 4.C.­131-136
  • 4.C.­138-141
  • 4.C.­146
  • 4.C.­158-160
  • 4.C.­162
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­167-178
  • 4.C.­180-184
  • 4.C.­186-207
  • 4.C.­210
  • 4.C.­215-217
  • 4.C.­222
  • 4.C.­224-237
  • 4.C.­239
  • 4.C.­255-256
  • 4.C.­260-264
  • 4.C.­267-272
  • 4.C.­274-285
  • 4.C.­288-289
  • 4.C.­291-292
  • 4.C.­301-307
  • 4.C.­328
  • 4.C.­331-334
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­338
  • 4.C.­340-341
  • 4.C.­363
  • 4.C.­368-371
  • 4.C.­373-381
  • 4.C.­386
  • 4.C.­389-397
  • 4.C.­399
  • 4.C.­403
  • 4.C.­409
  • 4.C.­415-418
  • 4.C.­420-421
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­425-435
  • 4.C.­437-440
  • 4.C.­451-452
  • 4.C.­456
  • 4.C.­459
  • 4.C.­462
  • 4.C.­471-472
  • 4.C.­476-478
  • 4.C.­480
  • 4.C.­482-486
  • 4.C.­495-500
  • 4.C.­512-513
  • 4.C.­518-523
  • 4.C.­531-532
  • 4.C.­535-543
  • 4.C.­546-548
  • 4.C.­561-583
  • 4.C.­585
  • 4.C.­587
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­597-598
  • 4.C.­600-602
  • 4.C.­604-615
  • 4.C.­620
  • 4.C.­635-642
  • 4.C.­683-690
  • 4.C.­692-695
  • 4.C.­698
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­709-713
  • 4.C.­715-716
  • 4.C.­720-721
  • 4.C.­727-729
  • 4.C.­731-739
  • 4.C.­742
  • 4.C.­744
  • 4.C.­757-760
  • 4.C.­762
  • 4.C.­764
  • 4.C.­773
  • 4.C.­790-793
  • 4.C.­796
  • 4.C.­799-804
  • 4.C.­806-809
  • 4.C.­814-818
  • 4.C.­820-824
  • 4.C.­826
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­835-837
  • 4.C.­839-841
  • 4.C.­843
  • 4.C.­845-846
  • 4.C.­868-871
  • 4.C.­878
  • 4.C.­882
  • 4.C.­890-892
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­912-920
  • 4.C.­924
  • 4.C.­927-930
  • 4.C.­937
  • 4.C.­949-956
  • 4.C.­961
  • 4.C.­964
  • 4.C.­971
  • 4.C.­974
  • 4.C.­981-987
  • 4.C.­992-993
  • 4.C.­995-997
  • 4.C.­1004
  • 4.C.­1008-1010
  • 4.C.­1012-1020
  • 4.C.­1022-1023
  • 4.C.­1031
  • 4.C.­1037-1039
  • 4.C.­1048-1050
  • 4.C.­1069-1070
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1084
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1114-1117
  • 4.C.­1123-1124
  • 4.C.­1126-1128
  • 4.C.­1137-1139
  • 4.C.­1146
  • 4.C.­1149
  • 4.C.­1152
  • 4.C.­1163-1171
  • 4.C.­1175
  • 4.C.­1177-1183
  • 4.C.­1185-1189
  • 4.C.­1191-1195
  • 4.C.­1198
  • 4.C.­1210-1211
  • 4.C.­1214
  • 4.C.­1216-1218
  • 4.C.­1227-1231
  • 4.C.­1233-1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1262
  • 4.C.­1264
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1272
  • 4.C.­1279
  • 4.C.­1281-1283
  • 4.C.­1287-1290
  • 4.C.­1294
  • 4.C.­1296-1299
  • 4.C.­1301-1304
  • 4.C.­1309
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1323-1325
  • 4.C.­1327-1330
  • 4.C.­1332-1340
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1378
  • 4.C.­1383-1386
  • 4.C.­1388
  • 4.C.­1390
  • 4.C.­1394
  • 4.C.­1420
  • 4.C.­1432
  • 4.C.­1492
  • 4.C.­1495-1496
  • 4.C.­1513
  • 4.C.­1518
  • 4.C.­1521
  • 4.C.­1536-1537
  • 4.C.­1552
  • 4.C.­1576-1580
  • 4.C.­1582-1583
  • 4.C.­1585-1586
  • 4.C.­1588-1589
  • 4.C.­1591-1603
  • 4.C.­1618-1623
  • 4.C.­1625
  • 4.C.­1630
  • 4.C.­1632-1634
  • 4.C.­1636-1639
  • 4.C.­1641
  • 4.C.­1643-1647
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1655-1665
  • 4.C.­1668
  • 4.C.­1670
  • 4.C.­1676-1683
  • 4.C.­1685-1692
  • 4.C.­1702
  • 4.C.­1718-1720
  • 4.C.­1722-1726
  • 4.C.­1728
  • 4.C.­1731-1732
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1740
  • 4.C.­1748
  • 4.C.­1753-1754
  • 4.C.­1758-1759
  • 4.C.­1761-1772
  • 4.C.­1774-1780
  • 4.C.­1783-1785
  • 4.C.­1787-1789
  • 4.C.­1798-1802
  • 4.C.­1804-1809
  • 4.C.­1811-1813
  • 4.C.­1817
  • 4.C.­1820-1821
  • 4.C.­1837-1838
  • 4.C.­1840
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1844
  • 4.C.­1847-1848
  • 4.C.­1850-1859
  • 4.C.­1862-1863
  • 4.C.­1865-1869
  • 4.C.­1874
  • 4.C.­1878-1885
  • 4.C.­1903-1922
  • 4.C.­1924-1929
  • 4.C.­1931-1938
  • 4.C.­1942-1945
  • 4.C.­1948-1949
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1954-1955
  • 4.C.­1959
  • 4.C.­1961-1965
  • 4.C.­1967
  • 4.C.­1969-1971
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1975
  • 4.C.­1978-1983
  • 4.C.­1987-1990
  • 4.C.­1992-2004
  • 4.C.­2006-2008
  • 4.C.­2010-2013
  • 4.C.­2015-2018
  • 4.C.­2021-2022
  • 4.C.­2024-2027
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2041-2045
  • 4.C.­2049
  • 4.C.­2055-2056
  • 4.C.­2063-2074
  • 4.C.­2077
  • 4.C.­2079
  • 4.C.­2082
  • 4.C.­2086-2087
  • 4.C.­2090-2093
  • 4.C.­2095
  • 4.C.­2097-2109
  • 4.C.­2123-2129
  • 4.C.­2142-2150
  • 4.C.­2153-2154
  • 4.C.­2167
  • 4.C.­2173-2174
  • 4.C.­2176-2182
  • 4.C.­2190
  • 4.C.­2192
  • 4.C.­2200-2201
  • 4.C.­2207-2208
  • 4.C.­2211-2212
  • 4.C.­2215-2216
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2220-2227
  • 4.C.­2230
  • 4.C.­2236-2240
  • 4.C.­2242-2248
  • 4.C.­2254-2255
  • 4.C.­2257-2258
  • 4.C.­2260-2263
  • 4.C.­2276
  • 4.C.­2278-2288
  • 4.C.­2290-2302
  • 4.C.­2313
  • 4.C.­2332
  • 4.C.­2335-2338
  • 4.C.­2343-2345
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349-2355
  • 4.C.­2369-2387
  • 4.C.­2391
  • 4.C.­2396
  • 4.C.­2411
  • 4.C.­2413
  • 4.C.­2419
  • 4.C.­2426-2430
  • 4.C.­2432
  • 4.C.­2434
  • 4.C.­2442-2445
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2532
  • 4.C.­2536
  • 4.C.­2549
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2568
  • 4.C.­2572-2576
  • 4.C.­2578
  • 4.C.­2580-2584
  • 4.C.­2586
  • 4.C.­2594-2597
  • 4.C.­2599
  • 4.C.­2601-2602
  • 4.C.­2604
  • 4.C.­2606
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­2624
  • 4.C.­2630-2634
  • 4.C.­2637-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2648
  • 4.C.­2668
  • 4.C.­2675
  • 4.C.­2677
  • 4.C.­2682-2683
  • 4.C.­2698-2700
  • 4.C.­2703
  • 4.C.­2706
  • 4.C.­2712
  • 4.C.­2722
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2775-2778
  • 4.C.­2786
  • 4.C.­2804-2807
  • 4.C.­2819
  • 4.C.­2833
  • 4.C.­2838-2839
  • 4.C.­2858
  • 4.C.­2863
  • 4.C.­2883
  • 4.C.­2885-2887
  • 4.C.­2889-2890
  • 4.C.­2903-2904
  • 4.C.­2919
  • 4.C.­2937
  • 4.C.­2946-2947
  • 4.C.­2949
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2954-2959
  • 4.C.­2962-2965
  • 4.C.­2969-2970
  • 4.C.­2972-2975
  • 4.C.­2977
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2986
  • 4.C.­2992-2994
  • 4.C.­3003-3007
  • 4.C.­3014-3018
  • 4.C.­3040
  • 4.C.­3042-3043
  • 4.C.­3045-3046
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3053-3055
  • 4.C.­3057-3058
  • 4.C.­3085-3087
  • 4.C.­3089-3097
  • 4.C.­3099-3100
  • 4.C.­3103
  • 4.C.­3106-3108
  • 4.C.­3110-3114
  • 4.C.­3116-3120
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­24-30
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­268-269
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­292-296
  • 5.­315-316
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­345-346
  • 5.­350-351
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­374-375
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382-383
  • 5.­417
  • n.­248
  • n.­308
  • n.­444
  • n.­480
  • g.­57
  • g.­66
  • g.­389
  • g.­391
  • g.­403
  • g.­445
  • g.­477
  • g.­548
  • g.­608
  • g.­705
  • g.­753
  • g.­794
  • g.­848
  • g.­874
  • g.­876
  • g.­910
  • g.­950
  • g.­961
  • g.­1133
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1431
g.­559

Godānīya

Wylie:
  • ba lang spyod
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • godānīya

The continent to the west of Mount Sumeru.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­74
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­1198
  • 4.B.­1205-1206
  • 4.B.­1241
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 5.­17-21
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­390-392
  • 5.­394-395
  • 5.­397-399
  • 5.­415
  • g.­5
  • g.­11
  • g.­49
  • g.­65
  • g.­159
  • g.­199
  • g.­225
  • g.­255
  • g.­272
  • g.­388
  • g.­408
  • g.­415
  • g.­421
  • g.­433
  • g.­511
  • g.­523
  • g.­528
  • g.­542
  • g.­567
  • g.­664
  • g.­665
  • g.­714
  • g.­782
  • g.­889
  • g.­894
  • g.­901
  • g.­903
  • g.­911
  • g.­955
  • g.­969
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1045
  • g.­1056
  • g.­1094
  • g.­1123
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1236
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1334
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1432
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1447
g.­560

Godāvarī

Wylie:
  • go dA ba rI
Tibetan:
  • གོ་དཱ་བ་རཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • godāvarī RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­561

Gold Garland

Wylie:
  • gser gyi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­637
  • 4.C.­639
g.­562

Gold Water

Wylie:
  • gser gyi chu
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­563

Golden Garland

Wylie:
  • gser phreng
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­163
g.­564

Golden Ground

Wylie:
  • gser gyi sa gzhi dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ས་གཞི་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­565

Golden Shadow

Wylie:
  • gser gyi grib ma
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་གྲིབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­566

Golden Walls

Wylie:
  • gser gyi rtsig pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་རྩིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­255
g.­567

Golden Waters

Wylie:
  • gser gyi mdog gi chu
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་གི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A river on Cakravāḍa. (2) A sea between Godānīya and Kuru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­289
  • 5.­389
g.­568

Gonakī

Wylie:
  • go na kI
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ན་ཀཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • gonakī RP

A location in Jambudvīpa renowned for soft cotton.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­570
g.­569

Gorgeous Gold Summit

Wylie:
  • rtse mo yid ’ong gser
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་ཡིད་འོང་གསེར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­96
g.­570

Gorgeous Heaven

Wylie:
  • shin tu mthong
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

The fourth of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­571

Gorgeous Mount

Wylie:
  • ri mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1859
  • 4.C.­1867
g.­572

Gośīrṣaka

Wylie:
  • go shiR+Sha pa
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཤིཪྵ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gośīrṣaka

A minor mountain on Lofty Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­573

Grape Water

Wylie:
  • rgun ’bru’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྒུན་འབྲུའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­574

Great Action

Wylie:
  • las chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1285-1287
g.­575

Great and Utter Joy

Wylie:
  • rab dga’ chen po
Tibetan:
  • རབ་དགའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­576

Great Belly

Wylie:
  • lto chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­577

Great Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs chen
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahma

The highest level of the first concentration.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­572
  • 2.­1149-1150
  • 5.­383
g.­578

Great Bright Light

Wylie:
  • rab tu dang bar snang ba chen po
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བར་སྣང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1859
  • 4.C.­1866
g.­579

Great Buoyancy

Wylie:
  • rab tu dang ba chen po
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­7
g.­580

Great Darkness

Wylie:
  • mun nag chen po
Tibetan:
  • མུན་ནག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A hell in the vicinity of Ultimate Torment

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­581

Great Depth

Wylie:
  • gting zab
Tibetan:
  • གཏིང་ཟབ།
Sanskrit:
  • āgādha

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­897
g.­582

Great Flow

Wylie:
  • chen po rab tu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོ་རབ་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­583

Great Fruition

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che ba
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The third level of the fourth concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­584

Great Howling Hell

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod chen po
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāraurava

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­477-478
  • 2.­482
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-575
  • 2.­577-579
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606-607
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­705
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­848
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1287
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­106
  • g.­124
  • g.­223
  • g.­224
  • g.­304
  • g.­338
  • g.­417
  • g.­479
  • g.­588
  • g.­680
  • g.­685
  • g.­693
  • g.­724
  • g.­806
  • g.­827
  • g.­951
  • g.­953
  • g.­976
  • g.­1088
  • g.­1138
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1345
g.­585

Great Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba chen po
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2371
g.­586

Great Power

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea beyond Jambudvīpa

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­270
g.­587

Great Rodhā

Wylie:
  • ro dhA chen po
Tibetan:
  • རོ་དྷཱ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­588

Great Śālmali Forest

Wylie:
  • shing shal ma li chen po’i tshal
  • shing shal ma la’i tshal chen
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཤལ་མ་ལི་ཆེན་པོའི་ཚལ།
  • ཤིང་ཤལ་མ་ལའི་ཚལ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­śālmali­vana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­527
g.­589

Great Scorching

Wylie:
  • rab tu sreg pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྲེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpradāha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­721-723
g.­590

Great Slope

Wylie:
  • logs chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལོགས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405-406
  • g.­93
  • g.­153
  • g.­472
  • g.­478
  • g.­859
  • g.­958
  • g.­1140
  • g.­1248
  • g.­1290
g.­591

Great Sound

Wylie:
  • sgra chen
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­948
g.­592

Great Summit

Wylie:
  • rtse mo rgya chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Vast Environments.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­612
g.­593

Great Tangible Darkness

Wylie:
  • mun nag thibs
Tibetan:
  • མུན་ནག་ཐིབས།
Sanskrit:
  • tamonicaya­sparśa

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­897
g.­594

Great Trees

Wylie:
  • shing chen po
  • ljon shing
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཆེན་པོ།
  • ལྗོན་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View (shing chen po). (2) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (ljon shing).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­163
  • 5.­345
g.­595

Great Waters

Wylie:
  • chu chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Ornament of the Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­522
g.­596

Great Waves

Wylie:
  • rlabs chen po
  • rlabs chen
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་ཆེན་པོ།
  • རླབས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa (rlabs chen po). (2) A river in the south of Jambudvīpa (rlabs chen).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­259-260
  • 5.­263
g.­597

ground

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

Stage of spiritual maturation or realization on the path to awakening, serving as the ground for the growth of noble qualities.

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 2.­33-34
  • 2.­36-38
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­103
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115-116
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­247
  • 2.­258
  • 2.­263
  • 2.­271-272
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­290
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­953
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­960
  • 2.­1148-1149
  • 2.­1254-1256
  • 2.­1379
  • 3.­1-2
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­410
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­2023
  • n.­29
  • n.­66
g.­598

Ground of Constant Joy

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ gzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­599

ground traveler

Wylie:
  • sa gzhi la rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ས་གཞི་ལ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­600

Grove

Wylie:
  • kun nas tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­348
g.­601

Grove of Beauty

Wylie:
  • nags tshal mdzes
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཚལ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­82
g.­602

Grove of Delicious Wine

Wylie:
  • chang zhim po’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཆང་ཞིམ་པོའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving on Springy Ground.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­472
g.­603

Grove of Infatuation

Wylie:
  • myos byed kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • མྱོས་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Mutual Liking.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­344
g.­604

Grove of Utter Joy

Wylie:
  • tshal rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚལ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Garland of Splendor.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1335-1336
g.­605

Growing Utpalas

Wylie:
  • ud pa la skye
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པ་ལ་སྐྱེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­606

guardians of the world

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten skyong ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

This refers to the Four Great Kings.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­134-137
  • 3.­161
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­218
  • 3.­221-222
  • 3.­242-243
  • 3.­246
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­299-301
  • 3.­309-313
  • 4.A.­83-84
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­124
  • 4.B.­335-336
  • 4.B.­446
  • 4.B.­903
  • 4.B.­905
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­1
g.­607

guhyaka

Wylie:
  • gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyaka

A subclass of yakṣas.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­292
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­421
g.­608

halāhala

Wylie:
  • ha la ha la
Tibetan:
  • ཧ་ལ་ཧ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • halāhala

A mythological poison said to have been produced by demonic forces in their fight against the gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­834
  • 4.B.­959
g.­609

Hanging Leaves

Wylie:
  • lo ma shin tu ’phyang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོ་མ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­610

Happiness

Wylie:
  • rtag tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­183
  • g.­480
g.­611

Happy Bees

Wylie:
  • bung ba mngon dga’
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ་མངོན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­12
g.­612

Happy Flow

Wylie:
  • yid bde bar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­613

Happy Mind

Wylie:
  • yid dga’
  • yid bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་དགའ།
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Living by Rājanina (yid dga’). (2) A mountain in the eastern sea between Jambudvīpa and Videha (yid bde ba).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2956
  • 5.­262
g.­614

Harmed by Pain

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal gyis gnod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་གྱིས་གནོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhataḍāga

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­615

Harmful Forest

Wylie:
  • gnod pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­616

harsh words

Wylie:
  • tshig rtsub
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་རྩུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāruṣya

The third among the four verbal misdeeds.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­55-56
  • 1.­88
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­1007
  • 2.­1097-1098
  • 2.­1100
  • 2.­1104
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­969
  • 4.B.­1016
  • 4.B.­1066
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1833
  • 4.C.­1914
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­2526
  • g.­1310
g.­617

Heap in the Stream

Wylie:
  • klung na brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུང་ན་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Living on the Peak.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­275-278
  • 4.C.­281
  • 4.C.­283
  • g.­81
  • g.­82
  • g.­741
  • g.­1273
g.­618

Heap of Incense

Wylie:
  • spos brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A peak upon Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­581
g.­619

Heap of Iron

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­620

Heap of Live Coals of Iron-dust

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi phye ma me mdag gi ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཕྱེ་མ་མེ་མདག་གི་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayaś­cūrṇāṅgāra­nikara

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell. Alternatively referred to as Metallic Fire (lcags kyi me).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­446
  • g.­892
g.­621

Heaps of Fresh Butter

Wylie:
  • mar sar gyi gong bu
Tibetan:
  • མར་སར་གྱི་གོང་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on the mountain called “Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­304
g.­622

hearer

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

The term is most simply interpreted as “those who hear” the Buddha’s teaching, i.e. his disciples, but the additional element that they then “make it heard” to others is often present in canonical glosses. In a Mahāyāna context it refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of a worthy one (arhat), and not to embark on the path of a bodhisattva (with buddhahood as its ultimate goal).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • p.­1
  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­581
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­376
  • 4.A.­347
  • 4.B.­662
  • 4.B.­676
  • 4.C.­97
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­103
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2683
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­382
  • 5.­384-385
  • n.­353
  • g.­500
  • g.­982
  • g.­986
  • g.­1147
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1335
  • g.­1456
g.­623

Heartbreaking Cries

Wylie:
  • snying rje rje skad sgra ’byin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་རྗེ་སྐད་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇānināda

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­857
  • 2.­936
g.­624

Heaven Free from Strife

Wylie:
  • ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 413 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­2-3
  • i.­6
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­133
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­628
  • 4.B.­676
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­1-5
  • 4.C.­7-8
  • 4.C.­13-14
  • 4.C.­16-17
  • 4.C.­22
  • 4.C.­24-26
  • 4.C.­28-31
  • 4.C.­33
  • 4.C.­38
  • 4.C.­83-88
  • 4.C.­94-100
  • 4.C.­102-104
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­133
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­167
  • 4.C.­170-171
  • 4.C.­173
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­182
  • 4.C.­194
  • 4.C.­197-198
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­203-204
  • 4.C.­206-207
  • 4.C.­210-211
  • 4.C.­228-229
  • 4.C.­231-233
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­283
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­338
  • 4.C.­362
  • 4.C.­366
  • 4.C.­368
  • 4.C.­373
  • 4.C.­391-393
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­425
  • 4.C.­434-435
  • 4.C.­437
  • 4.C.­439-440
  • 4.C.­458
  • 4.C.­472-473
  • 4.C.­483-484
  • 4.C.­495
  • 4.C.­499-500
  • 4.C.­537-538
  • 4.C.­546
  • 4.C.­572-573
  • 4.C.­576-580
  • 4.C.­582
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­597-598
  • 4.C.­600
  • 4.C.­605
  • 4.C.­729
  • 4.C.­733
  • 4.C.­735
  • 4.C.­759
  • 4.C.­790
  • 4.C.­792
  • 4.C.­801
  • 4.C.­804
  • 4.C.­806
  • 4.C.­808
  • 4.C.­814-815
  • 4.C.­836
  • 4.C.­843
  • 4.C.­890
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1018
  • 4.C.­1020
  • 4.C.­1022-1023
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1127
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1230
  • 4.C.­1235-1236
  • 4.C.­1244
  • 4.C.­1248
  • 4.C.­1254-1255
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1262-1264
  • 4.C.­1272
  • 4.C.­1283-1289
  • 4.C.­1297
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1301
  • 4.C.­1316-1317
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1333
  • 4.C.­1335-1338
  • 4.C.­1580
  • 4.C.­1589
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1644
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1660-1661
  • 4.C.­1666
  • 4.C.­1679
  • 4.C.­1690-1691
  • 4.C.­1720-1724
  • 4.C.­1726
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1813
  • 4.C.­1841-1842
  • 4.C.­1903-1904
  • 4.C.­1906-1917
  • 4.C.­1919
  • 4.C.­1921-1922
  • 4.C.­1924-1929
  • 4.C.­1932-1933
  • 4.C.­1936-1938
  • 4.C.­1942-1945
  • 4.C.­1948-1949
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1954-1955
  • 4.C.­1957
  • 4.C.­1959
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­1967
  • 4.C.­1971
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1975
  • 4.C.­1978-1979
  • 4.C.­1981
  • 4.C.­1983
  • 4.C.­1986
  • 4.C.­1995-1996
  • 4.C.­2001
  • 4.C.­2019
  • 4.C.­2021
  • 4.C.­2023-2024
  • 4.C.­2067
  • 4.C.­2125
  • 4.C.­2127-2128
  • 4.C.­2143
  • 4.C.­2153
  • 4.C.­2173
  • 4.C.­2181
  • 4.C.­2201
  • 4.C.­2212
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2221-2223
  • 4.C.­2237
  • 4.C.­2239
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2245-2248
  • 4.C.­2254
  • 4.C.­2258-2262
  • 4.C.­2270
  • 4.C.­2284-2286
  • 4.C.­2288
  • 4.C.­2291-2292
  • 4.C.­2294
  • 4.C.­2296
  • 4.C.­2298
  • 4.C.­2303
  • 4.C.­2335-2338
  • 4.C.­2345-2347
  • 4.C.­2378
  • 4.C.­2390
  • 4.C.­2427-2428
  • 4.C.­2430
  • 4.C.­2434
  • 4.C.­2444
  • 4.C.­2459
  • 4.C.­2470
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2499
  • 4.C.­2512
  • 4.C.­2519
  • 4.C.­2536
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2567-2568
  • 4.C.­2571
  • 4.C.­2573-2575
  • 4.C.­2577-2578
  • 4.C.­2594
  • 4.C.­2632-2633
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2775
  • 4.C.­2804
  • 4.C.­2819
  • 4.C.­2833
  • 4.C.­2858
  • 4.C.­2903
  • 4.C.­2919
  • 4.C.­2946
  • 4.C.­2949
  • 4.C.­2951-2952
  • 4.C.­2954
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 4.C.­3089-3090
  • 4.C.­3116
  • 5.­380
  • n.­356
  • n.­385
  • n.­462-463
  • n.­478
  • n.­558
  • g.­137
  • g.­206
  • g.­227
  • g.­229
  • g.­286
  • g.­318
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­358
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­367
  • g.­401
  • g.­574
  • g.­579
  • g.­683
  • g.­719
  • g.­737
  • g.­809
  • g.­816
  • g.­820
  • g.­932
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­938
  • g.­939
  • g.­940
  • g.­942
  • g.­950
  • g.­977
  • g.­989
  • g.­1037
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1229
  • g.­1231
  • g.­1278
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1326
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1350
  • g.­1359
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1386
  • g.­1398
  • g.­1460
g.­625

Heaven of Delighting in Emanations

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇarati

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­575
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­1167
  • 4.C.­1169-1171
  • 4.C.­1177
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­382
g.­626

Heaven of Increased Merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams skyes
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇyaprasava

The second level of the fourth concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­627

Heaven of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.C.­194
  • 4.C.­197
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­499
  • 4.C.­580-581
  • 4.C.­583
  • 4.C.­585
  • 4.C.­1128-1129
  • 4.C.­1163-1164
  • 4.C.­1166-1167
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2582
  • 4.C.­2631-2634
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2698
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2775
  • 4.C.­2804
  • 4.C.­2819
  • 4.C.­2833
  • 4.C.­2858
  • 4.C.­2903
  • 4.C.­2919
  • 4.C.­2946
  • 4.C.­2949
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­382
  • g.­861
  • g.­972
  • g.­1054
  • g.­1323
g.­628

Heaven of Limited Virtue

Wylie:
  • dge chung
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttaśubha

The first level of the third concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­377
g.­629

Heaven of Limitless Virtue

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇaśubha

The third level within the third concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­630

Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­133
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138-139
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.C.­182
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­1178-1181
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­2570
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­382
  • g.­694
  • g.­874
g.­631

Heaven of No Hardship

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

The second of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­632

Heaven of Perfected Virtue

Wylie:
  • dge rgyas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhakṛtsna

The second level of the third concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­633

Heaven of the Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rājika

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­133
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­416
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­1212
  • 4.B.­1234
  • 4.B.­1239
  • 4.B.­1380
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­1238-1239
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1244-1245
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1249
  • 4.C.­1253
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1677
  • 4.C.­1690
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­24-28
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
g.­634

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 227 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­103
  • 1.­147
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1035
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­289
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­298
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­328
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­356
  • 3.­370-371
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­1-2
  • 4.B.­17
  • 4.B.­22
  • 4.B.­36
  • 4.B.­49
  • 4.B.­54
  • 4.B.­101
  • 4.B.­103
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­159
  • 4.B.­195
  • 4.B.­205
  • 4.B.­215
  • 4.B.­225
  • 4.B.­232
  • 4.B.­235
  • 4.B.­237-238
  • 4.B.­245
  • 4.B.­252
  • 4.B.­259
  • 4.B.­268
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­321-322
  • 4.B.­334-335
  • 4.B.­339
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­370
  • 4.B.­388
  • 4.B.­396
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­413
  • 4.B.­417
  • 4.B.­425
  • 4.B.­430
  • 4.B.­435
  • 4.B.­445-447
  • 4.B.­449
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­456
  • 4.B.­463
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­471
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­507
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­530
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­589
  • 4.B.­643
  • 4.B.­658
  • 4.B.­662
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­723-724
  • 4.B.­754
  • 4.B.­758
  • 4.B.­761
  • 4.B.­769
  • 4.B.­775
  • 4.B.­865
  • 4.B.­868
  • 4.B.­874
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­898
  • 4.B.­903
  • 4.B.­938-939
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1202
  • 4.B.­1212
  • 4.B.­1239
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1268
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1296
  • 4.B.­1301
  • 4.B.­1303
  • 4.B.­1327
  • 4.B.­1331
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1377
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.B.­1408-1409
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­7
  • 4.C.­20-21
  • 4.C.­182
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­393
  • 4.C.­1126
  • 4.C.­1245-1252
  • 4.C.­1257-1260
  • 4.C.­1270-1271
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­1677
  • 4.C.­1690
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
  • g.­20
  • g.­67
  • g.­104
  • g.­107
  • g.­116
  • g.­180
  • g.­205
  • g.­292
  • g.­302
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
  • g.­312
  • g.­313
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
  • g.­319
  • g.­320
  • g.­321
  • g.­322
  • g.­323
  • g.­324
  • g.­340
  • g.­356
  • g.­366
  • g.­369
  • g.­371
  • g.­378
  • g.­393
  • g.­404
  • g.­409
  • g.­437
  • g.­545
  • g.­644
  • g.­651
  • g.­659
  • g.­671
  • g.­673
  • g.­840
  • g.­876
  • g.­941
  • g.­943
  • g.­946
  • g.­993
  • g.­1005
  • g.­1046
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1062
  • g.­1099
  • g.­1133
  • g.­1167
  • g.­1240
  • g.­1257
  • g.­1263
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1330
  • g.­1331
  • g.­1371
  • g.­1372
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1443
g.­635

hell being

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, engendered by anger and powerful negative actions. They are dominated by great suffering and said to dwell in different hells with specific characteristics.

Located in 412 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­26-31
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­131-132
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­214
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­227-228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­241
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­264-266
  • 2.­268
  • 2.­294-295
  • 2.­299
  • 2.­375-377
  • 2.­397
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­414-415
  • 2.­427-428
  • 2.­439-441
  • 2.­475-476
  • 2.­479
  • 2.­484
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­538
  • 2.­608
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­637
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­646-647
  • 2.­655-657
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­719
  • 2.­727-729
  • 2.­732
  • 2.­735
  • 2.­739-740
  • 2.­747
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­760-761
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­771
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­827
  • 2.­829
  • 2.­831-832
  • 2.­836
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­847-851
  • 2.­853-854
  • 2.­856-858
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­889-890
  • 2.­894
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­907-909
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­927-929
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­938-939
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­948
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­1035
  • 2.­1040-1041
  • 2.­1044-1045
  • 2.­1059-1060
  • 2.­1070-1071
  • 2.­1083
  • 2.­1085
  • 2.­1094-1096
  • 2.­1112
  • 2.­1116-1118
  • 2.­1123-1124
  • 2.­1135-1136
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1179-1181
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1190-1191
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1206-1207
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1227
  • 2.­1265
  • 3.­27-28
  • 3.­131
  • 4.­1
  • 4.A.­3
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­69
  • 4.A.­82
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­157
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­303
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­338
  • 4.A.­345
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­381
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­101
  • 4.B.­103
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­153
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­234
  • 4.B.­262
  • 4.B.­314-316
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­359
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­395
  • 4.B.­404-405
  • 4.B.­412
  • 4.B.­424
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­466
  • 4.B.­500
  • 4.B.­524
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­748
  • 4.B.­753
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.B.­894
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1211-1212
  • 4.B.­1222-1224
  • 4.B.­1233
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1244
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1300
  • 4.B.­1326
  • 4.B.­1355
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1393
  • 4.C.­12
  • 4.C.­105-111
  • 4.C.­113-117
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­273
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­394
  • 4.C.­422
  • 4.C.­511
  • 4.C.­535
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­605
  • 4.C.­613
  • 4.C.­692-694
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­956
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1070
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1116-1117
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1228-1229
  • 4.C.­1231
  • 4.C.­1234
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1250
  • 4.C.­1256
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1358-1359
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1383-1384
  • 4.C.­1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1395
  • 4.C.­1434
  • 4.C.­1482
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1575-1576
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2105
  • 4.C.­2161
  • 4.C.­2222
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2291
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2389
  • 4.C.­2492
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2521-2522
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2549
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2638-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2706
  • 4.C.­2746-2748
  • 4.C.­2750
  • 4.C.­2752-2753
  • 4.C.­2835
  • 4.C.­2839
  • 4.C.­2884
  • 4.C.­2886
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3024-3025
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3039
  • 4.C.­3041
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­396
  • 5.­403
g.­636

hell of Destructive Wood Fire

Wylie:
  • shing skam ltar ’jigs par ’tshed
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་སྐམ་ལྟར་འཇིགས་པར་འཚེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­870
g.­637

Hell of Heat

Wylie:
  • tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tapana

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­711-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­783
  • 4.B.­850
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­141
  • g.­234
  • g.­411
  • g.­462
  • g.­473
  • g.­589
  • g.­687
  • g.­701
  • g.­877
  • g.­1098
  • g.­1100
  • g.­1300
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1312
  • g.­1315
  • g.­1344
g.­638

Hell of Intense Heat

Wylie:
  • rab tu tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratāpana

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­785
  • 2.­793
  • 2.­808-811
  • 2.­846
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­1036
  • 4.B.­851
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1260
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­36
  • g.­143
  • g.­207
  • g.­217
  • g.­245
  • g.­343
  • g.­427
  • g.­547
  • g.­591
  • g.­623
  • g.­636
  • g.­696
  • g.­802
  • g.­811
  • g.­896
  • g.­988
  • g.­992
  • g.­1040
  • g.­1317
g.­639

Hell of the Lump

Wylie:
  • bsdus pa
  • ’khums pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུས་པ།
  • འཁུམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṇḍonaraka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­399-400
  • n.­64
g.­640

Hell of Ultimate Torment

Wylie:
  • mnar med
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

The most severe among the eight hot hells.

Located in 100 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­2
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­39
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­960-970
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­1034-1036
  • 2.­1039
  • 2.­1041-1042
  • 2.­1044-1045
  • 2.­1057
  • 2.­1059-1060
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1083
  • 2.­1134-1135
  • 2.­1137-1139
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1151-1154
  • 2.­1156
  • 2.­1160-1161
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1199
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1216
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1223
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1259
  • 4.B.­404
  • 4.B.­851
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • n.­18
  • g.­25
  • g.­79
  • g.­96
  • g.­102
  • g.­326
  • g.­381
  • g.­424
  • g.­426
  • g.­546
  • g.­580
  • g.­652
  • g.­662
  • g.­689
  • g.­700
  • g.­812
  • g.­828
  • g.­853
  • g.­900
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1085
  • g.­1086
  • g.­1211
  • g.­1212
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1313
  • g.­1316
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1457
g.­641

High and Low

Wylie:
  • dma’ ba dang mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • དམའ་བ་དང་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­642

High and Seen by Everyone

Wylie:
  • kun mthong mtho
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་མཐོང་མཐོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Promotion.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­534
g.­643

High Brahmins of Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The second level of the first among the realms of form.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­572
g.­644

High Conduct

Wylie:
  • mtho bar spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utkarṣacārinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1296
  • g.­43
  • g.­915
g.­645

High Priests of Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

The intermediate level of the first concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­646

Highest Heaven

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

The fifth of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1036
  • 5.­383
g.­647

highway possessors

Wylie:
  • lam chen ldan
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་ཆེན་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­648

Himalayas

Wylie:
  • kha ba can
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • himālaya

The Himalayan mountain range

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1436
g.­649

Himavat

Wylie:
  • gangs can
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • himavat

Mountains in the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­300-301
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­650

Holder of Joy

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ba ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­363-365
  • 5.­376
  • g.­990
g.­651

Holder of Supreme Gifts

Wylie:
  • mchog sbyin ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་སྦྱིན་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­652

Hole Marked by Spinning Wheels

Wylie:
  • ’khor lo ltar yongs su bskor ba mtshan ma’i bar
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོ་ལྟར་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐོར་བ་མཚན་མའི་བར།
Sanskrit:
  • paribhrāmita­cakrāṅka­vivara

A place in Ultimate Torment.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1044
g.­653

Home of Birds

Wylie:
  • bya nges par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­323
  • 5.­325
g.­654

Home of Geese

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­81
g.­655

Honey River

Wylie:
  • sbrang rtsi ’bab pa’i chu bo
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲང་རྩི་འབབ་པའི་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­283
g.­656

Honey Water Forest

Wylie:
  • sbrang rtsi’i chu’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲང་རྩིའི་ཆུའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in One Direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­202
g.­657

Horse Cloud Forest

Wylie:
  • rta’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • རྟའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­658

horse-faced people

Wylie:
  • rta gdong can
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་གདོང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • turaṃgavadana

A type of kinnara that has a horse face and the body of a horse.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1159
g.­659

House of Refined Gold

Wylie:
  • gser phug gi khang pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཕུག་གི་ཁང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tapanīyagṛha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­425
  • g.­1038
g.­660

Hovering Bees

Wylie:
  • bung ba rkang drug rjes su rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ་རྐང་དྲུག་རྗེས་སུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool on the banks of Flow of Beauty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­637
g.­661

Howling Hell

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད།
Sanskrit:
  • raurava

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­849
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1287
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • n.­74
  • n.­76
  • g.­119
  • g.­142
  • g.­454
  • g.­483
  • g.­675
  • g.­702
  • g.­975
  • g.­1074
  • g.­1151
  • g.­1152
  • g.­1201
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1222
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1455
g.­662

Howling Like a Jackal

Wylie:
  • wa ltar sgra ’byin
  • wa skad ’byin
Tibetan:
  • ཝ་ལྟར་སྒྲ་འབྱིན།
  • ཝ་སྐད་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • jambukanināda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1164
g.­663

Huluhulu

Wylie:
  • hu lu hu lu
Tibetan:
  • ཧུ་ལུ་ཧུ་ལུ།
Sanskrit:
  • huluhulu RP

An unvirtuous nāga king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­51
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­196
g.­664

Hundred Arches

Wylie:
  • rta babs brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་བབས་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­665

Hundred Peaks

Wylie:
  • parba brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • པརྦ་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­666

Ikṣvāku

Wylie:
  • bu ram shing pa
Tibetan:
  • བུ་རམ་ཤིང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ikṣvāku

Śākyamuni’s family line.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1266
g.­667

ill will

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāpāda

The second among the three mental misdeeds.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­74-75
  • 1.­92-93
  • 1.­96-99
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­112
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1125-1127
  • 2.­1129-1133
  • 3.­23
  • 4.B.­206
  • 4.C.­818-819
  • 4.C.­844
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1707
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1979
  • 4.C.­2278
  • 4.C.­2701
  • g.­1310
g.­668

Illuminating the Surroundings

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Living by Rājanina.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2961-2962
g.­669

Illumination

Wylie:
  • ’od snang
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Shining in Manifold Ways.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­3093
  • 4.C.­3110
g.­670

Immeasurable

Wylie:
  • gzhal du med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the northern continent of Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­671

Immortal One

Wylie:
  • mi ’chi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཆི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­672

Immovable

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalā

The fourth level of the asuras.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­184
  • 3.­194
  • g.­84
  • g.­991
g.­673

Immutable One

Wylie:
  • mi ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • མི་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­674

imperceptible form

Wylie:
  • rnam par rig byed ma yin pa
  • rnam par rig byed ma yin pa’i gzugs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རིག་བྱེད་མ་ཡིན་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་རིག་བྱེད་མ་ཡིན་པའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • avijñaptirūpa

Entities, such as vows, that are categorized as form composed of the physical elements yet remain imperceptible.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­164
  • 2.­235
g.­675

Impossible to Die

Wylie:
  • gsod med
Tibetan:
  • གསོད་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmarmara

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell. Also known as No Death.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­510
  • g.­975
g.­676

In Tune with All Pleasures

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa thams cad rjes su ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Shining in Manifold Ways.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­3096
g.­677

Incense River

Wylie:
  • spos chu
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the realm of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­8
g.­678

Incessantly Intense Pain

Wylie:
  • tshor ba rtag tu ’dus pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་རྟག་ཏུ་འདུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāhṛta­vedana

A realm that neigbors the Black Line Hell.

(The term Samāhṛtavedana is reading, on the authority of the Tib., samāhūta˚ as samāhṛta˚)

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­326
  • 2.­346
g.­679

Incomparable

Wylie:
  • dpe med pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest at Sudharma.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­16
  • 4.B.­57-59
  • 4.B.­66-67
  • 4.B.­70
  • 4.B.­74
  • g.­257
  • g.­484
  • g.­831
  • g.­890
g.­680

Incomparable Harm

Wylie:
  • gnod pa dpe med pa
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་དཔེ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pīḍānupama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­613
g.­681

incorrect mental engagement

Wylie:
  • tshul bzhin ma yin pa’i yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་བཞིན་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayoniśomanas­kara

Identifications and discernments that run counter to the actual nature of things.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­268
  • 2.­270
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1411
  • 4.C.­1419
  • 4.C.­1511
  • 4.C.­1569
  • 4.C.­1654
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2922
  • 4.C.­2925
g.­682

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Another name of Śakra.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­257
  • 4.C.­304
  • g.­874
  • g.­1133
g.­683

Infatuation with One’s Body

Wylie:
  • rang lus kyi rgyags pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་ལུས་ཀྱི་རྒྱགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­684

Infinite Flow

Wylie:
  • dpag tu med pa ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­685

Infinite Pain

Wylie:
  • tshor ba mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaduḥkha
  • anantavedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­653
g.­686

Infinite Shores

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pha rol
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་ཕ་རོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantapārā

A river in hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­379
g.­687

Infinite Sinking into the Ground

Wylie:
  • sar ’bying mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • སར་འབྱིང་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • ananta­majjana­bhūmi

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­752-753
g.­688

Infinite Torture

Wylie:
  • tshor ba tshad med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་ཚད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpramāṇa­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390-391
g.­689

Infinitely Long Torture

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal mtha’ yas mang ba
  • tshor ba mtha’ med ring
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་མཐའ་ཡས་མང་བ།
  • ཚོར་བ་མཐའ་མེད་རིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • apāra­dīrgha­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1160
g.­690

Inner Vastness

Wylie:
  • nang yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ནང་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Supreme Strength.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­82-83
g.­691

Insatiable

Wylie:
  • ngoms mi myong
Tibetan:
  • ངོམས་མི་མྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­692

insight

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

Transcendent or discriminating awareness; the mind that sees the ultimate truth. One of the six perfections of the bodhisattva.

Located in 393 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­8-9
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­1380
  • 3.­228
  • 4.B.­791-792
  • 4.B.­1098
  • 4.B.­1104
  • 4.B.­1167
  • 4.B.­1406
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­9
  • 4.C.­12
  • 4.C.­20
  • 4.C.­66
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­257
  • 4.C.­259-260
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­294
  • 4.C.­302
  • 4.C.­333
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­363
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­537
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­641
  • 4.C.­781
  • 4.C.­783
  • 4.C.­816-817
  • 4.C.­873
  • 4.C.­930-931
  • 4.C.­941
  • 4.C.­943
  • 4.C.­946
  • 4.C.­956-957
  • 4.C.­968
  • 4.C.­972
  • 4.C.­1179
  • 4.C.­1195
  • 4.C.­1197
  • 4.C.­1199
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1261
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1305
  • 4.C.­1308
  • 4.C.­1367
  • 4.C.­1541-1543
  • 4.C.­1570-1572
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1731
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1908
  • 4.C.­1911
  • 4.C.­1916
  • 4.C.­1937
  • 4.C.­1945
  • 4.C.­1955
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1965
  • 4.C.­1975-1978
  • 4.C.­1997
  • 4.C.­2004
  • 4.C.­2120
  • 4.C.­2264
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2400
  • 4.C.­2402
  • 4.C.­2404-2405
  • 4.C.­2414
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2529-2531
  • 4.C.­2562
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2656
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842
  • 4.C.­2849-2850
  • 4.C.­2861
  • 4.C.­2864
  • 4.C.­2870-2871
  • 4.C.­2895
  • 4.C.­2899
  • 4.C.­2901
  • 4.C.­2941
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3023
  • 4.C.­3025
  • 4.C.­3027
  • 4.C.­3029
  • 4.C.­3033-3036
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 4.C.­3084
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­24
  • 5.­29-32
  • 5.­34-35
  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­43-56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60-101
  • 5.­103-123
  • 5.­125-152
  • 5.­155-204
  • 5.­208
  • 5.­213-217
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­234-235
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­240-246
  • 5.­250-254
  • 5.­256-266
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281-282
  • 5.­286-287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­295-296
  • 5.­298-301
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-323
  • 5.­325-326
  • 5.­328-329
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­337-338
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­363
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­373
  • 5.­377
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­393
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­425
  • c.­4
  • c.­6
  • c.­8
  • n.­642
  • g.­447
  • g.­1191
  • g.­1224
g.­693

Instant Revival Upon Death

Wylie:
  • shi ma thag tu ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་མ་ཐག་ཏུ་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sama­mṛtyu­jīvita

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as Life Isochronous with Death.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­626
  • g.­806
g.­694

Insuperable

Wylie:
  • zil gyis mi non pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་མི་ནོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A king of the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1302
g.­695

Intense Harm

Wylie:
  • gnod pa drag pa
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་དྲག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caṇḍaghora

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­696

Intense Heat from All Directions

Wylie:
  • phyogs thams cad rab tu sreg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྲེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dikpratāpa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­854
  • 2.­871
g.­697

Intoxicating Abode

Wylie:
  • myos gnas
Tibetan:
  • མྱོས་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­522
g.­698

Invisible

Wylie:
  • mi mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Eye Garland.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­413
g.­699

Invisible Summit

Wylie:
  • rtse rtse mi snang
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་རྩེ་མི་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­96
g.­700

Iron Plates

Wylie:
  • lcags gleg
  • lcags snam
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་གླེག
  • ལྕགས་སྣམ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayaspaṭṭa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1223
g.­701

Iron Vase

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi bum pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་བུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayaskumbha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­738
g.­702

Iron Wilderness

Wylie:
  • lcags tshal dgon pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཚལ་དགོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayovanakāntāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­514
g.­703

Isle of Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i gling
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea far beyond Jambudvīpa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­290
g.­704

Isolated Highlands

Wylie:
  • ’brog tu rnam par chad pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­705

Īśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • īśvara

Literally “lord,” this term is an epithet for the god Śiva, but functions more generally in Buddhist texts as a generalized “supreme being” to whom the creation of the universe is attributed.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1145
g.­706

Jagaddala

Wylie:
  • dza gad+dA la
Tibetan:
  • ཛ་གདྡཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jagaddala

An important Buddhist monastery located in Bengal (modern day Bangladesh), founded by King Rāmapāla (ruled 1077–1120 ᴄᴇ).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­3
  • n.­640
g.­707

Jambha

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bha
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambha

An asura.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­164
g.­708

Jambu

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu

A river famed for its excellent gold

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­1207
  • 4.A.­139
  • 4.A.­186
  • 4.A.­389
  • 4.B.­8
  • 4.B.­31
  • 4.B.­35
  • 4.B.­108
  • 4.B.­160
  • 4.B.­218
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­658
  • 4.B.­898-899
  • 4.C.­279
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­1338
  • 4.C.­1758
  • 4.C.­2025
  • 4.C.­2376
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­277
  • n.­152
g.­709

Jaṃbu Forest

Wylie:
  • ’jam bu’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་བུའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­710

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 353 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99-100
  • 1.­122-123
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­484
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1283
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­43-45
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­72-73
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­133-135
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­227
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­310-314
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­83-85
  • 4.A.­135
  • 4.A.­334
  • 4.A.­383
  • 4.A.­401
  • 4.A.­408
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.B.­55
  • 4.B.­69
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­196
  • 4.B.­199
  • 4.B.­211
  • 4.B.­218-219
  • 4.B.­228-229
  • 4.B.­256
  • 4.B.­311-312
  • 4.B.­316
  • 4.B.­322-323
  • 4.B.­325
  • 4.B.­334-336
  • 4.B.­520
  • 4.B.­605
  • 4.B.­661
  • 4.B.­674
  • 4.B.­811
  • 4.B.­903-905
  • 4.B.­909
  • 4.B.­1197-1198
  • 4.B.­1224
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­304
  • 4.C.­499
  • 4.C.­570
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1299-1300
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1760
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­2127
  • 4.C.­2378
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2632-2633
  • 4.C.­2976
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3117
  • 5.­7-20
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­238-239
  • 5.­241-245
  • 5.­247-254
  • 5.­261-269
  • 5.­281
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­294-295
  • 5.­298-299
  • 5.­301
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­338-339
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­390-391
  • 5.­393
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­405-406
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­415
  • 5.­419-424
  • c.­2
  • g.­9
  • g.­10
  • g.­13
  • g.­28
  • g.­29
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
  • g.­47
  • g.­50
  • g.­51
  • g.­53
  • g.­55
  • g.­71
  • g.­77
  • g.­78
  • g.­95
  • g.­100
  • g.­101
  • g.­103
  • g.­111
  • g.­115
  • g.­118
  • g.­125
  • g.­134
  • g.­139
  • g.­148
  • g.­151
  • g.­167
  • g.­169
  • g.­181
  • g.­197
  • g.­235
  • g.­236
  • g.­241
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­289
  • g.­301
  • g.­339
  • g.­351
  • g.­359
  • g.­363
  • g.­364
  • g.­365
  • g.­370
  • g.­397
  • g.­400
  • g.­402
  • g.­422
  • g.­429
  • g.­441
  • g.­448
  • g.­497
  • g.­509
  • g.­524
  • g.­527
  • g.­541
  • g.­552
  • g.­560
  • g.­564
  • g.­566
  • g.­568
  • g.­586
  • g.­587
  • g.­596
  • g.­613
  • g.­649
  • g.­703
  • g.­711
  • g.­715
  • g.­717
  • g.­746
  • g.­747
  • g.­749
  • g.­750
  • g.­752
  • g.­754
  • g.­761
  • g.­765
  • g.­767
  • g.­769
  • g.­770
  • g.­771
  • g.­773
  • g.­775
  • g.­779
  • g.­784
  • g.­785
  • g.­789
  • g.­798
  • g.­799
  • g.­801
  • g.­803
  • g.­804
  • g.­844
  • g.­849
  • g.­855
  • g.­857
  • g.­858
  • g.­862
  • g.­880
  • g.­882
  • g.­883
  • g.­888
  • g.­891
  • g.­895
  • g.­910
  • g.­921
  • g.­962
  • g.­994
  • g.­999
  • g.­1009
  • g.­1014
  • g.­1016
  • g.­1025
  • g.­1039
  • g.­1047
  • g.­1050
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1064
  • g.­1084
  • g.­1090
  • g.­1092
  • g.­1109
  • g.­1121
  • g.­1132
  • g.­1139
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1181
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1186
  • g.­1187
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1208
  • g.­1220
  • g.­1261
  • g.­1262
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1267
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1283
  • g.­1286
  • g.­1291
  • g.­1295
  • g.­1302
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1355
  • g.­1357
  • g.­1358
  • g.­1360
  • g.­1379
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1416
  • g.­1438
  • g.­1439
  • g.­1461
g.­711

Jambudvīpa Garland

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­311
  • g.­1318
g.­712

Janaka

Wylie:
  • skyed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • janaka

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­42
g.­713

Jewel Forest

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i nags
  • rin po che’i nags
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ནགས།
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Endowed with Migration (nor bu’i nags). (2) A forest on the upper level of Living on the Peak (rin po che’i nags).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­373
  • 4.C.­1677
  • 4.C.­1679
g.­714

Jewel Friends

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i grogs po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གྲོགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­715

Jewel Islands

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i gling
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean off Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­423
g.­716

Jewel Platforms

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i stegs bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྟེགས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2580
g.­717

Jewel Rocks

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rdo ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྡོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­718

Jewel Shore

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Supreme Strength.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­24
g.­719

jewel summit

Wylie:
  • ri’i gtsug na nor bu
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་གཙུག་ན་ནོར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A bird in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2583
  • 4.C.­2594
g.­720

Jewel-Water Keeper

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i chu can rnams kyis ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆུ་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­721

Joy of the Vidyādharas

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­722

Joyful Garland

Wylie:
  • dgod phreng
Tibetan:
  • དགོད་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­723

Joyful Gods

Wylie:
  • lha rnams dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་རྣམས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­563
g.­724

Joyless Thought

Wylie:
  • bsam pa dga’ med
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ་དགའ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ānandanirāśa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as No Hope of Joy (kun dga’ la re ba med pa) in the Tibetan text.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • n.­80
  • g.­976
g.­725

Joyous

Wylie:
  • rab tu spro ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྤྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­196
g.­726

Joyous

Wylie:
  • kun dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest at Sudharma.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­16
  • 4.B.­30
  • g.­230
g.­727

Joyous Birds

Wylie:
  • bya rnam par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྣམ་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Continuous Movement (bya rnam par dga’ ba). (2) A pond in Continuous Movement (bya mngon par dga’ ba).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­563
g.­728

Joyous Birdsong

Wylie:
  • bya’i sgra mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱའི་སྒྲ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of the Forest of Joy.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1789
  • 4.C.­1798
  • 4.C.­1801
g.­729

Joyous Flow

Wylie:
  • dga’ bar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the Swan Forest.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1664
g.­730

Joyous Forest

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­731

Joyous Garland of Jambu Gold

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba’i ’dzam bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་འཛམ་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A gandharva colony on Mount Sāra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­288
g.­732

Joyous Gods

Wylie:
  • lha dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­733

Joyous Grove

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the southern face of Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­293
g.­734

Joyous Higher Realms

Wylie:
  • mtho ris dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river that flows between the two Anūna mountains.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­735

Joyous Imagination

Wylie:
  • kun brtags par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་བརྟགས་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name of the lake Expansive.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2042
g.­736

Joyous in All Regards

Wylie:
  • mngon dga’
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­737

Joyous Magnetizer of All

Wylie:
  • dbang du ma gyur pa ma yin pas yid mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དབང་དུ་མ་གྱུར་པ་མ་ཡིན་པས་ཡིད་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1285
g.­738

Joyous Mountain

Wylie:
  • dga’i ba’i ri’i nags
Tibetan:
  • དགའི་བའི་རིའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­349
  • 5.­411
g.­739

Joyous Movement

Wylie:
  • dga’ bas ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བས་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­740

Joyous Nāga Girls

Wylie:
  • klu’i bu mo mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་བུ་མོ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­741

Joyous Play

Wylie:
  • rtsed mo dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེད་མོ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­305
g.­742

Joyous Smoke

Wylie:
  • du ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­743

Joyous Summit Visitor

Wylie:
  • rtse mo la ’jug par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལ་འཇུག་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­744

Joyous to Behold

Wylie:
  • mthong na dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Pools that surround the summit of All Worlds.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­472
g.­745

Joyous Women

Wylie:
  • bud med dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བུད་མེད་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest at Sudharma.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­16-17
  • g.­915
g.­746

Just Like Milk

Wylie:
  • ’o ma dang mtshungs par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མ་དང་མཚུངས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­320
g.­747

Kāberi

Wylie:
  • kA be ri
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་བེ་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāberi RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­748

Kābīra

Wylie:
  • kA bI ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་བཱི་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kābīra RP

A forest in Promotion.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­531-533
g.­749

Kailāśa

Wylie:
  • ti se
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kailāśa

A mountain in the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­301
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­750

Kailāśa Horn

Wylie:
  • ti se’i rwa
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེའི་རྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­302
g.­751

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

An unvirtuous nāga king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­51
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­196
g.­752

Kālaka

Wylie:
  • kA la ko
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ལ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • kālaka

An island in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­281
  • g.­130
  • g.­1394
g.­753

kālakūṭa

Wylie:
  • kA la ku Ta
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ལ་ཀུ་ཊ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālakūṭa

A deadly poison that originated when the gods and asuras churned the oceans to create the nectar of immortality.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­348
g.­754

Kamboja

Wylie:
  • kam po dzI
Tibetan:
  • ཀམ་པོ་ཛཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kamboja

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa, corresponding to the northern Afghanistan

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­755

Kanakamuni

Wylie:
  • gser thub
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakamuni

The name of a previous buddha.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­87-88
  • 4.C.­104
  • 4.C.­135-136
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­814
  • 4.C.­1235-1236
  • 4.C.­1245
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1296
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1326
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3053
  • 4.C.­3086
  • n.­355
g.­756

Kaṇṭhamāla

Wylie:
  • mgul phreng
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṇṭhamāla

King of the “necklaces” (a class of asuras).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­94
  • 3.­98
  • g.­299
  • g.­965
g.­757

karada

Wylie:
  • ka ra da
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ར་ད།
Sanskrit:
  • karada RP

A bird of a red color whose voice has been described as like thunder or the sound of a drum.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­80
g.­758

karketana

Wylie:
  • ke ke ru
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཀེ་རུ།
Sanskrit:
  • karketana

A stone sometimes identified as cat’s eye.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­71
  • 4.B.­220-223
  • 4.B.­240
  • 4.C.­1621
  • 4.C.­1633
  • 4.C.­1645
  • 4.C.­1658
  • 4.C.­1760
  • 4.C.­1785
  • 4.C.­1859
g.­759

Karmapa III, Rangjung Dorjé

Wylie:
  • rang ’byung rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རང་འབྱུང་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1284–1339). An important master in the Karma Kagyu lineage of Tibetan Buddhism (karma bka’ brgyud). He is considered the third master in the lineage to have the title of Karmapa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­8
g.­760

karmic actions to be experienced in other lives

Wylie:
  • lan grangs gzhan la myong bar ’gyur ba’i las
Tibetan:
  • ལན་གྲངས་གཞན་ལ་མྱོང་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • apara­paryāya­vedanīya

One of the three types of karma whose results are experience neither in the present nor the next, but the subsequent lives. The other two types are the “karma that ripens in this life” (dṛṣṭa­dharma­vipāka or dṛṣṭa­dharma­vedanīya) and the “karma that is to be experienced in the immediately following life” (upapadya­vedanīya).

Located in 113 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­393
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­398
  • 2.­400
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­431
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­481
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­503
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­513
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­533
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­615
  • 2.­618
  • 2.­621
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­648
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­696
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­704
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­730
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­737
  • 2.­1138
  • 2.­1142
  • 2.­1296
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1421
  • 2.­1428
  • 2.­1460
  • 2.­1470
  • 2.­1473
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1478
  • 3.­19
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­466
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­845-846
  • 4.B.­858
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­607
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­890
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­2389
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­3087
g.­761

Karṇika

Wylie:
  • kar+N+Ni ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀརྞྞི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • karṇika RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­762

kāsa

Wylie:
  • ka sa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāsa

The grass Saccharum spontaneum, native to Indian subcontinent.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­961
g.­763

Kāśī

Wylie:
  • ka shi
  • kA shi
  • ka shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཤི།
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
  • ཀ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • —

Ancient name for Vārāṇasī, the holy city on the banks of the Gaṅgā, this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. It lies in modern day Uttar Pradesh, India.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­391
  • g.­1391
g.­764

Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

A previous buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­811-812
  • 4.B.­826
  • 4.B.­829
  • 4.C.­499
  • 4.C.­814
  • 4.C.­1337-1338
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1355
  • 4.C.­1373
  • 4.C.­1452
  • 4.C.­1476
  • 4.C.­1485
  • 4.C.­1495
  • 4.C.­1517
  • 4.C.­1526
  • 4.C.­1547
  • 4.C.­1558
  • 4.C.­1569
  • 4.C.­1577
  • 4.C.­1579-1580
  • 4.C.­2445
  • 4.C.­2457-2459
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2485
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2495
  • 4.C.­2497
  • 4.C.­2499
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2567
g.­765

Kaṭuka

Wylie:
  • ka Tu ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཊུ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭuka RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­766

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­7
  • 2.­36-37
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­233
  • 4.B.­4-5
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1391
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­1261-1268
  • 4.C.­1270-1272
  • 4.C.­2428
  • g.­1133
g.­767

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

(1) A river in the east of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river in the ephemeral hell known as Red.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­249
  • 5.­306
g.­768

Kauśikama

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśikama RP

A river on Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­304
g.­769

Kāverī

Wylie:
  • kA be rI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་བེ་རཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāverī

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­252
g.­770

Kekāpino

Wylie:
  • ke kA pi no
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཀཱ་པི་ནོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kekāpino RP

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­771

Ketaka

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • ketaka RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­772

Ketaka Fragrance

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka’i dris bsgos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀའི་དྲིས་བསྒོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketaka RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­773

Ketako

Wylie:
  • ke ta ko
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • ketako RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­774

Ketu

Wylie:
  • mjug rings
Tibetan:
  • མཇུག་རིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • ketu

One among the nine heavenly bodies.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­111
  • 3.­168
g.­775

Khārā

Wylie:
  • khA rA
Tibetan:
  • ཁཱ་རཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • khārā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­776

killing

Wylie:
  • srog gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇātipāta

The first among the three physical misdeeds.

Located in 244 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-3
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­34-37
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­297-298
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-392
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­401
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­847
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1000
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1303
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1387
  • 2.­1404
  • 3.­29
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­144
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­344
  • 3.­362
  • 4.A.­126
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.A.­427
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­152
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­216
  • 4.B.­235-236
  • 4.B.­294-295
  • 4.B.­297
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­340-341
  • 4.B.­368-369
  • 4.B.­396-398
  • 4.B.­413-416
  • 4.B.­426-427
  • 4.B.­430
  • 4.B.­451-452
  • 4.B.­454
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­501-503
  • 4.B.­507
  • 4.B.­525-527
  • 4.B.­529
  • 4.B.­543-545
  • 4.B.­548
  • 4.B.­585-586
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­715
  • 4.B.­719-720
  • 4.B.­723
  • 4.B.­755
  • 4.B.­846-847
  • 4.B.­867-868
  • 4.B.­897
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1266
  • 4.B.­1294-1295
  • 4.B.­1329
  • 4.B.­1376
  • 4.C.­2-3
  • 4.C.­13
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­337
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­545
  • 4.C.­599
  • 4.C.­748
  • 4.C.­1019
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1218
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1611
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2023
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2282
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2550
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2705
  • 4.C.­2882
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3042
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­312
  • 5.­377
  • 5.­417
  • g.­444
  • g.­1310
g.­777

kimpāka

Wylie:
  • kim pa ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀིམ་པ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kimpāka

A fruit that is attractive to behold and has a delicious taste, but is poisonous when eaten.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­486
  • 4.C.­1147
  • 4.C.­1772
  • 4.C.­2364
g.­778

kiṃśuka

Wylie:
  • king shu ka
  • keng shu ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀིང་ཤུ་ཀ
  • ཀེང་ཤུ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kiṃśuka

Butea frondosa, also known as flame of the forest; a tree with bright red flowers.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­646
  • 2.­729
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­1342
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­356
  • 5.­389
g.­779

Kinkikirāta

Wylie:
  • kin+ki ki rA tA
Tibetan:
  • ཀིནྐི་ཀི་རཱ་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kinkikirāta RP

A barbaric people in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­253
g.­780

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­535
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­292
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­419
  • g.­658
g.­781

Kokālika

Wylie:
  • ko ka li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཀ་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kokālika

A monk who joined Devadatta’s plot against the Buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1135
  • 2.­1259
g.­782

Koraṇḍo

Wylie:
  • ko raN+Do
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་རཎྜོ།
Sanskrit:
  • koraṇḍo RP

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­783

Kosala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
  • kau sha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀཽ་ཤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kosala
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by King Prasenajit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 5.­391
g.­784

Kośalā

Wylie:
  • ko sha lA
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośalā RP

A river in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­785

Kourava

Wylie:
  • ko’u ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀོའུ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kourava RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­786

Kouṭubha

Wylie:
  • kau Tub+haH
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཊུབྷཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • kouṭubha RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­787

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

The first buddha of the Fortunate Eon (our current eon).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­592
  • 4.B.­657
  • 4.B.­674
  • 4.B.­677
  • 4.C.­814-815
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1183-1184
  • 4.C.­1727
  • 4.C.­1741
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2709
  • 4.C.­2946
  • 4.C.­2948
g.­788

kṣatriya

Wylie:
  • rgyal rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣatriya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.C.­1910-1911
  • 4.C.­1915-1921
  • 4.C.­1926
  • 4.C.­1930
  • 4.C.­1933
  • 4.C.­1936-1937
g.­789

Kṣoṇo

Wylie:
  • Sho No
Tibetan:
  • ཥོ་ཎོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣoṇo RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­250
g.­790

Kubala Grove

Wylie:
  • ku ba la’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བ་ལའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kubala RP

A grove in Promotion

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­540-541
g.­791

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

Also known as Vaiśravaṇa. One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the north.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­406
  • g.­501
  • g.­1459
g.­792

Kukkuṭācīra

Wylie:
  • kuk+ku TA tsI ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུཀྐུ་ཊཱ་ཙཱི་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kukkuṭācīra RP

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­793

Kulakā

Wylie:
  • ku la kA
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ལ་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kulakā

A rākṣasī living in Ramayo.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­284
g.­794

Kumāra

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumāra

Another name for the god Skandha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.B.­910-911
g.­795

kumbhāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍa

Dwarf-like beings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 2.­1480
g.­796

Kumuda Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog ku mu da
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུ་མུ་ད།
Sanskrit:
  • kumuda RP

A river in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­797

Kuṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • ’khyil pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྱིལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṇḍalin

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­42
g.­798

Kuñjaro

Wylie:
  • kuny+dza ro
Tibetan:
  • ཀུཉྫ་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuñjaro RP

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­273-274
g.­799

Kuru

Wylie:
  • sgra mi snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuru

(1) The continent to the north of Mount Sumeru. (2) A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 112 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­55-56
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­81
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.B.­1197
  • 4.B.­1201-1204
  • 4.B.­1206
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 5.­7-16
  • 5.­18-19
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­298-299
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-322
  • 5.­324-329
  • 5.­331-332
  • 5.­335-338
  • 5.­344-345
  • 5.­348-350
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­355
  • 5.­357
  • 5.­360
  • 5.­362-363
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­372-373
  • 5.­376
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­415
  • g.­96
  • g.­122
  • g.­123
  • g.­182
  • g.­199
  • g.­240
  • g.­269
  • g.­347
  • g.­352
  • g.­360
  • g.­382
  • g.­420
  • g.­421
  • g.­425
  • g.­530
  • g.­542
  • g.­549
  • g.­554
  • g.­567
  • g.­650
  • g.­670
  • g.­714
  • g.­818
  • g.­819
  • g.­825
  • g.­914
  • g.­929
  • g.­933
  • g.­935
  • g.­948
  • g.­1013
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1143
  • g.­1153
  • g.­1189
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1446
g.­800

kuśika

Wylie:
  • ku shi kA
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ཤི་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśika RP

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­801

Land of Kuṭa Fruits

Wylie:
  • ku Ta’i ’bras bu pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ཊའི་འབྲས་བུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­802

Land of No Mercy

Wylie:
  • snying rje med pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་མེད་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • nirdayabhūmi

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­944
  • n.­113
g.­803

Land of the Good

Wylie:
  • bzang po pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­804

Laṅkapuri Rākṣasas

Wylie:
  • lang ka’i grong khyer na nges par gnas pa’i srin po
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ན་ངེས་པར་གནས་པའི་སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­805

Lateral

Wylie:
  • mtha’ la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­7
  • 4.A.­10
  • g.­42
  • g.­188
  • g.­193
  • g.­275
  • g.­325
  • g.­392
  • g.­506
  • g.­518
  • g.­544
  • g.­611
  • g.­833
  • g.­981
g.­806

Life Isochronous with Death

Wylie:
  • srog ’chi ba dang bcas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་འཆི་བ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samṛtyujīvita

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as Instant Revival Upon Death (shi ma thag tu ’tsho ba) in the Tibetan text.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • g.­693
g.­807

Light Ray Peak

Wylie:
  • ’od zer gyis rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱིས་རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­371
g.­808

Light Rays of Joy

Wylie:
  • ’od zer mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2579
g.­809

Light Rays of the Forest

Wylie:
  • nags tshal ’od zer
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཚལ་འོད་ཟེར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­810

lightning wielder

Wylie:
  • glog ’khyug par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • གློག་འཁྱུག་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­811

Like Stacks of Dry Wood

Wylie:
  • shing skam bsdus pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་སྐམ་བསྡུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dārusaṃvartaka

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­947
  • 2.­949
g.­812

Like Unopened Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog kha ma bye ba lta bu
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཁ་མ་བྱེ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­151
g.­813

Limited Light

Wylie:
  • ’od chung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttābha

The lowest level of the form realm’s second concentration.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­706-707
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­1256-1257
  • 5.­383
g.­814

Limitless Flow

Wylie:
  • mtha’ med ’bab
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་མེད་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Delighting in Flower Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­161
g.­815

Limitless Light

Wylie:
  • tshad med ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇābhā

The second level within the form realm’s second concentration.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­450
  • 4.A.­411-412
  • 5.­383
g.­816

Living by Rājanina

Wylie:
  • rA dza ni na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རཱ་ཛ་ནི་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2954
  • 4.C.­2957
  • 4.C.­2962
  • 4.C.­2975
  • 4.C.­2992
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3087-3088
  • g.­613
  • g.­668
  • g.­1080
  • g.­1384
g.­817

Living in Forests and Parks

Wylie:
  • tshal dang nye ba’i tshal na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚལ་དང་ཉེ་བའི་ཚལ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­98
g.­818

Living in Kuttāṃgati

Wylie:
  • kuD+TAM ga ti na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུཌྚཱཾ་ག་ཏི་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­819

Living in Mountain Ranges

Wylie:
  • ri’i klung na kun tu spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་ཀླུང་ན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­820

Living on the Peak

Wylie:
  • brtsegs pa rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩེགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­305
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­338-339
  • 4.C.­368
  • 4.C.­370
  • 4.C.­373
  • 4.C.­377
  • 4.C.­392
  • n.­362
  • g.­209
  • g.­617
  • g.­713
  • g.­807
  • g.­824
  • g.­870
  • g.­1071
  • g.­1170
  • g.­1349
g.­821

Lofty Abode

Wylie:
  • mtho bar gnas
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­260
g.­822

Lofty Heaps of Silver

Wylie:
  • dngul mthon por brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་མཐོན་པོར་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
g.­823

Lofty Mound

Wylie:
  • mtho brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A peak upon Mount Sumeru. (2) A mountain in Garland of Splendor.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­474
  • 4.B.­1339-1340
  • g.­84
g.­824

Lofty Peak

Wylie:
  • mtho bar brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­371
  • g.­162
  • g.­572
g.­825

Lofty Summit

Wylie:
  • mtho bar brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru. Also known as Covered by Lotuses (pad ma dmar pos kun tu khyab pa).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­344-346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­376
  • g.­110
  • g.­220
  • g.­242
  • g.­263
  • g.­507
  • g.­520
  • g.­594
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1271
  • g.­1341
  • g.­1376
g.­826

Long

Wylie:
  • ring pa
Tibetan:
  • རིང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­827

Long-Lasting Agony

Wylie:
  • tshor ba ring ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratāntavedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­649
g.­828

Longing for Smell

Wylie:
  • ’dri ’dod
Tibetan:
  • འདྲི་འདོད།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhakambala

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­154
g.­829

Lord of Death

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
  • ’chi bdag
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
  • འཆི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • yama

Ruler of the hells.

Located in 314 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­121
  • 2.­328
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­371-372
  • 2.­374-375
  • 2.­388
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­397
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­405
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­414-415
  • 2.­418
  • 2.­427-428
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­440-441
  • 2.­454
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­472
  • 2.­475
  • 2.­479
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­502
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­538
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­579-580
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­623-624
  • 2.­632
  • 2.­646-647
  • 2.­650-651
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­714
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­740
  • 2.­743
  • 2.­747
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­761
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­789
  • 2.­791
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­808-809
  • 2.­811
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­828
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­835
  • 2.­846
  • 2.­848
  • 2.­856
  • 2.­858
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­889
  • 2.­899
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­929
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­934
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­945
  • 2.­978-979
  • 2.­994
  • 2.­1028
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1070-1071
  • 2.­1080
  • 2.­1083-1085
  • 2.­1094
  • 2.­1106
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1154
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1166-1167
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1208
  • 2.­1213
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1227
  • 2.­1250
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1361-1362
  • 2.­1375
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1393
  • 2.­1411
  • 3.­111
  • 3.­277
  • 4.A.­270
  • 4.B.­174
  • 4.B.­483
  • 4.B.­893
  • 4.B.­953
  • 4.B.­1052
  • 4.B.­1054-1056
  • 4.B.­1071
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1081-1082
  • 4.B.­1087
  • 4.B.­1091
  • 4.B.­1093
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.B.­1105
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1129
  • 4.B.­1142
  • 4.B.­1149
  • 4.B.­1155-1157
  • 4.B.­1168
  • 4.B.­1171
  • 4.B.­1180-1181
  • 4.B.­1189
  • 4.B.­1194-1195
  • 4.B.­1221
  • 4.B.­1224
  • 4.B.­1350
  • 4.C.­42-44
  • 4.C.­47
  • 4.C.­49
  • 4.C.­73
  • 4.C.­75
  • 4.C.­77
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­211
  • 4.C.­213-214
  • 4.C.­218
  • 4.C.­221-222
  • 4.C.­254
  • 4.C.­257-258
  • 4.C.­260-261
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­272
  • 4.C.­480
  • 4.C.­488-489
  • 4.C.­502-513
  • 4.C.­515
  • 4.C.­517
  • 4.C.­529
  • 4.C.­533
  • 4.C.­1073
  • 4.C.­1095
  • 4.C.­1131
  • 4.C.­1160-1161
  • 4.C.­1234
  • 4.C.­1283-1284
  • 4.C.­1331
  • 4.C.­1368
  • 4.C.­1414
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1609
  • 4.C.­1611-1613
  • 4.C.­1615-1616
  • 4.C.­1648
  • 4.C.­1732
  • 4.C.­1739-1740
  • 4.C.­1796
  • 4.C.­1814
  • 4.C.­1888-1898
  • 4.C.­1976
  • 4.C.­2029-2037
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2051
  • 4.C.­2057
  • 4.C.­2078
  • 4.C.­2131
  • 4.C.­2156-2157
  • 4.C.­2159
  • 4.C.­2163
  • 4.C.­2196-2197
  • 4.C.­2225-2226
  • 4.C.­2228
  • 4.C.­2230
  • 4.C.­2232-2233
  • 4.C.­2235-2236
  • 4.C.­2240
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2290
  • 4.C.­2319-2324
  • 4.C.­2357
  • 4.C.­2370
  • 4.C.­2431
  • 4.C.­2545-2547
  • 4.C.­2556
  • 4.C.­2588
  • 4.C.­2603
  • 4.C.­2607
  • 4.C.­2616
  • 4.C.­2838-2839
  • 4.C.­2842
  • 4.C.­2856-2857
  • 4.C.­2875
  • 4.C.­2882
  • 4.C.­2930
  • 4.C.­2978
  • 4.C.­2985-2986
  • 4.C.­3010
  • 5.­277-278
  • 5.­361-362
  • g.­218
  • g.­1238
g.­830

Lotus Pool of Sparkling Waters

Wylie:
  • rnam par bkra ba’i chu’i pad ma’i rdzing bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བའི་ཆུའི་པད་མའི་རྫིང་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2579
g.­831

Lotuses Resembling Sunlight

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i nyi ma’i ’od lta bu
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་ཉི་མའི་འོད་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond in the forest known as Incomparable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­72
g.­832

Lovely

Wylie:
  • yid ’ong
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་འོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Engaging in Clarification.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­421
g.­833

Lovely Girl

Wylie:
  • bud med sdug
Tibetan:
  • བུད་མེད་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
g.­834

Lovely Pleasure Garden

Wylie:
  • skyed mos tshal dga’
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­127
g.­835

Lovely Scent

Wylie:
  • spos kun ldan
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀུན་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­82
g.­836

Lovely Voice

Wylie:
  • skad kyi dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­837

Low River

Wylie:
  • dma’ ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • དམའ་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­838

Luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­163
g.­839

Luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

The uppermost level of the second concentration in the form realm.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­23
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­383
g.­840

Luminous

Wylie:
  • rab tu gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1258
g.­841

Luminous Formation

Wylie:
  • rab chags gsal
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཆགས་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­842

Luminous Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che ’od ’byin
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Radiant Streams.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­683-689
  • 4.C.­709
g.­843

lying

Wylie:
  • rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣā­vāda

The first among the four verbal misdeeds.

Located in 124 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­46-47
  • 1.­52-53
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­573-576
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­600-604
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­608-609
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622-623
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­628
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­637
  • 2.­639-640
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649-651
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­658
  • 2.­660
  • 2.­663
  • 2.­665
  • 2.­667
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­672-673
  • 2.­680-681
  • 2.­684-686
  • 2.­688
  • 2.­696-697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­843
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1005
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1072
  • 2.­1077
  • 2.­1080
  • 2.­1105
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­702
  • 4.B.­704
  • 4.B.­849
  • 4.B.­1014
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.C.­92
  • 4.C.­1020
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1937
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1963
  • 4.C.­2284
  • 4.C.­2526
  • 4.C.­2862
  • 5.­32
  • g.­444
  • g.­1310
g.­844

Madrā

Wylie:
  • ma drA
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • madrā RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­845

Madtakaṭama

Wylie:
  • mad ta ka Ta ma
Tibetan:
  • མད་ཏ་ཀ་ཊ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madtakaṭama RP

A peak upon Mount Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.B.­1280
g.­846

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­546
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­391
  • c.­5
  • g.­783
  • g.­1079
g.­847

Mahādeva

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādeva

An epithet of Śiva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­910
g.­848

Maheśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug chen po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvara

Another name for the god Śiva.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.B.­910-911
g.­849

Mahikṣikā

Wylie:
  • ma hi ShI kA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཧི་ཥཱི་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahikṣikā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­850

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­998
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­535
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­3108
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­321
g.­851

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 4.C.­1317-1320
  • 4.C.­2344
  • c.­4
  • g.­972
g.­852

Majestic Trees

Wylie:
  • shing ’gying ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་འགྱིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest at Shining Jewel Light.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­711
  • g.­1392
  • g.­1452
g.­853

Making the Hair of All Beings Stand on End

Wylie:
  • sems can thams cad spu zing
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་སྤུ་ཟིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A place in Ultimate Torment.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1135
g.­854

mākṣāḍa

Wylie:
  • mA ShA Da
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་ཥཱ་ཌ།
Sanskrit:
  • mākṣāḍa RP

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­855

Malaya

Wylie:
  • ma la ya
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • malaya

A mountain in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­864
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­856

Malaya dweller

Wylie:
  • ma la ya gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­857

Malaya Mountains

Wylie:
  • ri ma la ya
Tibetan:
  • རི་མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • malayagiri

A mountain range in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1436
  • 4.B.­482
g.­858

Mālikā

Wylie:
  • mA li kA gling
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་ལི་ཀཱ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mālikā RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­859

Mālikagaṅkara Forest

Wylie:
  • mA li ka gang+ka ra’i nags
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་ལི་ཀ་གངྐ་རའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mālikagaṅkara RP

A forest on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­860

Mānadehā

Wylie:
  • mAn de hA
Tibetan:
  • མཱན་དེ་ཧཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānadehā RP

A rākṣasī living on Ardhamaru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­286
g.­861

Mānasaṅkalpa

Wylie:
  • yid kyis brtags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱིས་བརྟགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānasaṅkalpa

City in the Heaven of Joy.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113
  • g.­972
g.­862

Mānasarovara

Wylie:
  • ma pham
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཕམ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānasarovara RS

A lake in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­863

Maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • maN+DalaM
Tibetan:
  • མཎྜལཾ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala RP

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­864

mandārava

Wylie:
  • man dA ra ba
Tibetan:
  • མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandārava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­120
  • 4.A.­261
  • 4.A.­264
  • 4.A.­313
  • 4.B.­193
  • 4.B.­251
  • 4.B.­328
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.C.­800
  • 4.C.­1239
  • 4.C.­1633
  • 4.C.­1764
  • 4.C.­1849
  • 4.C.­1868
  • 4.C.­2025
  • 4.C.­2068
  • 4.C.­2071
  • 4.C.­2974
  • 4.C.­3111
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­308-309
  • 5.­373
g.­865

Mandārava Forest

Wylie:
  • me tog man dA ra ba’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་མན་དཱ་ར་བའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­96
g.­866

Mandehā

Wylie:
  • man de ha
Tibetan:
  • མན་དེ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandehā RP

A rākṣasī living in Blue Waters.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­257
g.­867

Māndhāta

Wylie:
  • nga las nu
Tibetan:
  • ང་ལས་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • māndhāta

(1) A powerful king whose good deeds lent splendor to the Pleasure Grove Park. (2) A universal monarch.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­446
  • 4.B.­1380
g.­868

Maṅgalā

Wylie:
  • bkra shis ma
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṅgalā

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­82
g.­869

Manifest Karmic Action

Wylie:
  • las mngon sum
Tibetan:
  • ལས་མངོན་སུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • karmasākṣin

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­897
g.­870

Manifold Chariots

Wylie:
  • shing rta sna tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Living on the Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­380
g.­871

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­4
g.­872

Mansion of Great Joy

Wylie:
  • khang bzangs rab tu dga’ bar gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་བཟངས་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mansion in Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­112
g.­873

Mansion of the Mirror of Karmic Actions

Wylie:
  • me long gi khang pa
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལོང་གི་ཁང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mansion within one of the trees in Pair of Śāla Trees.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­780
g.­874

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

(1) A demonic being often bearing the epithet of the “Evil One” (pāpīyān, sdig can), sometimes said to be the principal deity in Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations, the highest paradise in the desire realm; also one of the names of the god of desire, Kāma in the Vedic tradition. He is portrayed as attempting to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment. In early soteriological religions, the principal deity in saṃsāra, such as Indra, would attempt to prevent anyone’s realization that would lead to such a liberation.

(2) The devas ruled over by Māra and assisting his attempts to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment; they do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra. More generally, they are symbolic of the defects within a person that prevent enlightenment. These four personifications are the māra of the sons of gods (devaputramāra, lha’i bu’i bdud), which is the distraction of pleasures; the māra of death (mṛtyumāra, ’chi bdag gi bdud); the māra of the aggregates (skandhamāra, phung po’i bdud), which is the body; and the māra of the afflictions (kleśamāra, nyon mongs pa’i bdud).

Located in 131 passages in the translation:

  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­116-118
  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­124-125
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48-49
  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­370
  • 2.­450-451
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­706-707
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­954-956
  • 2.­1149-1150
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1256-1257
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1457
  • 2.­1477-1478
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­135
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­377-378
  • 4.A.­83
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.A.­410-412
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­227-229
  • 4.B.­232
  • 4.B.­244
  • 4.B.­279
  • 4.B.­334
  • 4.B.­1144
  • 4.B.­1154
  • 4.B.­1166
  • 4.B.­1171
  • 4.B.­1173
  • 4.B.­1265
  • 4.B.­1343
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­316
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­1037
  • 4.C.­1052
  • 4.C.­1084
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1642
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2442-2443
  • 4.C.­2445-2447
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2459
  • 4.C.­2470
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2481
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2494-2495
  • 4.C.­2508
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2529-2530
  • 4.C.­2553
  • 4.C.­2568
  • 4.C.­2570-2572
  • 4.C.­2574
  • 4.C.­2738
  • 4.C.­2789
  • 4.C.­2801
  • 4.C.­3045
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­267-269
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­427
  • g.­202
  • g.­293
  • g.­396
  • g.­899
  • g.­1249
g.­875

marvels

Wylie:
  • rmad du byung ba’i sde
Tibetan:
  • རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • adbhutadharma

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­876

Massaged and Touched with the Palm of the Hand

Wylie:
  • lag mthil gyis byug cing reg pa
Tibetan:
  • ལག་མཐིལ་གྱིས་བྱུག་ཅིང་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the realm of the gods in Dwelling on Summits within the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­877

Masses of Vajra-Like Bones

Wylie:
  • rus pa rdo rje lta bu ’byung
Tibetan:
  • རུས་པ་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāsthi­patana­sampāta

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­763
g.­878

Matala

Wylie:
  • ma ta la
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • matala RP

A grove in Supreme Splendor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1325
g.­879

Mātali

Wylie:
  • ma ta li
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཏ་ལི།
Sanskrit:
  • mātali

Śakra’s elephant driver.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­293-295
g.­880

Meghalati

Wylie:
  • me g+ha la ti
Tibetan:
  • མེ་གྷ་ལ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • meghalati RP

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­250
g.­881

Meghamālin

Wylie:
  • sprin phreng can
  • sprin phreng
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་ཕྲེང་ཅན།
  • སྤྲིན་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • meghamālin

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­42
  • 3.­196
g.­882

Mekala Source

Wylie:
  • me ka la ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཀ་ལ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mekala RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­883

Melako

Wylie:
  • me la ko
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • melako RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­884

Melodious

Wylie:
  • dbyangs snyan pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་སྙན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­885

Melodious Experience

Wylie:
  • snyan pa spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་པ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A location in Mutual Liking.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­342
g.­886

mendicant

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

An ordained Buddhist practitioner. Pairs often with brahmin.

Located in 232 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­122-123
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­368
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1255-1256
  • 2.­1282
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1298-1299
  • 2.­1338
  • 2.­1422
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122-123
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­198
  • 3.­200-202
  • 3.­207
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­236
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­372
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­83
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.B.­58
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­226-227
  • 4.B.­229
  • 4.B.­316
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­322
  • 4.B.­325
  • 4.B.­335
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­694
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­749
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1146
  • 4.B.­1157-1159
  • 4.B.­1162
  • 4.B.­1164
  • 4.B.­1169
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­101-102
  • 4.C.­815
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­930
  • 4.C.­1017
  • 4.C.­1045
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1363-1364
  • 4.C.­1366
  • 4.C.­1376
  • 4.C.­1379
  • 4.C.­1383
  • 4.C.­1385-1389
  • 4.C.­1391
  • 4.C.­1394-1396
  • 4.C.­1410-1411
  • 4.C.­1416-1421
  • 4.C.­1424
  • 4.C.­1427-1429
  • 4.C.­1431-1432
  • 4.C.­1435
  • 4.C.­1437-1450
  • 4.C.­1472-1473
  • 4.C.­1479
  • 4.C.­1495-1498
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1510
  • 4.C.­1524
  • 4.C.­1541
  • 4.C.­1561
  • 4.C.­1574
  • 4.C.­1586
  • 4.C.­1919
  • 4.C.­1931
  • 4.C.­1943
  • 4.C.­2279
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2461-2462
  • 4.C.­2465
  • 4.C.­2497
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2640
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2650
  • 4.C.­2669-2671
  • 4.C.­2685
  • 4.C.­2704
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2731
  • 4.C.­2745-2746
  • 4.C.­2748
  • 4.C.­2750-2752
  • 4.C.­2755-2758
  • 4.C.­2778
  • 4.C.­2820
  • 4.C.­2822
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842-2843
  • 4.C.­2849
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2861-2864
  • 4.C.­2874
  • 4.C.­2880-2884
  • 4.C.­2886-2888
  • 4.C.­2890
  • 4.C.­2904-2905
  • 4.C.­2907-2910
  • 4.C.­2918-2919
  • 4.C.­2922-2925
  • 4.C.­2928
  • 4.C.­2938-2939
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­228
  • c.­1
  • n.­15
g.­887

mending ritual

Wylie:
  • gso sbyong
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • poṣadha

The monastic procedure for confession of misdeeds and the restoration of vows.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­478-479
g.­888

Menko

Wylie:
  • men ko
Tibetan:
  • མེན་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • menko RP

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­303
g.­889

Mental Stain

Wylie:
  • sems kyi dri ma
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་དྲི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­890

Merging

Wylie:
  • ’dres pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འདྲེས་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in the forest known as Incomparable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­76
g.­891

Merging of the Sindhū and the Sea

Wylie:
  • sin+d+hu dang rgya mtsho gnyis ’dre ba
Tibetan:
  • སིནྡྷུ་དང་རྒྱ་མཚོ་གཉིས་འདྲེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­892

Metallic Fire

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi me
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayo’gninaraka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell. Alternatively referred to as Heap of Live Coals of Iron-dust (lcags kyi phye ma me ma dag gi ra ba).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • g.­620
g.­893

Milky River

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­894

Milky Sea

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­402
g.­895

Milky Waters

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A sea to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­318
g.­896

Minced up by Raining Loops of Wire

Wylie:
  • srad bu’i rgyud dkrugs pa
  • srad bu’i rgyud ’dre ba dud pa ltar ’khrigs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲད་བུའི་རྒྱུད་དཀྲུགས་པ།
  • སྲད་བུའི་རྒྱུད་འདྲེ་བ་དུད་པ་ལྟར་འཁྲིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tantu­varṣa­māloddhṛta

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­856
  • 2.­925
g.­897

Mirror Forest

Wylie:
  • me long tshal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལོང་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Forest upon Mount Playful in Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­28
g.­898

Mirror Lake

Wylie:
  • kun mthong
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in the realm of the asuras.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­97-98
  • 3.­117
  • 3.­331
  • 3.­344
g.­899

Misperception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes log pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་ལོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­227
g.­900

Misunderstanding

Wylie:
  • log par rnam par lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vitathadarśana

A place in Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1060
  • 2.­1069
g.­901

Mithila

Wylie:
  • mi thi la
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithila RP

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­902

Mithila Grove

Wylie:
  • mi thi la’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithila RP

A Buddhist temple in a previous time period.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­88
g.­903

Mixed

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dres pa
  • kun tu ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེས་པ།
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest on the northern face of Sumeru (yongs su ’dres pa). (2) A river in Godānīya (kun tu ’dres pa).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­293-294
  • 5.­391
g.­904

Mixture

Wylie:
  • ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­163
g.­905

Molten Red

Wylie:
  • dmar po rnam par zhu
Tibetan:
  • དམར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་ཞུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the ephemeral hell known as Red.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­306
g.­906

monastic administrator

Wylie:
  • zhal ta pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞལ་ཏ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiyāpṛtyakara

The officer who receives and administers donations on behalf of the Saṅgha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­346
g.­907

Moon Body

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i lus
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ལུས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­908

Moon Garland

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candramālā

A realm below that of Rāhu.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­94
  • g.­283
g.­909

Moon Joy

Wylie:
  • zla ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­910

Moon Mountain

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i ri bo
  • ri bo zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་རི་བོ།
  • རི་བོ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa (zla ba’i ri bo). (2) A mountain upon which the gods of the Four Great Kings will take position while awaiting the asura army (ri bo zla ba).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­124
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­311
  • 4.B.­317
  • 5.­313
g.­911

Moon Power

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i shugs
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­912

Moon-Like

Wylie:
  • zla ba ’dra
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་འདྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­157
g.­913

most humble

Wylie:
  • shin tu dud pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་དུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­914

Mount Illuminator

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang byed
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­49
g.­915

Mount Playful

Wylie:
  • rtse ba’i ri
  • ri rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་བའི་རི།
  • རི་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A mountain in the forest of Joyous Women. (2) A mountain in High Conduct.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­22-23
  • 4.B.­25
  • 4.B.­1298
  • g.­37
  • g.­897
g.­916

Mount Sky Reacher

Wylie:
  • ri mkha’ thug
Tibetan:
  • རི་མཁའ་ཐུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­301
g.­917

Mount Stainless

Wylie:
  • ri grib med
Tibetan:
  • རི་གྲིབ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­301
g.­918

Mount Universal Joy

Wylie:
  • ri thams cad dga’
Tibetan:
  • རི་ཐམས་ཅད་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­301
g.­919

Mount Wish-Fulfilling Emanation

Wylie:
  • ri yid bzhin sprul
Tibetan:
  • རི་ཡིད་བཞིན་སྤྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­301
g.­920

mountain based

Wylie:
  • ri rnams la kun tu chags pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རྣམས་ལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­921

Mountain Dwellings

Wylie:
  • ri la nges par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་ལ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­922

mountain mansion dwellers

Wylie:
  • lhun po’i khang na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་ཁང་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­923

Mountain of Play

Wylie:
  • rtsed mo’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རྩེད་མོའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2387
g.­924

Mountain Stream

Wylie:
  • ri bo la rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ་ལ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­925

Mountainous Environs

Wylie:
  • ri’i nye ’khor
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་ཉེ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1859
  • 4.C.­1868
g.­926

Mountainous Garland

Wylie:
  • ri’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Controlled Movement.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1858-1859
  • 4.C.­1867-1868
  • 4.C.­1879-1880
  • 4.C.­1882-1883
  • 4.C.­1903
  • 4.C.­1905
  • 4.C.­1907
  • 4.C.­2022
  • g.­458
  • g.­571
  • g.­578
  • g.­925
g.­927

Mountainous Joy

Wylie:
  • ri’i khrod dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་ཁྲོད་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2582
g.­928

Mountainous Light Garland

Wylie:
  • ri’i ’od phreng
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་འོད་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­929

Moved

Wylie:
  • g.yos pa
Tibetan:
  • གཡོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­930

Movement

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­931

Movement Everywhere

Wylie:
  • thams cad ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­932

Movement of Wind

Wylie:
  • rlung gi rgyu
  • rlung gi rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་གི་རྒྱུ།
  • རླུང་གི་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) Alternative name for Enjoying the Wind (rlung gi rgyu). (2) One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife (rlung gi rgyu ba).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­137
  • 4.C.­4
  • g.­372
g.­933

Moving among Eyes

Wylie:
  • mig la kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­934

Moving Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­935

Moving Fragrance

Wylie:
  • dri rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­936

Moving in Gatherings

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1010
  • 4.C.­1012
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1248
  • 4.C.­1251
  • 4.C.­1254-1255
  • 4.C.­1296
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1327-1328
  • 4.C.­1336
  • 4.C.­1579
  • 4.C.­1586-1587
  • 4.C.­1722
  • n.­398
g.­937

Moving in Mixed Environments

Wylie:
  • rab tu rnam par ’dres pa’i khor yug na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འདྲེས་པའི་ཁོར་ཡུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, possibly the same as Continuous Movement (rgyun gyis rgyu ba).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­1591-1592
  • 4.C.­1652
  • g.­227
  • g.­481
  • g.­495
  • g.­942
  • g.­1093
  • g.­1127
  • g.­1396
  • g.­1422
g.­938

Moving in Mountain Ranges

Wylie:
  • ri’i tshogs na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་ཚོགས་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­939

Moving in One’s Land

Wylie:
  • rang gi yul bar rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་ཡུལ་བར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­940

Moving in the Stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun gyi gnas na rnam par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་གྱི་གནས་ན་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­189
  • 4.C.­225
  • 4.C.­228
  • 4.C.­230-233
  • 4.C.­236
  • 4.C.­272
  • n.­362
  • g.­476
  • g.­482
  • g.­1219
g.­941

Moving in the Wink of an Eye

Wylie:
  • mig phye zhing ’gro ba btsums nas ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཕྱེ་ཞིང་འགྲོ་བ་བཙུམས་ནས་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimeṣonmeṣa­gatī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­865
  • 4.B.­868
  • g.­431
g.­942

Moving in Vast Environments

Wylie:
  • rgya chen po’i khor yug na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོའི་ཁོར་ཡུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, presumably the same as Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­600
  • 4.C.­611
  • 4.C.­614-615
  • 4.C.­638
  • 4.C.­734-735
  • 4.C.­804
  • g.­195
  • g.­592
  • g.­1072
  • g.­1176
g.­943

Moving Like the Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i gnas ltar rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་གནས་ལྟར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrāyaṇacāra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Also called Resembling the Full Moon.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­723
  • n.­308
  • g.­453
  • g.­1099
g.­944

Moving Mind

Wylie:
  • yid g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­93-94
  • g.­178
  • g.­455
  • g.­508
  • g.­865
g.­945

Moving Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­946

Moving on Springy Ground

Wylie:
  • dma’ ba dang mtho ba na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • དམའ་བ་དང་མཐོ་བ་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimnonnatā­cāriṇī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­471
  • g.­491
  • g.­602
g.­947

moving without delay

Wylie:
  • ’gor ba med par ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • འགོར་བ་མེད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­948

Multicolor

Wylie:
  • ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on the continent of Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2215
g.­949

musāragalva

Wylie:
  • mu sA ra gal+ba
  • mu sA ra gal ba
  • mu sa ra
  • spug
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སཱ་ར་གལྦ།
  • མུ་སཱ་ར་གལ་བ།
  • མུ་ས་ར།
  • སྤུག
Sanskrit:
  • musāragalva

Musāragalva is fossilized coral that has undergone transformation under millions of years of underwater pressure. It appears in one version of the list of seven precious materials. The Tibetan tradition describes it as being formed from ice over a long period of time. It can also refer to tridacna (Tridacnidae) shell, which is also presently referred to by the name musaragalva. Attempts to identify musāragalva have included sapphire, cat’s eye, red coral, conch, and amber.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­292
  • 4.C.­2974
  • 4.C.­3091
  • 4.C.­3113
  • 5.­254-255
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­350
  • 5.­374
  • 5.­423
g.­950

Musulundha

Wylie:
  • mu su lun dha
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སུ་ལུན་དྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • musulundha RP

King of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 233 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­26
  • 4.C.­28
  • 4.C.­30
  • 4.C.­32-33
  • 4.C.­38
  • 4.C.­83-86
  • 4.C.­95
  • 4.C.­133-138
  • 4.C.­140
  • 4.C.­142-143
  • 4.C.­145
  • 4.C.­147
  • 4.C.­149
  • 4.C.­151
  • 4.C.­153-154
  • 4.C.­156
  • 4.C.­158
  • 4.C.­160
  • 4.C.­162
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­167
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­172-173
  • 4.C.­191
  • 4.C.­200-202
  • 4.C.­204-206
  • 4.C.­211
  • 4.C.­224-225
  • 4.C.­228-236
  • 4.C.­255-256
  • 4.C.­264
  • 4.C.­269-271
  • 4.C.­373
  • 4.C.­432
  • 4.C.­435-440
  • 4.C.­471-472
  • 4.C.­482-483
  • 4.C.­486
  • 4.C.­495
  • 4.C.­576-579
  • 4.C.­583
  • 4.C.­596
  • 4.C.­729-731
  • 4.C.­734
  • 4.C.­758-760
  • 4.C.­791-792
  • 4.C.­800-801
  • 4.C.­805-806
  • 4.C.­808
  • 4.C.­817
  • 4.C.­822
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­837
  • 4.C.­843
  • 4.C.­848
  • 4.C.­874
  • 4.C.­894
  • 4.C.­919
  • 4.C.­936
  • 4.C.­957
  • 4.C.­981
  • 4.C.­988
  • 4.C.­1010
  • 4.C.­1012-1013
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1050
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1127
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1187
  • 4.C.­1210
  • 4.C.­1230
  • 4.C.­1233-1237
  • 4.C.­1263
  • 4.C.­1273
  • 4.C.­1281-1283
  • 4.C.­1288
  • 4.C.­1301-1303
  • 4.C.­1316-1317
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1323-1325
  • 4.C.­1327-1329
  • 4.C.­1332
  • 4.C.­1578
  • 4.C.­1580
  • 4.C.­1589
  • 4.C.­1660
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 4.C.­1722-1723
  • 4.C.­1748-1749
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1813
  • 4.C.­1906-1907
  • 4.C.­1909-1910
  • 4.C.­2020-2022
  • 4.C.­2125
  • 4.C.­2142-2143
  • 4.C.­2145-2146
  • 4.C.­2149-2150
  • 4.C.­2153-2155
  • 4.C.­2173
  • 4.C.­2175-2176
  • 4.C.­2179-2180
  • 4.C.­2182
  • 4.C.­2200-2202
  • 4.C.­2214-2216
  • 4.C.­2224
  • 4.C.­2237
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2246-2247
  • 4.C.­2258
  • 4.C.­2276
  • 4.C.­2283
  • 4.C.­2285
  • 4.C.­2287-2288
  • 4.C.­2291
  • 4.C.­2293-2294
  • 4.C.­2298
  • 4.C.­2303
  • 4.C.­2339
  • 4.C.­2343
  • 4.C.­2345-2346
  • 4.C.­2390
  • 4.C.­2427-2429
  • 4.C.­2442-2443
  • 4.C.­2445
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2459
  • 4.C.­2470
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2485
  • 4.C.­2495-2496
  • 4.C.­2499
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2536
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2567-2569
  • 4.C.­2573
  • n.­444
  • n.­465
  • g.­66
  • g.­538
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1399
g.­951

Mutation

Wylie:
  • gzhan du ’gyur ba
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anyathā­parivarta

(1) One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. (2) One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­577
  • 2.­630
g.­952

Mutilation by Iron

Wylie:
  • lcags kyis bsgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱིས་བསྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayaḥ­parivartaka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­306
g.­953

Mutual Harm

Wylie:
  • phan tshun gnod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་ཚུན་གནོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paraspara­pīḍā­saṃvarta

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642-643
g.­954

Mutual Liking

Wylie:
  • phan tshun dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་ཚུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­339
  • g.­603
  • g.­885
  • g.­1017
g.­955

Nāḍoḍina

Wylie:
  • nA Do DI na
Tibetan:
  • ནཱ་ཌོ་ཌཱི་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • nāḍoḍina RP

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­956

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

A serpentine class of beings associated with intelligence and wealth.

Located in 163 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­97
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­106
  • 2.­1039
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­37-55
  • 3.­57-61
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­116-120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­166-167
  • 3.­169
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­176
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­196-199
  • 3.­201-203
  • 3.­206
  • 3.­208
  • 3.­211-216
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­235
  • 3.­260-261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281-282
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­318
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­375
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­230-232
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­334
  • 4.B.­807
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­564
  • 4.C.­623
  • 4.C.­625
  • 4.C.­1234
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2068
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2212-2213
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2224-2225
  • 4.C.­2240
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­2840
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­274-275
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­312
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­329
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­388-389
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­401-402
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­423
  • g.­34
  • g.­59
  • g.­89
  • g.­287
  • g.­354
  • g.­412
  • g.­512
  • g.­522
  • g.­535
  • g.­553
  • g.­663
  • g.­712
  • g.­725
  • g.­751
  • g.­797
  • g.­881
  • g.­1053
  • g.­1078
  • g.­1126
  • g.­1165
  • g.­1174
  • g.­1239
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1364
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1403
g.­957

Nāga Beru

Wylie:
  • klu’i be ruH
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་བེ་རུཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • beru RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­958

Nāga River

Wylie:
  • klu’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­959

Nālandā

Wylie:
  • ba len+d+ra
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལེནྡྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • nālanda

A renowned monastic complex in India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­3
g.­960

Nālati

Wylie:
  • na la ti
  • na lA ti
Tibetan:
  • ན་ལ་ཏི།
  • ན་ལཱ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • nālati

A town in ancient India where this sūtra is taught.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­4-5
  • p.­9
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­427
g.­961

Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • sred med kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa

Another name for the god Viṣṇu.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­911
g.­962

Narmadā

Wylie:
  • nar ma dA
Tibetan:
  • ནར་མ་དཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • narmadā

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­963

narratives

Wylie:
  • rtogs pa brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • རྟོགས་པ་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • avadāna

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­964

Nature of Precious Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba rin po che’i rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Vast Garlands of Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1622
g.­965

necklace

Wylie:
  • mgul phreng
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras ruled by Kaṇṭhamāla.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­94
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­99-102
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­117
  • 3.­124-128
  • 3.­130
  • 3.­199-200
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­322-323
  • 3.­374
  • n.­227
  • g.­756
g.­966

Nectar Flow

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­967

Needle Eye

Wylie:
  • khab kyi kha
Tibetan:
  • ཁབ་ཀྱི་ཁ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­968

Net Garland

Wylie:
  • dra ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­163
g.­969

Neutralization of Nāga Poison

Wylie:
  • klu’i dug bcom
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་དུག་བཅོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­402
g.­970

Niculundha Flow

Wylie:
  • ni tsu lun+da ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ནི་ཙུ་ལུནྡ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niculundha RP

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­971

Nimi

Wylie:
  • ni mi
Tibetan:
  • ནི་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • nimi RP

A king who built stupas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­88
g.­972

Nirāsravarati

Wylie:
  • zag pa med par ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་མེད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirāsravarati

The mansion within the city of Mānasaṅkalpa in the Heaven of Joy in which the bodhisattva Maitreya lives.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­113
g.­973

nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The ultimate cessation of suffering. Also translated here as “transcendence of suffering.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­119
  • 1.­132
  • 2.­84
  • 2.­1391
  • 4.B.­1256
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­126
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1347
g.­974

nirvāṇa without remainder

Wylie:
  • lhag med myang ’das
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མེད་མྱང་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • nirupadhiśeṣa­nirvāṇa

The cessation of karma and affliction within which no residue of the aggregates remains.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­975

No Death

Wylie:
  • ’chi med
Tibetan:
  • འཆི་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as Impossible to Die (gsod med) in the Tibetan text.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­68
  • g.­675
g.­976

No Hope of Joy

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ la re ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ལ་རེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Appears to be identical with Joyless Thought.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­635
  • g.­724
g.­977

No Lack of Embankments

Wylie:
  • ’jug ngogs med pa ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇུག་ངོགས་མེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A location in Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­25
g.­978

No Shadows

Wylie:
  • grib ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Vast Garlands of Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1622
g.­979

non-Buddhist

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2-5
  • p.­8
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­25
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­956-957
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1135
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­128-129
  • 3.­170
  • 3.­172
  • 3.­353
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­408
  • 4.A.­422
  • 4.B.­257
  • 4.B.­838
  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.B.­981
  • 4.C.­1030
  • 4.C.­1042
  • 4.C.­1045
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1511
  • 4.C.­1949
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­3036
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­267
  • n.­15
  • g.­555
  • g.­1135
g.­980

Non-Intoxication

Wylie:
  • myos pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱོས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the Swan Forest.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1664
g.­981

Non-perception of Time

Wylie:
  • dus mi mthong
Tibetan:
  • དུས་མི་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
g.­982

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

The third level of noble ones when practicing the path of the hearers (bound to never be reborn in the realm of desire).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­1263
  • 4.C.­87
g.­983

Numerous Celestial Bodies

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar mang po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain beyond Videha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­420-421
g.­984

Numerous Joys

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba du ma
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་དུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Flow of Beauty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­637
g.­985

Numerous Leaves

Wylie:
  • lo ’dab mang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོ་འདབ་མང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­986

once-returner

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛdāgāmin

The second level of noble ones when practicing the path of the hearers (having only one remaining birth in the realm of desire).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­1263
g.­987

One League of Cool Water

Wylie:
  • bsil ba’i chu ni rgyar dpag tshad du gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • བསིལ་བའི་ཆུ་ནི་རྒྱར་དཔག་ཚད་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­988

One That Arouses Great Pity

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākaruṇa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­858
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­941
g.­989

Ornament of the Mind

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rgyan
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­425
  • g.­1
  • g.­39
  • g.­345
  • g.­595
g.­990

Overflow

Wylie:
  • rgyu mthun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་མཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Holder of Joy.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­363
  • 5.­365
g.­991

Overjoyed

Wylie:
  • rab tu spro ba
  • rab dgod
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྤྲོ་བ།
  • རབ་དགོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Asura king of the fourth level, Immovable.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­184
  • 3.­193-194
  • 3.­202-206
  • 3.­208-209
  • 3.­231-232
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­258
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­284-285
  • 3.­287
  • 3.­289-290
  • 3.­299-300
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­328-329
  • 3.­331-332
  • 3.­338-339
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­345-350
  • 3.­352
  • 3.­359
  • 3.­362-363
  • 3.­369
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­230-232
  • g.­168
g.­992

Pain Incarnate

Wylie:
  • shar gyur pa thams cad sdug bsngal
Tibetan:
  • ཤར་གྱུར་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāmiṣa­bhūta­vedana

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­855
  • 2.­912
g.­993

Pair of Śāla Trees

Wylie:
  • shing sA la zung
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་སཱ་ལ་ཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • yamanaśālā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­754
  • 4.B.­758
  • 4.B.­769
  • 4.B.­774
  • 4.B.­779
  • 4.B.­864
  • g.­215
  • g.­278
  • g.­873
g.­994

Pakṣu

Wylie:
  • pak+Shu
Tibetan:
  • པཀྵུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pakṣu RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­995

Palanquin Houses

Wylie:
  • khyogs kyi khang bu
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཁང་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Refers to Spacious Palanquin Houses.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­226
  • 4.C.­228
  • 4.C.­231
g.­996

Palatial Mountain

Wylie:
  • gzhal yas khang gi ri
Tibetan:
  • གཞལ་ཡས་ཁང་གི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2579
g.­997

paṇḍita

Wylie:
  • paN+Di ta
Tibetan:
  • པཎྜི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṇḍita

An accomplished scholar.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­3-5
  • g.­2
  • g.­18
  • g.­1137
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1421
g.­998

parables

Wylie:
  • de lta bu byung ba’i sde
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ལྟ་བུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • itivṛttaka

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­999

Pāraṭā

Wylie:
  • pA ra tA
Tibetan:
  • པཱ་ར་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāraṭā RP

An area to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1000

Pārijāta

Wylie:
  • yongs ’du
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་འདུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pārijāta

A heavenly tree on Mount Sumeru (yongs ’du).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­321-327
  • 4.B.­332-335
  • 4.B.­337
  • 4.B.­772
  • 4.B.­775
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­350
  • g.­1001
g.­1001

Pārijāta Mountains

Wylie:
  • ri yongs ’du
Tibetan:
  • རི་ཡོངས་འདུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pārijāta

A mountain range.

(We have been unable to identify this mountain, or mountain range. However, since yongs ’du is a translation of “pārijāta tree,” we have opted for this translation. Perhaps it refers to the mountains where the pārijāta tree grows?)

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1436
g.­1002

Park of Golden Shade

Wylie:
  • gser gyi grib ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་གྲིབ་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Attached to That.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­306
g.­1003

Park of Passion

Wylie:
  • rgyags pa’i kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱགས་པའི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­81
g.­1004

Park of the Cuckoo Birds

Wylie:
  • khu byug gi kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁུ་བྱུག་གི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­81
g.­1005

Part of the Assembly

Wylie:
  • ris mthun pa
Tibetan:
  • རིས་མཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nikāyabhāginī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1003
  • 4.B.­1037-1038
  • 4.B.­1050
  • 4.B.­1056
  • 4.B.­1263
  • g.­274
  • g.­1296
g.­1006

Pāruṣika

Wylie:
  • rtsub ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • རྩུབ་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • pāruṣika

A forest on the western face of Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­293-294
g.­1007

Passionate Conduct

Wylie:
  • yang dag chags spyod
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་ཆགས་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­346-347
  • 4.A.­349
  • 4.A.­366
  • g.­1015
  • g.­1321
g.­1008

past-life stories

Wylie:
  • skyes pa rabs kyi sde
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེས་པ་རབས་ཀྱི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • jātaka

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­1009

Pāṭaliputra

Wylie:
  • pA TA li pu tra
Tibetan:
  • པཱ་ཊཱ་ལི་པུ་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṭaliputra

A city in Jambudvīpa; present day Patna.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­1010

Patshap

Wylie:
  • pa tshab
Tibetan:
  • པ་ཚབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The name of a Tibetan family to which belonged the renowned translator Patshap Nyima Drakpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­7
g.­1011

Patshap Tsultrim Gyaltsen

Wylie:
  • pa tshab tshul khrims rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • པ་ཚབ་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The primary translator of this scripture.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • c.­7-8
g.­1012

paurva

Wylie:
  • pau rwa
Tibetan:
  • པཽ་རྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • paurva RP

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1013

Peacock Call

Wylie:
  • rma bya’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1014

Peacock Forest

Wylie:
  • rma bya’i nags
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1015

Peak of Distinct Appearance

Wylie:
  • lhun po so sor snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོ་སོ་སོར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Passionate Conduct.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.A.­366
g.­1016

Pearl

Wylie:
  • mu tig
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1017

Pearl Stream

Wylie:
  • mu tig ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Mutual Liking.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­341
g.­1018

Pearly Sand

Wylie:
  • mu tig gi bye ma dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག་གི་བྱེ་མ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­397
  • 5.­328
g.­1019

Peripheral

Wylie:
  • zur la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟུར་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5-7
  • 4.A.­9
g.­1020

pervasive attachment

Wylie:
  • kun tu khyab pa’i zhen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པའི་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1021

Pervasive Fragrance

Wylie:
  • dri ’thul ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་འཐུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2579
g.­1022

Pervasive Waters

Wylie:
  • chus khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུས་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­1023

Pinnacle

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
  • rtse mo can
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
  • རྩེ་མོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A river on Saṅkāśa (rtse mo). (2) One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant (rtse mo can).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­81
  • 5.­328
g.­1024

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 1.­86
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­299
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­845
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­1064
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1526
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­400-401
  • 5.­423
  • g.­239
g.­1025

Place for Austerities

Wylie:
  • dka’ thub dang ’brel ba
Tibetan:
  • དཀའ་ཐུབ་དང་འབྲེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1026

Place Where the Water is Enjoyed

Wylie:
  • chu la spyod pa’i sa gzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལ་སྤྱོད་པའི་ས་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1027

player

Wylie:
  • rtse ba la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་བ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • krīḍāvihārin

A class of asuras ruled by Puṣpamāla.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­163
  • 3.­166
g.­1028

Playful Abandon

Wylie:
  • bag med rnams rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་རྣམས་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1029

Playful Frolicking

Wylie:
  • rtse dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­1030

Playing the Vīṇā

Wylie:
  • pi wang gis rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • པི་ཝང་གིས་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus grove in Blazing Splendor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­697
g.­1031

Pleading

Wylie:
  • rgyob shig pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱོབ་ཤིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen (or seventeen) realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • n.­64
g.­1032

Pleasant Breeze

Wylie:
  • rlung bde
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་བདེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­127
g.­1033

Pleasant Humming of Bees

Wylie:
  • bung ba’i sgra snyan
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བའི་སྒྲ་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­108
  • 4.A.­131
g.­1034

Pleasant Sound

Wylie:
  • sgra snyan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྙན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­299
  • g.­916
  • g.­917
  • g.­918
  • g.­919
g.­1035

Pleasurable Water

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the Swan Forest.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1664
g.­1036

Pleasure Grove of Song

Wylie:
  • glu dbyangs len pa’i kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • གླུ་དབྱངས་ལེན་པའི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Garland of Splendor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1333
g.­1037

Pleasure Grove of the Moon Vision

Wylie:
  • zla ba mthong bar ’dod pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་མཐོང་བར་འདོད་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­1038

Pleasure Grove Park

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ra ba’i skyed mos tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བའི་སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in House of Refined Gold.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­440
  • 4.B.­442
  • 4.B.­447
  • 4.B.­449-450
  • g.­867
g.­1039

Plow

Wylie:
  • gshol mda’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གཤོལ་མདའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1040

Plumes of Fire

Wylie:
  • me’i spyi gtsug lta bu
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་སྤྱི་གཙུག་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • agnicūḍaka

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­854
  • 2.­888-889
g.­1041

Pond

Wylie:
  • mtshe’u
Tibetan:
  • མཚེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • taḍāga

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­1042

Pond Garland

Wylie:
  • rdzing bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1043

Ponds in Delightful Pleasure Gardens

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ra ba bde bar gnas pa’i lteng ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ་བདེ་བར་གནས་པའི་ལྟེང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­390
g.­1044

ponds of beauty

Wylie:
  • lteng ka sdug gu
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་ཀ་སྡུག་གུ
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1045

Porridge

Wylie:
  • skyo ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1046

Possessor of Excellent Conduct

Wylie:
  • legs spyod ldan
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1047

Possessor of Reeds

Wylie:
  • be tra can
Tibetan:
  • བེ་ཏྲ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­1048

Power of Past Smoke

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi du ba’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་དུ་བའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1049

power of space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1050

Powerful

Wylie:
  • shugs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­1051

Powerful Luminous Retreat

Wylie:
  • dben ’gro dbang po’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དབེན་འགྲོ་དབང་པོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­1052

Prabhāvatī

Wylie:
  • ’od dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāvatī

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1257-1258
g.­1053

Pramatha

Wylie:
  • rab ’joms
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • pramatha

An unvirtuous nāga king.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­51
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­119-120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­176
  • 3.­196
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­201-202
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­229-230
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­315-317
  • 3.­375
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­230-232
g.­1054

Praśānta

Wylie:
  • rab tu zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśānta

Lord of the Heaven of Joy.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­194-196
  • 4.C.­202
  • 4.C.­499
  • 4.C.­2428
g.­1055

prātimokṣa

Wylie:
  • so sor thar pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prātimokṣa

“Prātimokṣa” is the name given to the code of conduct binding on monks and nuns. The term can be used to refer both to the disciplinary rules themselves and to the texts from the Vinaya that contain them. There are multiple recensions of the Prātimokṣa, each transmitted by a different monastic fraternity in ancient and medieval India. Three remain living traditions, one of them the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya of Tibetan Buddhism. Though the numbers of rules vary across the different recensions, they are all organized according to the same principles and with the same disciplinary categories. It is customary for monastics to recite the Prātimokṣa Sūtra fortnightly.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­122
  • 4.A.­418
g.­1056

Precious Arch

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i rta babs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་རྟ་བབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1057

Precious Ground

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i sa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­347
g.­1058

Precious Rain

Wylie:
  • rin chen char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­1059

Precipices and Abysses

Wylie:
  • ngam grog dang g.yang sa
Tibetan:
  • ངམ་གྲོག་དང་གཡང་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • śvabhraprapāta

A place in Ultimate Torment.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1042
g.­1060

Prikṣikā

Wylie:
  • pri Shi kA
Tibetan:
  • པྲི་ཥི་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • prikṣikā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1061

Profound

Wylie:
  • zab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gambhīra

The residence of the asura king Puṣpamāla.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­163
  • 3.­183
  • 3.­185
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­206
  • n.­241
g.­1062

Promotion

Wylie:
  • sbyor ba la ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་བ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yogāvaha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­525
  • g.­268
  • g.­642
  • g.­748
  • g.­790
  • g.­1370
g.­1063

prophecies

Wylie:
  • lung du bstan pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyākaraṇa

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­1064

Pulindo

Wylie:
  • pu lin do
Tibetan:
  • པུ་ལིན་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pulindo RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1065

Pūraṇa

Wylie:
  • rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa

Extremist teacher at the time of the Buddha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1135
  • 2.­1259
g.­1066

pure abodes

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma’i ris
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhāvāsa

Realms associated the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.C.­609
  • 4.C.­917
g.­1067

pure conduct

Wylie:
  • tshang par spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmacārya

A celibate lifestyle focused on spiritual pursuits.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • p.­9
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­1409
  • 3.­56
  • 4.A.­22
  • 4.A.­410
  • 4.B.­104
  • 4.B.­229
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­655
  • 4.B.­941
  • 4.B.­1267
  • 4.C.­104
  • 4.C.­779
  • 4.C.­1087
  • 4.C.­1090
  • 4.C.­1125
  • 4.C.­1217
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1337
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1345
  • 4.C.­1348
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1352
  • 4.C.­1417
  • 4.C.­1516
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1757
  • 4.C.­1921-1922
  • 4.C.­1927
  • 4.C.­1941
  • 4.C.­2024
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2790
  • 4.C.­2820
  • 4.C.­3030
  • 4.C.­3038
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3090
  • 5.­171
g.­1068

Pure Direction

Wylie:
  • phyogs gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in White Body.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­337
g.­1069

purposeful expressions

Wylie:
  • ched du brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • udāna

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­1070

Puṣpamāla

Wylie:
  • me tog phreng
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpamāla

King on the third level of asuras, Excellent Abode.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­163-165
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­181
  • 3.­183
  • 3.­200-201
  • 3.­206-207
  • 3.­209
  • 3.­231-232
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­266-268
  • 3.­270-272
  • 3.­275-276
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­364
  • n.­241
  • g.­1027
  • g.­1061
g.­1071

Radiant

Wylie:
  • ’od can
  • ’od ’phro ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཅན།
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) Celestial city occupied by Rāhu, king of the asuras (’od can). (2) A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak (’od ’phro ba ).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­66
  • 3.­76-78
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­198
  • 3.­221
  • 4.C.­371
  • g.­654
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1004
  • g.­1023
g.­1072

Radiant Streams

Wylie:
  • chu klung ’od ’byin
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Vast Environments.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­636
  • 4.C.­638-639
  • 4.C.­683
  • g.­88
  • g.­459
  • g.­460
  • g.­561
  • g.­842
g.­1073

Rāhu

Wylie:
  • sgra can
  • sgra gcan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ཅན།
  • སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhu

An asura king.

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­64-73
  • 3.­75-79
  • 3.­82-83
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­125-126
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­209-211
  • 3.­216
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­224-225
  • 3.­231-235
  • 3.­238-245
  • 3.­248-251
  • 3.­253-254
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­263
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­270
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­318-324
  • 3.­333
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­364
  • 3.­372-373
  • 4.B.­230
  • 4.B.­537
  • 4.B.­1076
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1424
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 4.C.­2239
  • 5.­420
  • n.­226
  • g.­270
  • g.­601
  • g.­835
  • g.­868
  • g.­908
  • g.­1071
g.­1074

Rain of Burning Stones

Wylie:
  • rdo me ’bar ba char ltar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་མེ་འབར་བ་ཆར་ལྟར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­507
g.­1075

Rain of Jambu Gold

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu na da char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ན་ད་ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Born in a Lap.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­385-386
g.­1076

Rain of Weapons

Wylie:
  • mtshon ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚོན་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śastrasāmpāti

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­1077

Rain River

Wylie:
  • char dang char gyi rjes su ’byung ba’i chu klung
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་དང་ཆར་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1078

Rainfall

Wylie:
  • char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­196
g.­1079

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­5
  • p.­8
g.­1080

Rājanina

Wylie:
  • rA dza ni na
Tibetan:
  • རཱ་ཛ་ནི་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • rājanina RP

A lake in Living by Rājanina.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2955-2956
  • 4.C.­2973
g.­1081

rākṣasa/rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin po
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa
  • rākṣasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 1.­86
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­299
  • 4.A.­210
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­482
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­1064
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­2985
  • 5.­254-257
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­284
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­400
  • 5.­423
  • g.­129
  • g.­237
  • g.­303
  • g.­344
  • g.­793
  • g.­860
  • g.­866
  • g.­1082
  • g.­1169
g.­1082

Rāmā

Wylie:
  • rA ma
Tibetan:
  • རཱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāmā

A rākṣasī living on Ardhamaru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­286
g.­1083

Rāmapāla

Wylie:
  • ne bai pA la
  • rA ma phA la
Tibetan:
  • ནེ་བཻ་པཱ་ལ།
  • རཱ་མ་ཕཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāmapāla

(1) A king of the Pāla dynasty who ruled from 1077–1120 ᴄᴇ (rA ma phA la). (2) The alternate spelling, ne bai pA la, is tentatively identified to be the very same king of the Pāla dynasty. See n.­640.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­3
  • c.­7
  • n.­640
  • g.­706
g.­1084

Ramayo

Wylie:
  • ra ma yo
Tibetan:
  • ར་མ་ཡོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ramayo RP

A sea to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­284
  • g.­793
g.­1085

Raven Mouths

Wylie:
  • bya rog kha
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རོག་ཁ།
Sanskrit:
  • kākāsyaka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1154
  • g.­99
g.­1086

Raven’s Belly

Wylie:
  • bya rog lto
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རོག་ལྟོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. Also called Black Belly.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­149
  • g.­96
g.­1087

Ravens’ Peak

Wylie:
  • khwa spungs
Tibetan:
  • ཁྭ་སྤུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyasakūṭa

A mountain in the hell called Wailer.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­413
  • 2.­415
g.­1088

Ravens with Vajra-Like Beaks

Wylie:
  • khwa’i chu rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan:
  • ཁྭའི་ཆུ་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­vāyasa­tuṇḍa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­680-681
  • 2.­695
g.­1089

reality

Wylie:
  • de nyid
  • de kho na nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ཉིད།
  • དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tattva

Literally “thatness.” This term refers to the ultimate nature of things, the way things are in reality.

Note that the term “reality” has also been used to render terms of similar meaning such as yang dag nyid and others.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­72
  • 2.­92
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­140-141
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­166-167
  • 2.­174
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­278
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­804
  • 2.­960
  • 2.­1242-1243
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1258
  • 2.­1272
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­26
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­138
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­200
  • 4.A.­234
  • 4.A.­258
  • 4.B.­487
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­742
  • 4.B.­816
  • 4.B.­907
  • 4.B.­911
  • 4.B.­917
  • 4.B.­919
  • 4.B.­924
  • 4.B.­931
  • 4.B.­937
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1086
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.B.­1190-1191
  • 4.B.­1218
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1292
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­39
  • 4.C.­81
  • 4.C.­224
  • 4.C.­404
  • 4.C.­561
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­660
  • 4.C.­662
  • 4.C.­681
  • 4.C.­706
  • 4.C.­787
  • 4.C.­913
  • 4.C.­962
  • 4.C.­1053-1054
  • 4.C.­1060
  • 4.C.­1097
  • 4.C.­1106
  • 4.C.­1189
  • 4.C.­1192
  • 4.C.­1215
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1388
  • 4.C.­1390
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­1433
  • 4.C.­1435
  • 4.C.­1450-1451
  • 4.C.­1548
  • 4.C.­1738
  • 4.C.­1750
  • 4.C.­1865
  • 4.C.­1894
  • 4.C.­1968
  • 4.C.­1977
  • 4.C.­1996
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2055
  • 4.C.­2111
  • 4.C.­2363
  • 4.C.­2451
  • 4.C.­2483
  • 4.C.­2558
  • 4.C.­2585
  • 4.C.­2637
  • 4.C.­2649
  • 4.C.­2864
  • 4.C.­2908-2910
  • 4.C.­2914-2915
  • 4.C.­2920
  • 4.C.­2923
  • 4.C.­2925
  • 4.C.­2963
  • 4.C.­3036
  • 4.C.­3041-3042
  • 4.C.­3049
  • 4.C.­3063
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­342
  • 5.­426
  • g.­1224
g.­1090

Red

Wylie:
  • dmar po
Tibetan:
  • དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An ocean between Videha and Jambudvīpa. (2) An ocean off Jambudvīpa. (3) A river in Jambudvīpa. (4) An ephemeral hell to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­251
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­422
  • g.­767
  • g.­905
g.­1091

Red City

Wylie:
  • grong khyer dmar gnas
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དམར་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­224
  • 4.A.­246
g.­1092

Red Conches and Pearls

Wylie:
  • dung dang mu tig dmar po
Tibetan:
  • དུང་དང་མུ་ཏིག་དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1093

Red Forest

Wylie:
  • nags dmar po
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1593
  • 4.C.­1595-1596
g.­1094

Red Water

Wylie:
  • chu dmar pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དམར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1095

red-eyed ones

Wylie:
  • mig dpar ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་དཔར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1096

Relentless Torments

Wylie:
  • gnod pa rnam par m zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་རྣམ་པར་མ་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāraṇāvyuparama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­311
g.­1097

Reliever of the Sweaty

Wylie:
  • rngul ba ngal so ba
Tibetan:
  • རྔུལ་བ་ངལ་སོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1098

Resembling a Great Lotus

Wylie:
  • pad ma chen po lta bu
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ཆེན་པོ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumuda
  • mahāpaduma

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­755-756
g.­1099

Resembling the Full Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i gnas ltar nya ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་གནས་ལྟར་ཉ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Also called Moving Like the Moon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • n.­308
  • g.­943
g.­1100

Resembling White Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma dkar po lta bu
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དཀར་པོ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍarīka

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­725
g.­1101

Resplendent

Wylie:
  • rnam par skra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྐྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

King of the peafowl.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1764
  • 4.C.­1766
  • 4.C.­1777
  • 4.C.­2427-2429
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2731
g.­1102

Retinue

Wylie:
  • ’khor
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­368
g.­1103

Reviving Hell

Wylie:
  • yang sos
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་སོས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjīvana

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295-297
  • 2.­300
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­308
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­627
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­646
  • 2.­650
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­703
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­722
  • 2.­726
  • 2.­739
  • 2.­743
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­760
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­770
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­889
  • 2.­894
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­907
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­916
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­945
  • 2.­948
  • 2.­1154
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1165
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1185
  • 2.­1190
  • 2.­1195
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1217
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1227
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1259
  • 2.­1386
  • 2.­1435
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­208
  • 4.B.­398
  • 4.B.­845
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­1300
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • n.­45
  • g.­98
  • g.­117
  • g.­260
  • g.­410
  • g.­537
  • g.­614
  • g.­695
  • g.­951
  • g.­952
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1076
  • g.­1096
  • g.­1275
  • g.­1292
  • g.­1363
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1385
g.­1104

Rice-Milk Mud

Wylie:
  • ’o thug gi ’dam
Tibetan:
  • འོ་ཐུག་གི་འདམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1105

Rich and Dark Shade

Wylie:
  • grib ma snum zhing nag pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྣུམ་ཞིང་ནག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­539
g.­1106

Ripe Vessel

Wylie:
  • smin pa’i snod
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་པའི་སྣོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1107

ripening

Wylie:
  • rnam par smin pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipāka

The resultant maturation of karmic actions and the manifestation of their effects. See also n.­60.

Located in 493 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­6
  • p.­10
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­15-16
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­22-25
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­227-231
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­235-236
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­249
  • 2.­267-269
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­294
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­308-309
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­338
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­365-366
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­430-431
  • 2.­449-450
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­477-478
  • 2.­482
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­573
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619-620
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­705
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­713
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­819
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­874-875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­961-962
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­1077
  • 2.­1084
  • 2.­1094
  • 2.­1107
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1156
  • 2.­1160
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1182
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1198-1199
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1216-1217
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1223
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1231
  • 2.­1233
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1254-1256
  • 2.­1259
  • 2.­1281
  • 2.­1283-1284
  • 2.­1286-1288
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1297
  • 2.­1299
  • 2.­1301
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1310
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1326
  • 2.­1328
  • 2.­1331
  • 2.­1334
  • 2.­1336
  • 2.­1338
  • 2.­1341
  • 2.­1344
  • 2.­1346
  • 2.­1349
  • 2.­1351
  • 2.­1354
  • 2.­1357
  • 2.­1361
  • 2.­1386
  • 2.­1390
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1401
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1407
  • 2.­1409
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1431-1432
  • 2.­1435
  • 2.­1439
  • 2.­1461
  • 2.­1471
  • 2.­1474
  • 2.­1477
  • 2.­1479-1480
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10-17
  • 3.­20
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­25-27
  • 3.­29
  • 3.­38
  • 3.­40
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 3.­49-50
  • 3.­53-61
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­90-91
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­115-116
  • 3.­123-124
  • 3.­127-129
  • 3.­132
  • 3.­162-163
  • 3.­180-181
  • 3.­183-184
  • 3.­194-196
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.A.­6
  • 4.A.­9-10
  • 4.A.­15
  • 4.A.­46
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.A.­59
  • 4.A.­63
  • 4.A.­70
  • 4.A.­89
  • 4.A.­93
  • 4.A.­98
  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­108
  • 4.A.­132
  • 4.A.­134
  • 4.A.­137-138
  • 4.A.­158
  • 4.A.­163
  • 4.A.­183
  • 4.A.­187
  • 4.A.­202
  • 4.A.­205
  • 4.A.­217
  • 4.A.­221
  • 4.A.­224
  • 4.A.­227
  • 4.A.­247
  • 4.A.­260
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.A.­266-267
  • 4.A.­270
  • 4.A.­276
  • 4.A.­280-281
  • 4.A.­299
  • 4.A.­304
  • 4.A.­312
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­339
  • 4.A.­346
  • 4.A.­372
  • 4.A.­378
  • 4.A.­382
  • 4.A.­399
  • 4.A.­403
  • 4.A.­407
  • 4.A.­417
  • 4.B.­3
  • 4.B.­15
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­158-159
  • 4.B.­195
  • 4.B.­205
  • 4.B.­215
  • 4.B.­224-225
  • 4.B.­235
  • 4.B.­263
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­339
  • 4.B.­343
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­396
  • 4.B.­413-414
  • 4.B.­425
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­476
  • 4.B.­492
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­546
  • 4.B.­552
  • 4.B.­556
  • 4.B.­559
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­596
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­754
  • 4.B.­767
  • 4.B.­781
  • 4.B.­792
  • 4.B.­851
  • 4.B.­865
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­925
  • 4.B.­939
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1004
  • 4.B.­1134
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1301
  • 4.B.­1327
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­13
  • 4.C.­163
  • 4.C.­171
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­322
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­537
  • 4.C.­551-552
  • 4.C.­557
  • 4.C.­559
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­670
  • 4.C.­708
  • 4.C.­713
  • 4.C.­723
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­870
  • 4.C.­918
  • 4.C.­1121
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1191
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1430
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1701
  • 4.C.­1711
  • 4.C.­1716
  • 4.C.­1730
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1800
  • 4.C.­1823
  • 4.C.­1825
  • 4.C.­1841
  • 4.C.­1882
  • 4.C.­1889
  • 4.C.­1912
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1932
  • 4.C.­1941
  • 4.C.­1948
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1959-1960
  • 4.C.­1962-1964
  • 4.C.­1966-1968
  • 4.C.­1978
  • 4.C.­2023
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2364
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2742
  • 4.C.­2746-2747
  • 4.C.­2952-2953
  • 4.C.­2988
  • 4.C.­3026
  • 4.C.­3029
  • 4.C.­3039-3041
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 4.C.­3091
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­371-372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­378
  • 5.­380
  • 5.­394
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­416-418
  • n.­35
  • n.­60
  • g.­15
  • g.­1309
g.­1108

Ripping of All Vital Points

Wylie:
  • gnad dang gnad gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • གནད་དང་གནད་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • marma­marma­nikṛntana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­394
g.­1109

Rising

Wylie:
  • shar ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­261-262
g.­1110

River of a Thousand Flows

Wylie:
  • chu bo stong ’bab
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་སྟོང་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1111

River of Carelessness

Wylie:
  • bag med pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Garlands of Flowers.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1780-1781
  • g.­211
g.­1112

River of Enjoyments

Wylie:
  • chu bo dga’ bcas
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་དགའ་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1113

River of Free Flow

Wylie:
  • chu bo gar dgar ’bab
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་གར་དགར་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1114

River of Great Enjoyments

Wylie:
  • chu bo dga’ bcas che
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་དགའ་བཅས་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1115

River of Layered Flows

Wylie:
  • chu bo brtsegs ’bab
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་བརྩེགས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1116

River of Strong Current

Wylie:
  • chu bo shugs chen ’bab
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་ཤུགས་ཆེན་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1117

River of Strong Garlands

Wylie:
  • chu bo shugs phreng
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་ཤུགས་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1118

River of Sweet Taste

Wylie:
  • chu bo ro zhim
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་རོ་ཞིམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­148
g.­1119

River of Wine

Wylie:
  • chang ’bab chu bo
Tibetan:
  • ཆང་འབབ་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­283
g.­1120

Rivers and Flatlands

Wylie:
  • chu bo sman ljong
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་སྨན་ལྗོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A peak upon Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1299
g.­1121

Roadless

Wylie:
  • lam med pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1122

roamers

Wylie:
  • rab tu rgyug pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1123

Roaming Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1124

roaming the cimiśa cave

Wylie:
  • tsi mi sha’i phug na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཙི་མི་ཤའི་ཕུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1125

Roaring Flow

Wylie:
  • ’u ru ru’i sgras ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • འུ་རུ་རུའི་སྒྲས་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1126

Rohina

Wylie:
  • ro hi na
Tibetan:
  • རོ་ཧི་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • rohina RP

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­196
g.­1127

Ruby Forest

Wylie:
  • pad ma rA ga’i nags
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་རཱ་གའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1601-1602
g.­1128

runners

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyug pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1129

Śaci

Wylie:
  • bde sogs
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་སོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • śaci

The wife of Śakra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­35-36
  • 4.B.­53
g.­1130

sage

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

Indian sage or wise man, often a wandering ascetic or hermit; drang srong is literally “the righteous one.” “Great sage” is sometimes also used as a specific epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­362
  • 4.A.­113
  • 4.B.­657
  • 4.B.­659
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1236
  • 4.C.­1266
  • 4.C.­1338
  • 4.C.­1355
  • 4.C.­1936
  • 4.C.­2182
  • 4.C.­2200
  • 4.C.­2566
g.­1131

Sagely Joy

Wylie:
  • drang srong dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­1132

Śakā

Wylie:
  • sh kA
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1133

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

In this text:

Also mentioned in this text as Kauśika and as Indra.

Located in 336 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­146-147
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­234
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­136-137
  • 3.­161
  • 3.­173
  • 3.­184
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­286
  • 3.­288-290
  • 3.­292-297
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­301-305
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313-314
  • 3.­328
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­345-363
  • 3.­369
  • 3.­371
  • 4.A.­211-212
  • 4.A.­401
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­10-13
  • 4.B.­16
  • 4.B.­21-22
  • 4.B.­29-36
  • 4.B.­38-40
  • 4.B.­46-51
  • 4.B.­53-60
  • 4.B.­65
  • 4.B.­67
  • 4.B.­77-78
  • 4.B.­90-92
  • 4.B.­96-101
  • 4.B.­103-104
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­108-115
  • 4.B.­119-127
  • 4.B.­141
  • 4.B.­166
  • 4.B.­185-187
  • 4.B.­189-192
  • 4.B.­212-213
  • 4.B.­232
  • 4.B.­244
  • 4.B.­246
  • 4.B.­248
  • 4.B.­258-261
  • 4.B.­267-268
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­311
  • 4.B.­317
  • 4.B.­325-331
  • 4.B.­334-337
  • 4.B.­431
  • 4.B.­439-440
  • 4.B.­442-443
  • 4.B.­447-448
  • 4.B.­553-554
  • 4.B.­579-582
  • 4.B.­590-592
  • 4.B.­606
  • 4.B.­627
  • 4.B.­657-658
  • 4.B.­660-662
  • 4.B.­675-677
  • 4.B.­688-689
  • 4.B.­759-760
  • 4.B.­769
  • 4.B.­774-783
  • 4.B.­785
  • 4.B.­787
  • 4.B.­789
  • 4.B.­791
  • 4.B.­794-795
  • 4.B.­808-810
  • 4.B.­812-813
  • 4.B.­815-816
  • 4.B.­826-827
  • 4.B.­829-830
  • 4.B.­841-845
  • 4.B.­847
  • 4.B.­849-850
  • 4.B.­852
  • 4.B.­858-859
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­964-967
  • 4.B.­982
  • 4.B.­984-988
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1036-1042
  • 4.B.­1045
  • 4.B.­1047
  • 4.B.­1049-1052
  • 4.B.­1071-1074
  • 4.B.­1076-1080
  • 4.B.­1082
  • 4.B.­1085-1086
  • 4.B.­1115
  • 4.B.­1126-1127
  • 4.B.­1157
  • 4.B.­1172
  • 4.B.­1180-1182
  • 4.B.­1190
  • 4.B.­1215
  • 4.B.­1217
  • 4.B.­1220-1222
  • 4.B.­1225
  • 4.B.­1233
  • 4.B.­1255
  • 4.B.­1258
  • 4.B.­1262
  • 4.B.­1277-1282
  • 4.B.­1292
  • 4.B.­1334
  • 4.B.­1339-1341
  • 4.B.­1372-1373
  • 4.B.­1380
  • 4.B.­1388
  • 4.B.­1390
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­29
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­1126
  • 4.C.­1256-1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1262
  • 4.C.­1319
  • 4.C.­2201
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­295
  • g.­35
  • g.­147
  • g.­247
  • g.­355
  • g.­403
  • g.­682
  • g.­766
  • g.­879
  • g.­1129
  • g.­1258
  • g.­1259
g.­1134

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • g.­1136
g.­1135

Śākya followers

Wylie:
  • shAkya pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In the sūtra this term used by non-Buddhists to refer to Buddhists.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • p.­3
g.­1136

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 4.C.­133-134
  • 4.C.­1261
  • 4.C.­1266
  • 4.C.­1268
  • g.­284
  • g.­666
  • g.­851
  • g.­1134
  • g.­1338
g.­1137

Śakyarakṣita

Wylie:
  • shAkya rak+Shi ta
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རཀྵི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakyarakṣita

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4-5
g.­1138

Śālmali Forest

Wylie:
  • shing shal ma li’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཤལ་མ་ལིའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śālmalivana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­524
  • n.­67
  • n.­69
g.­1139

Salty

Wylie:
  • lan tshwa
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཚྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A sea between Videha and Jambudvīpa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­423
g.­1140

Sāmreḍā

Wylie:
  • sA mre DA
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་མྲེ་ཌཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāmreḍā RP

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­1141

saṃsāra

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

See cyclic existence.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • 4.B.­1319
  • g.­26
  • g.­874
  • g.­1456
g.­1142

Sandy Stretch

Wylie:
  • bye ma’i gnas skabs
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་མའི་གནས་སྐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­402
g.­1143

Saṅkāśa

Wylie:
  • sang kA sha kA
  • sang kA sha
  • saM kA sha
Tibetan:
  • སང་ཀཱ་ཤ་ཀཱ།
  • སང་ཀཱ་ཤ།
  • སཾ་ཀཱ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅkāśa RP

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322-331
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­376
  • n.­627
  • g.­12
  • g.­21
  • g.­24
  • g.­40
  • g.­108
  • g.­113
  • g.­133
  • g.­149
  • g.­176
  • g.­179
  • g.­185
  • g.­189
  • g.­254
  • g.­263
  • g.­265
  • g.­287
  • g.­291
  • g.­305
  • g.­380
  • g.­383
  • g.­428
  • g.­435
  • g.­436
  • g.­457
  • g.­467
  • g.­468
  • g.­510
  • g.­512
  • g.­526
  • g.­535
  • g.­562
  • g.­573
  • g.­612
  • g.­653
  • g.­684
  • g.­720
  • g.­739
  • g.­740
  • g.­743
  • g.­772
  • g.­826
  • g.­836
  • g.­837
  • g.­884
  • g.­893
  • g.­924
  • g.­934
  • g.­945
  • g.­987
  • g.­1018
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1048
  • g.­1077
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1155
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1199
  • g.­1205
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1239
  • g.­1251
  • g.­1254
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1282
  • g.­1298
  • g.­1340
  • g.­1365
  • g.­1375
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1439
  • g.­1445
g.­1144

Śāntākaragupta

Wylie:
  • shAn+ta A ka ra gup+ta
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱནྟ་ཨཱ་ཀ་ར་གུཔྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntākaragupta

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4
g.­1145

Sānu

Wylie:
  • sA nu
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sānu RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1146

Sāra

Wylie:
  • sA ra
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • sāra

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­288
  • g.­731
g.­1147

Śāradvatīputra

Wylie:
  • sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāradvatīputra

More widely known as Śāriputra‍—the contracted version of his name‍—he was one of the Buddha’s foremost hearer disciples. Renowned for his pure discipline and unparalleled knowledge of the teachings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­4-5
  • n.­15
g.­1148

Saumya

Wylie:
  • so’u myo
Tibetan:
  • སོའུ་མྱོ།
Sanskrit:
  • saumya RP

A previous ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­95-101
  • 4.C.­103-105
  • 4.C.­107
  • 4.C.­109
  • 4.C.­111-112
  • 4.C.­114-117
  • 4.C.­127
  • 4.C.­131
  • 4.C.­133
  • 4.C.­164
  • n.­353
g.­1149

Scattered Stones

Wylie:
  • rdo ba ’drim pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་བ་འདྲིམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­1150

scent of constant inebriation

Wylie:
  • rtag tu myos pa’i dri
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་པའི་དྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1151

Scream

Wylie:
  • sgra chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahānināda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­478
  • 2.­481-483
g.­1152

Screams Everywhere

Wylie:
  • thams cad sgra ’byin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482-483
g.­1153

Seasonal Joy

Wylie:
  • dus na dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­355-358
  • 5.­360
  • 5.­376
g.­1154

Second China

Wylie:
  • rgya nag gzhan
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ནག་གཞན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1155

Secret Play

Wylie:
  • gsang ba rtse dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་རྩེ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1156

Seeing the Head

Wylie:
  • mgo bo mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བོ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1157

Seeing Thousands

Wylie:
  • stong du mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་དུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on Draped in Light Rays.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­258
g.­1158

sense source

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

These can be listed as twelve or as six sense sources (sometimes also called sense fields, bases of cognition, or simply āyatanas).

In the context of epistemology, it is one way of describing experience and the world in terms of twelve sense sources, which can be divided into inner and outer sense sources, namely: (1–2) eye and form, (3–4) ear and sound, (5–6) nose and odor, (7–8) tongue and taste, (9–10) body and touch, (11–12) mind and mental phenomena.

In the context of the twelve links of dependent origination, only six sense sources are mentioned, and they are the inner sense sources (identical to the six faculties) of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­24
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­41-43
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­163-164
  • 2.­167
  • 2.­169-179
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­1379
  • 2.­1381-1382
  • 2.­1384
  • 4.B.­116
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1108
  • 4.B.­1110-1111
  • 4.B.­1113-1115
  • 4.B.­1126-1127
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­1091-1092
  • 4.C.­1427
  • 4.C.­1496-1497
  • 4.C.­2037
  • 4.C.­2157
  • 4.C.­2302
  • 4.C.­2617
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 5.­231-232
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­240
g.­1159

Serene

Wylie:
  • rab tu gtum pa ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་གཏུམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Also called Serene Form.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1285
  • g.­1160
g.­1160

Serene Form

Wylie:
  • rab tu gtum pa ma yin pa’i gzugs
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་གཏུམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name for Serene.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1297-1298
  • g.­1159
g.­1161

seven branches of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptabodhyaṅga

The seven factors that constitute the path of seeing, namely: mindfulness, investigation, diligence, joy, agility, absorption, and equanimity. These are further explained in this text; see 4.B.­1097–4.B.­1101.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­710
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1097
  • 4.B.­1100
  • g.­1322
g.­1162

seven precious substances

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rdzas bdun
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྫས་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.

In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.

Located in 189 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­185
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­302
  • 4.A.­9
  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.A.­47
  • 4.A.­72
  • 4.A.­90
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­211
  • 4.A.­215
  • 4.A.­268
  • 4.A.­272
  • 4.A.­283
  • 4.A.­306
  • 4.A.­379
  • 4.B.­12
  • 4.B.­20
  • 4.B.­22
  • 4.B.­31
  • 4.B.­96
  • 4.B.­160-161
  • 4.B.­186-187
  • 4.B.­198
  • 4.B.­208-209
  • 4.B.­220
  • 4.B.­239-240
  • 4.B.­246-248
  • 4.B.­304
  • 4.B.­307
  • 4.B.­343
  • 4.B.­348
  • 4.B.­391
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­439
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­458
  • 4.B.­460
  • 4.B.­473-474
  • 4.B.­519
  • 4.B.­522
  • 4.B.­531
  • 4.B.­540
  • 4.B.­551
  • 4.B.­581
  • 4.B.­606
  • 4.B.­660
  • 4.B.­695
  • 4.B.­777-778
  • 4.B.­786
  • 4.B.­827
  • 4.B.­830
  • 4.B.­869
  • 4.B.­899
  • 4.B.­947
  • 4.B.­1023
  • 4.B.­1234
  • 4.B.­1268
  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.B.­1298
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.B.­1307
  • 4.B.­1325
  • 4.B.­1378
  • 4.C.­24
  • 4.C.­27
  • 4.C.­30
  • 4.C.­33
  • 4.C.­35
  • 4.C.­37
  • 4.C.­82
  • 4.C.­84-85
  • 4.C.­174
  • 4.C.­187
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­226
  • 4.C.­275-276
  • 4.C.­282
  • 4.C.­340
  • 4.C.­371-372
  • 4.C.­379-380
  • 4.C.­389
  • 4.C.­429
  • 4.C.­471-472
  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­612
  • 4.C.­686
  • 4.C.­712
  • 4.C.­728
  • 4.C.­733
  • 4.C.­760
  • 4.C.­762
  • 4.C.­802
  • 4.C.­805
  • 4.C.­807
  • 4.C.­1115
  • 4.C.­1128
  • 4.C.­1178
  • 4.C.­1235
  • 4.C.­1327
  • 4.C.­1583
  • 4.C.­1599
  • 4.C.­1620-1621
  • 4.C.­1645-1646
  • 4.C.­1656
  • 4.C.­1658
  • 4.C.­1662-1663
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 4.C.­1720-1721
  • 4.C.­1758
  • 4.C.­1764
  • 4.C.­1779
  • 4.C.­1784
  • 4.C.­1787
  • 4.C.­1789
  • 4.C.­1801
  • 4.C.­1804
  • 4.C.­1806-1807
  • 4.C.­1810
  • 4.C.­1848
  • 4.C.­1867
  • 4.C.­1881
  • 4.C.­1903
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2025
  • 4.C.­2027
  • 4.C.­2040-2041
  • 4.C.­2046
  • 4.C.­2066
  • 4.C.­2070
  • 4.C.­2072-2073
  • 4.C.­2087
  • 4.C.­2092
  • 4.C.­2102-2103
  • 4.C.­2180
  • 4.C.­2201-2202
  • 4.C.­2349
  • 4.C.­2372-2374
  • 4.C.­2376
  • 4.C.­2379
  • 4.C.­2381
  • 4.C.­2388
  • 4.C.­2390
  • 4.C.­2596
  • 4.C.­2955-2957
  • 4.C.­2962
  • 4.C.­2973
  • 4.C.­2975
  • 4.C.­3008
  • 4.C.­3098
  • 4.C.­3111
  • 4.C.­3114
  • 4.C.­3116
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­350
  • 5.­389
g.­1163

seven sages

Wylie:
  • drang srong bdun
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptarṣi

Refers to the seven stars of the Big Dipper, the names of which are derived from the names of the seven sages (saptarṣi) of the Vedic tradition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­408
g.­1164

seven treasures

Wylie:
  • rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptaratna

Seven possessions of a universal monarch: the precious lady, precious jewel, precious wheel, precious elephant, precious horse, precious minister, and precious general or, as described in this text, precious master of the household. See also the detailed description in 1.­96.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­112
g.­1165

Seven-Headed

Wylie:
  • mgo bdun pa
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བདུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­42
g.­1166

sexual misconduct

Wylie:
  • ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāma­mithyā­caryā

The third among the three physical misdeeds.

Located in 156 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­7-8
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­44-45
  • 1.­83-84
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-392
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­398
  • 2.­400-401
  • 2.­403-404
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­850
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1011
  • 2.­1060
  • 4.A.­128
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­847
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.C.­2-3
  • 4.C.­14-15
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­337
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­599
  • 4.C.­1019
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1591-1592
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2023-2024
  • 4.C.­2347-2348
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2952-2953
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3089-3090
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­377
  • g.­444
  • g.­1310
g.­1167

Shaded by Garlands

Wylie:
  • ’phreng ba’i grib ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲེང་བའི་གྲིབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mālācchāyā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and the name of a tree that grows there.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­456
  • g.­348
  • g.­496
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1369
g.­1168

Shaded by Trees

Wylie:
  • shing gis g.yogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གིས་གཡོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1169

shadow players

Wylie:
  • grib ma’i rtse
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མའི་རྩེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A type of rākṣasī living on an island called Endowed with Jewels.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­254
g.­1170

Shaken by Fierce Winds

Wylie:
  • rlung gtum pos g.yos pa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་གཏུམ་པོས་གཡོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Living on the Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­393
g.­1171

Shang Buchikpa

Wylie:
  • zhang bu gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞང་བུ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An assistant translator and editor of this scripture.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­8
g.­1172

Sharp and Unbearable Pain

Wylie:
  • tshor ba rtsub cing tsha la bzod pa dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་རྩུབ་ཅིང་ཚ་ལ་བཟོད་པ་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • khara­kaṭuka­duḥsaha­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­610
g.­1173

Sherap Ö

Wylie:
  • shes rab ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An assistant translator and editor of this scripture.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­8
g.­1174

Shining

Wylie:
  • rab spro
Tibetan:
  • རབ་སྤྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­42
g.­1175

Shining in Manifold Ways

Wylie:
  • rnam pa sna tshogs par rnam par bkra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པར་རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­3089-3090
  • g.­22
  • g.­194
  • g.­669
  • g.­676
g.­1176

Shining Jewel Light

Wylie:
  • nor bu ’byin
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Vast Environments.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­709-710
  • g.­852
g.­1177

Śikhin

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhin

A previous buddha.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­814
  • 4.C.­816-817
  • 4.C.­822
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­837
  • 4.C.­842
  • 4.C.­874
  • 4.C.­894
  • 4.C.­1910
  • 4.C.­1985
  • 4.C.­2020
  • n.­401
g.­1178

Śīlabhadra

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīlabhadra

A king in Jambudvīpa, Musulundha’s rebirth.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1319
  • 4.C.­1322
g.­1179

Silver Forest

Wylie:
  • dngul gyi shing ljon pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་གྱི་ཤིང་ལྗོན་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in White Body.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­335
g.­1180

Silver Hue

Wylie:
  • dngul gyi mdog
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་གྱི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1181

Silvery Sands

Wylie:
  • dngul dang bcas pa’i bye mas yongs su bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་དང་བཅས་པའི་བྱེ་མས་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1182

Siṃhala

Wylie:
  • sing ha la
Tibetan:
  • སིང་ཧ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhala

The island of Lanka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1651
g.­1183

Sindh

Wylie:
  • sin du’i yul
Tibetan:
  • སིན་དུའི་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sindh RP

An area located in present day Pakistan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­346
g.­1184

Sindhū

Wylie:
  • sin+d+hu
Tibetan:
  • སིནྡྷུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sindhū

A river to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1185

Single Face

Wylie:
  • ngos gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • ངོས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­260-261
g.­1186

Sitā

Wylie:
  • si tA
Tibetan:
  • སི་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitā RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1187

Sītā

Wylie:
  • sI tA
Tibetan:
  • སཱི་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • sītā

A river to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­310
g.­1188

Situ Paṇchen Chökyi Jungné

Wylie:
  • si tu paN chen chos kyi ’byung gnas
Tibetan:
  • སི་ཏུ་པཎ་ཆེན་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The editor of the Degé Kangyur (1700–1774).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­4
g.­1189

Situated by the End of Karaṇa

Wylie:
  • ka ra na’i mtha’ na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ར་ནའི་མཐའ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1190

six objects

Wylie:
  • yul drug
  • drug
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་དྲུག
  • དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

The six sense objects: forms, sounds, smells, tastes, textures, and mental objects.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­103
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.B.­473
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­2589
  • 4.C.­2911
g.­1191

six perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭpāramitā

The six practices of the bodhisattva path: generosity (Tib. sbyin pa; Skt. dāna), discipline (Tib. tshul khrims; Skt. śīla), patience (Tib. bzod pa; Skt. kṣānti), diligence (Tib. brtson ’grus; Skt. vīrya), concentration (Tib. bsam gtan; Skt. dhyāna), and insight (Tib. shes rab; Skt. prajñā).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1587
  • 4.C.­2816
  • g.­196
  • g.­692
g.­1192

six seasons

Wylie:
  • dus tshigs drug
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཚིགས་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

The six seasons are early winter, late winter, spring, summer, monsoon, and fall.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­163
  • 4.A.­379
  • 4.B.­29
  • 4.B.­371
  • 4.C.­807
  • 4.C.­1428
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­323
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­360
g.­1193

six tastes

Wylie:
  • ro drug
Tibetan:
  • རོ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍrasa

According to Āyurveda, all foods can be categorized by six tastes: sweet, sour, salty, bitter, pungent, and astringent.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­970
  • 4.B.­74
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­52
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­363
g.­1194

sixteen aspects (of the four truths of noble beings)

Wylie:
  • bden bzhi’i dpyod pa rnam pa bcu drug
  • bden bzhi’i rnam pa bcu drug
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་བཞིའི་དཔྱོད་པ་རྣམ་པ་བཅུ་དྲུག
  • བདེན་བཞིའི་རྣམ་པ་བཅུ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣoḍaśākāra

These are impermanence, suffering, emptiness, absence of self, origination, causality, production, conditionality, cessation, peace, excellence, deliverance, path, reason, practice, and release. See 4.B.­1188 for an explanation of these.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1187-1188
  • 4.C.­1396
g.­1195

Sky Scent

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dri ma
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དྲི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1196

sky traveler

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ la rgyu bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་རྒྱུ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1197

Slab of Beryl

Wylie:
  • bai DUr+ya’i rdo leb
Tibetan:
  • བཻ་ཌཱུརྱའི་རྡོ་ལེབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A location in Draped with Jewels.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­948
g.­1198

Slicing Like a Bottle-Gourd Fruit

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu a la bud lta bur gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཨ་ལ་བུད་ལྟ་བུར་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • alābucchedaka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
g.­1199

Sloping Banks

Wylie:
  • gram sag gi chu
Tibetan:
  • གྲམ་སག་གི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1200

Smoky

Wylie:
  • du ba pa
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­1201

Smoky Forest of Burning Embers

Wylie:
  • me mdag dud pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་མདག་དུད་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūmāṅgāravana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­534
g.­1202

Smoky Forest of Burning Plantains

Wylie:
  • chu shing bsregs pa’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཤིང་བསྲེགས་པའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kadalī­dhūma­vana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­531
g.­1203

Smooth Ground

Wylie:
  • gzhi ’jam pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1204

Snake

Wylie:
  • sbrul
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­1205

Snowy

Wylie:
  • gangs yod pa
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1206

Snowy Regions

Wylie:
  • kha ba ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་བ་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1207

Sole Shadow

Wylie:
  • grib ma gcig pu pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མ་གཅིག་པུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­562-563
g.­1208

Solitary

Wylie:
  • gcig pu ba
Tibetan:
  • གཅིག་པུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­251
g.­1209

solitary buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

An individual who attains a certain level of realization and liberation (different in some respects from those of an arhat and well short of those of a buddha) through understanding the nature of interdependent origination, without relying upon a teacher in that lifetime.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • p.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1202
  • 4.B.­676
  • 4.B.­792
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1286
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­2344
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2683
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­383-385
  • g.­1335
g.­1210

songs

Wylie:
  • dbyangs kyis bsnyad pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཀྱིས་བསྙད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • geya

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­1211

Sound of the Jambu Bird

Wylie:
  • bya ’dzam pa skad ’byin
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་འཛམ་པ་སྐད་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • jambhāvitāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. This hell is the same as the Sound of Water.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1205
g.­1212

Sound of Water

Wylie:
  • chu sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambhāvitāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­152
  • g.­1211
g.­1213

Sounds of the Land

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor gyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་གྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1214

Sounds of Water

Wylie:
  • chu sgra kun nas sgrogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྒྲ་ཀུན་ནས་སྒྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Encircled by White Clouds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­339
  • 5.­342
g.­1215

Source of Bodies

Wylie:
  • lus ’byung
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name for Copious Parasites in Marrow and Bones.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­747
g.­1216

Source of Great Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma che ’byung
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ཆེ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­1217

Source of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ’byung
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
g.­1218

space dwellers

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1219

Spacious Palanquin Houses

Wylie:
  • khyogs kyi khang bu yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཁང་བུ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Moving in the Stream.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­226
  • g.­995
g.­1220

Spānāśetu

Wylie:
  • spA nA she tu
Tibetan:
  • སྤཱ་ནཱ་ཤེ་ཏུ།
Sanskrit:
  • spānāśetu RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1221

Sparkling with Brilliant Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i cha shas rnams kyis rnam par bkra ba
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆ་ཤས་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Total Pleasure.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2581
g.­1222

Sparks and Parasites

Wylie:
  • me’i phye ma srin bu
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་ཕྱེ་མ་སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • asthicūrṇakṛmi

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­500
g.­1223

Special Drink

Wylie:
  • lhag pa thung ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པ་ཐུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­1224

special insight

Wylie:
  • lhag mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyanā

Refers to insight into the nature of reality or the practice of developing such insight. One of the two basic forms of Buddhist meditation, the other being calm abiding (śamatha, zhi gnas).

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­89
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1092
  • 4.C.­1841
  • 4.C.­3027
  • g.­150
g.­1225

Special Joy

Wylie:
  • lhag par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209-210
  • g.­232
  • g.­390
g.­1226

Sphere Endowed with Diverse Music

Wylie:
  • sil snyan rnam pa sna tshogs kyi sgra dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སིལ་སྙན་རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Engaging in Clarification.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­418
g.­1227

Splashing Swan Wings

Wylie:
  • ngang pas’i gshog pas bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པསའི་གཤོག་པས་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1228

Splendid

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1285
  • 4.C.­1289
g.­1229

Splendor of the Signs of Pride

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal rtags kyi gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ་རྟགས་ཀྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­1230

Sporting among Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i nang na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་ནང་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102-103
g.­1231

Sporting among Moving Groups

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa rgyu ba na rnam par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ་ན་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in the Heaven Free from Strife (multiple slightly variant versions are extant in the Tibetan, making the term sound more like a description than a proper noun).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­1232

Spring Joy

Wylie:
  • dpyid dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱིད་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1233

Stable Water

Wylie:
  • chu brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1234

stage of no impediment

Wylie:
  • mi lcog med pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ལྕོག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The preparatory stage for the first concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­271
g.­1235

Stainless

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1236

Stainless and Clear

Wylie:
  • dri ma med par gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པར་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­1237

Star Garland

Wylie:
  • skar ’phreng
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་འཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An asura city.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­97
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­127
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­247
g.­1238

starving spirit

Wylie:
  • yi dags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 533 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­26-34
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­214
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­240
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­264-266
  • 2.­268
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­316
  • 2.­320
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­393
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­398
  • 2.­400
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­416
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­431
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­481
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­503
  • 2.­506
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­513
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­533
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­615
  • 2.­618
  • 2.­621
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­648
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­696
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­704
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­737
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­744
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­751
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­758
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­768
  • 2.­772
  • 2.­776
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­870
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­905
  • 2.­910-911
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­940
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­946
  • 2.­950
  • 2.­1141
  • 2.­1144
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1158
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1182-1183
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1192
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1201
  • 2.­1204
  • 2.­1214
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1222
  • 2.­1225
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1261
  • 2.­1264-1265
  • 2.­1282-1289
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1293-1306
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1310-1313
  • 2.­1315-1316
  • 2.­1318
  • 2.­1323-1331
  • 2.­1333-1338
  • 2.­1340-1344
  • 2.­1346-1347
  • 2.­1349-1352
  • 2.­1354-1358
  • 2.­1360-1362
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1386-1387
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1397-1398
  • 2.­1401-1410
  • 2.­1414
  • 2.­1421-1422
  • 2.­1428
  • 2.­1431-1435
  • 2.­1438-1439
  • 2.­1446
  • 2.­1458-1462
  • 2.­1464
  • 2.­1468-1471
  • 2.­1473-1479
  • 2.­1481-1482
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­29-31
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­131
  • 4.­1
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­69
  • 4.A.­77
  • 4.A.­79
  • 4.A.­82
  • 4.A.­85
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­157
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­210
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­303
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­338
  • 4.A.­345
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­381
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­101-103
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­153
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­234
  • 4.B.­262
  • 4.B.­314-316
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­359
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­395
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­412
  • 4.B.­424
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­466
  • 4.B.­500
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­524
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­715
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­748
  • 4.B.­753
  • 4.B.­783
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­845-850
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.B.­894
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­987
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1029
  • 4.B.­1072
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1209
  • 4.B.­1211-1212
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1244
  • 4.B.­1249
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1300
  • 4.B.­1326
  • 4.B.­1355
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1393
  • 4.C.­105-106
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­273
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­394
  • 4.C.­422
  • 4.C.­511
  • 4.C.­535
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­606
  • 4.C.­613
  • 4.C.­623
  • 4.C.­692-694
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­897
  • 4.C.­956
  • 4.C.­962
  • 4.C.­970
  • 4.C.­976
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1070
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1116-1117
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1228-1229
  • 4.C.­1231
  • 4.C.­1239-1240
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1251
  • 4.C.­1256
  • 4.C.­1258
  • 4.C.­1294
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1353
  • 4.C.­1358-1359
  • 4.C.­1374-1375
  • 4.C.­1381
  • 4.C.­1383-1384
  • 4.C.­1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1395
  • 4.C.­1434
  • 4.C.­1482
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1534
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1575-1576
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2105
  • 4.C.­2161
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2247
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2291
  • 4.C.­2293
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2389
  • 4.C.­2441
  • 4.C.­2467
  • 4.C.­2492
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2521-2522
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2549
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2620
  • 4.C.­2638-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­2666
  • 4.C.­2704-2706
  • 4.C.­2746-2748
  • 4.C.­2750
  • 4.C.­2752-2753
  • 4.C.­2835
  • 4.C.­2839
  • 4.C.­2846
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2884
  • 4.C.­2886
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3024-3025
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3039
  • 4.C.­3041
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­396
  • 5.­403
  • n.­31
  • n.­178
  • n.­192
  • g.­445
g.­1239

Staṣkako

Wylie:
  • staSh+ka ko
Tibetan:
  • སྟཥྐ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • staṣkako RP

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­1240

Steadfast One

Wylie:
  • brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1241

stealing

Wylie:
  • ma byin par len pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adattādāna

The second among the three physical misdeeds. Also rendered here according to the literal meaning of ma byin par len pa, “taking what was not given.”

Located in 199 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­39-43
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­127
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1047
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­152
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­207
  • 4.B.­216
  • 4.B.­235
  • 4.B.­237
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­296-297
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­368
  • 4.B.­396-398
  • 4.B.­413
  • 4.B.­415-417
  • 4.B.­426-427
  • 4.B.­430
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­453
  • 4.B.­467-468
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­507
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­527
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­546
  • 4.B.­548
  • 4.B.­585-586
  • 4.B.­588
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­721
  • 4.B.­723
  • 4.B.­755-756
  • 4.B.­846-847
  • 4.B.­866
  • 4.B.­868
  • 4.B.­896
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1002
  • 4.B.­1267
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1302
  • 4.B.­1329
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1377
  • 4.C.­2-3
  • 4.C.­13
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­337
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­599
  • 4.C.­1019
  • 4.C.­1021
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1286
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1543-1544
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2023
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­377
  • g.­444
  • g.­1303
g.­1242

Stomach

Wylie:
  • gsus pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • གསུས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1243

stream enterer

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotāpanna

A person who has entered the “stream” of practice that leads to nirvāṇa. The first of the four attainments of the path of the hearers.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­107
  • 4.B.­1192-1193
  • 4.B.­1263
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­132
  • 4.C.­167
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­271-272
  • 4.C.­1272
  • 4.C.­2939
g.­1244

Stream of Dark Foam

Wylie:
  • dbu ba rog rog ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བ་རོག་རོག་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­283
g.­1245

Stream of Gold

Wylie:
  • gser ’bab
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­283
g.­1246

Stream of Jewel Pieces

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i dum bu ’bab
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དུམ་བུ་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­283
g.­1247

Stream of Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’bab
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­283
g.­1248

Strewn Sand

Wylie:
  • bye ma ’drim pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་མ་འདྲིམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­1249

Strife

Wylie:
  • ’thab pa
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­227
g.­1250

strongly attached to pleasure

Wylie:
  • bde ba la chags pa’i shugs
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་ལ་ཆགས་པའི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1251

Studded with Kadambas

Wylie:
  • ka dam+ba ’khod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་དམྦ་འཁོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1252

Studded with Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad mas bkab par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མས་བཀབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1253

Studded with Mansions

Wylie:
  • khang bzangs dkrigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་བཟངས་དཀྲིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure grove in Shaded by Garlands.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­460
  • 4.B.­522
g.­1254

Studded with Vidruma Trees

Wylie:
  • bi dru ma’i shing dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • བི་དྲུ་མའི་ཤིང་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1255

Subhūticandra

Wylie:
  • su b+hU ti tsan+d+ra
Tibetan:
  • སུ་བྷཱུ་ཏི་ཙནྡྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūticandra

A translator of the sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­5
g.­1256

Sublime Heaven

Wylie:
  • gya nom snang
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudṛśa
  • sudarśana

The third of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­1257

Subtle Engagement

Wylie:
  • shib tu spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིབ་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūkṣmacarā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­550
  • 4.B.­553
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­691
g.­1258

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
  • lta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
  • ལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

(1) King who appears during the elephant Airāvaṇa’s previous life as a brahmin (legs mthong). (2) The city of Śakra (legs mthong and lta na sdug).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­134
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­290
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­346
  • 4.B.­248
  • 4.B.­265
  • 4.B.­305
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­1277
  • 4.B.­1340
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­374
  • g.­183
  • g.­539
g.­1259

Sudharma

Wylie:
  • chos bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma

Śakra’s assembly hall.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­75
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­290
  • 3.­295
  • 3.­369
  • 3.­371
  • 4.B.­4-6
  • 4.B.­9-10
  • 4.B.­12
  • 4.B.­15-16
  • 4.B.­54-57
  • 4.B.­65
  • 4.B.­78
  • 4.B.­108-112
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­186
  • 4.B.­190
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­211
  • 4.B.­213
  • 4.B.­337
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­774
  • 4.B.­815
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1036-1038
  • 4.B.­1075
  • 4.C.­1255
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­374
  • g.­37
  • g.­193
  • g.­230
  • g.­377
  • g.­395
  • g.­518
  • g.­575
  • g.­679
  • g.­726
  • g.­745
  • g.­872
  • g.­897
  • g.­930
  • g.­1029
  • g.­1051
  • g.­1216
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1381
g.­1260

Śukati Pearls

Wylie:
  • mu tig gi shu ka ti
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག་གི་ཤུ་ཀ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • śukati RP

An island between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­1261

Sukhana

Wylie:
  • su kha na
Tibetan:
  • སུ་ཁ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhana RP

A mountain to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1262

Śukti Realm

Wylie:
  • shuk+ti’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཤུཀྟིའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukti RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1263

Sumanyu

Wylie:
  • su ma n+yum
Tibetan:
  • སུ་མ་ནྱུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanyu

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1260-1261
g.­1264

Sumegha

Wylie:
  • su me gho
Tibetan:
  • སུ་མེ་གྷོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumegha

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­292
g.­1265

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
  • ri rab lhun po
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­1037
  • 2.­1109
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­68-69
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­78-79
  • 3.­196
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­353
  • 4.­3
  • 4.A.­2
  • 4.A.­4-5
  • 4.A.­9
  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.A.­86
  • 4.A.­109
  • 4.A.­139
  • 4.A.­159
  • 4.A.­164-165
  • 4.A.­185
  • 4.A.­215
  • 4.A.­226
  • 4.A.­337
  • 4.A.­365
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.A.­408
  • 4.B.­125
  • 4.B.­147
  • 4.B.­166
  • 4.B.­182
  • 4.B.­209
  • 4.B.­247
  • 4.B.­249
  • 4.B.­252
  • 4.B.­333
  • 4.B.­393
  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­474
  • 4.B.­535
  • 4.B.­538-539
  • 4.B.­581-582
  • 4.B.­658
  • 4.B.­717
  • 4.B.­746
  • 4.B.­750
  • 4.B.­752
  • 4.B.­760
  • 4.B.­869
  • 4.B.­898
  • 4.B.­902
  • 4.B.­974
  • 4.B.­1053
  • 4.B.­1055
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1200
  • 4.B.­1230
  • 4.B.­1232
  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.B.­1299
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.B.­1325
  • 4.B.­1333
  • 4.C.­3-4
  • 4.C.­103
  • 4.C.­283
  • 4.C.­305
  • 4.C.­426
  • 4.C.­685
  • 4.C.­806
  • 4.C.­1467
  • 4.C.­1936
  • 4.C.­2840
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­293-297
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­389
  • 5.­420
  • 5.­425
  • n.­626
  • g.­45
  • g.­135
  • g.­147
  • g.­212
  • g.­273
  • g.­418
  • g.­540
  • g.­559
  • g.­618
  • g.­709
  • g.­710
  • g.­722
  • g.­733
  • g.­799
  • g.­823
  • g.­841
  • g.­845
  • g.­903
  • g.­928
  • g.­1000
  • g.­1006
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1120
  • g.­1408
  • g.­1441
  • g.­1448
g.­1266

Sumeru dweller

Wylie:
  • ri rab lhun po la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1267

Sumeru Rival

Wylie:
  • ri rab lhun po la ’gran pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ་ལ་འགྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­313
  • g.­303
g.­1268

Summer Joy

Wylie:
  • dbyar dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དབྱར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1269

Summit Encircler

Wylie:
  • rtse mo la ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལ་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­1270

Summit Net

Wylie:
  • rtse mo’i g.seb
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོའི་གསེབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1271

Sun Enjoyer

Wylie:
  • nyi ma sten pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་སྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1272

Sunny

Wylie:
  • nyi ma ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­272-273
g.­1273

Sunshine

Wylie:
  • nyin mor byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉིན་མོར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­305
g.­1274

Superior

Wylie:
  • bla lhag pa
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ལྷག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­1275

Superior Harm

Wylie:
  • gnod pa mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrdhvakāraṇa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­1276

supreme ketaka garland bearer

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka’i phreng ba mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀའི་ཕྲེང་བ་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1277

Supreme Lake

Wylie:
  • mtsho mchog
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1278

Supreme Pleasure Grove

Wylie:
  • skyed mos tshal gyi mchog
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ་གྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­1279

Supreme Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid mchog
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • tejomukha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1301
  • 4.B.­1303
  • g.­463
  • g.­878
g.­1280

Supreme Strength

Wylie:
  • rab kyi shugs kyi bdag
  • rab kyi shugs
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཀྱི་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་བདག
  • རབ་ཀྱི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­13-14
  • g.­152
  • g.­493
  • g.­494
  • g.­533
  • g.­543
  • g.­690
  • g.­718
g.­1281

Surrounded by Nakra Crocodiles

Wylie:
  • chu srin na kras bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ན་ཀྲས་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1282

Surrounded by Nyaronya

Wylie:
  • nya ro hi ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་རོ་ཧི་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1283

Suśīmo

Wylie:
  • su shI mo
Tibetan:
  • སུ་ཤཱི་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suśīmo RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­292
g.­1284

Sustained by Fruition

Wylie:
  • ’bras bus nye bar ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུས་ཉེ་བར་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­15
  • g.­43
  • g.­221
  • g.­565
  • g.­598
  • g.­641
  • g.­1324
  • g.­1463
g.­1285

Sustained by the Finest Tastes

Wylie:
  • ro brgya mchog gis bsten pa
Tibetan:
  • རོ་བརྒྱ་མཆོག་གིས་བསྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A grove in Unmixed.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1379
g.­1286

Susthali

Wylie:
  • sus tha li
Tibetan:
  • སུས་ཐ་ལི།
Sanskrit:
  • susthali RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1287

Sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo
Tibetan:
  • མདོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtra

In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the Vinaya and Abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “discourse.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-9
  • 4.B.­940
  • 4.C.­1579
  • 5.­430
  • c.­6-7
  • n.­1
  • n.­6
  • n.­430
  • g.­2
  • g.­18
  • g.­27
  • g.­44
  • g.­288
  • g.­960
  • g.­1055
  • g.­1135
  • g.­1137
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1255
  • g.­1288
  • g.­1421
g.­1288

sūtras

Wylie:
  • mdo’i sde
Tibetan:
  • མདོའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtra

One among the twelve sections of scripture. See also entry on the term “sūtra.“

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­1289

Suvarṇadvīpa

Wylie:
  • gser gling
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suvarṇadvīpa

A region of Southeast Asia visited by Indians.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1651
g.­1290

Suvelang Forest

Wylie:
  • su be lang gi nags
Tibetan:
  • སུ་བེ་ལང་གི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­1291

Suvīra

Wylie:
  • su bI ro
Tibetan:
  • སུ་བཱི་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvīra

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1292

Swamp of Filth

Wylie:
  • mi gtsang ba’i ’dam
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཙང་བའི་འདམ།
Sanskrit:
  • amedhyamṛttikā

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­301-303
g.­1293

swan chariot

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i shing rta
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1294

Swan Charioteer

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i shing rta
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An epithet of Brahmā, who rides a swan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­72
g.­1295

Swan Forest

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Endowed with Migration. (2) A lake to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1658-1659
  • 4.C.­1663
  • 4.C.­1676
  • 4.C.­1679
  • 4.C.­1684
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 5.­317
  • n.­466
  • g.­408
  • g.­729
  • g.­980
  • g.­1035
  • g.­1383
  • g.­1399
g.­1296

Swan Lotus Forest

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i pad ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་པད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus grove in Part of the Assembly.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1035
g.­1297

Swan Waters

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1298

Swift Current

Wylie:
  • myur ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • མྱུར་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1299

Swift Movement

Wylie:
  • ’gro mgyogs pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་མགྱོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­59
g.­1300

Swimming Like Fish in Molten Copper

Wylie:
  • zangs bzhus bar nya ’khyug pa lta bu
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་བཞུས་བར་ཉ་འཁྱུག་པ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāmra­lohita­mīnāvarta

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­734
g.­1301

tailed creature

Wylie:
  • lang ku di ka
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀུ་དི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • lāṅgulika RP

A monster in Unbearably Terrifying.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­743
g.­1302

Ṭakaśobho

Wylie:
  • Ta ka sho bho
Tibetan:
  • ཊ་ཀ་ཤོ་བྷོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṭakaśobho RP

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­253
g.­1303

taking what was not given

Wylie:
  • ma byin par len pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adattādāna

The second among the three physical misdeeds. Also rendered here as “stealing.”

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­41
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­401
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­849
  • 4.A.­127
  • 4.B.­368
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­527
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­721-722
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­1267
  • 4.B.­1301
  • g.­1241
  • g.­1310
g.­1304

Takṣaka

Wylie:
  • ’jog po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaka

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­42
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­135-136
  • 3.­166
  • 3.­196-199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­203
  • 3.­206
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­315-317
  • 3.­371
  • 4.A.­385
  • 5.­274-275
g.­1305

Tamer of Deer Enemies

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi dgra dul ba
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་དགྲ་དུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­376
  • g.­328
  • g.­357
  • g.­822
  • g.­1464
g.­1306

Tamer of Madness

Wylie:
  • myos ’gro ’dul
Tibetan:
  • མྱོས་འགྲོ་འདུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure garden in Enraptured by and Attached to Song.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­591
  • 4.B.­605-606
  • 4.B.­657
  • 4.B.­662
  • g.­489
g.­1307

Tangled Forest

Wylie:
  • ral pa can
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­1308

Teeming with Snakes

Wylie:
  • sbrul ’khyil ba lta bu
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ་འཁྱིལ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgāvarta

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­731
g.­1309

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

Ten wisdom powers unique to a tathāgata: (1) the knowledge of what is possible and not possible, (2) the knowledge of the ripening of karma, (3) the knowledge of the variety of aspirations, (4) the knowledge of the variety of natures, (5) the knowledge of the different levels of capabilities, (6) the knowledge of the destinations of all paths, (7) the knowledge of various states of meditation, (8) the knowledge of remembering previous lives, (9) the knowledge of deaths and rebirths, and (10) the knowledge of the cessation of defilements.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­1456
g.­1310

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśakuśala

Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, chatter, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­112
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­710
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­115
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­311-312
  • 4.C.­87
  • 5.­246
g.­1311

Terrible Dangling of Battered Bodies

Wylie:
  • lus zhum mi bzad ’phyang
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཞུམ་མི་བཟད་འཕྱང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vilīna­gātrāvakaṭu­lamba

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1199
g.­1312

Terrifying Inferno with Swarms of Crocodiles

Wylie:
  • srin bu na kra dang ’khor lo dang me ’jigs ’jigs ltar skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ་ན་ཀྲ་དང་འཁོར་ལོ་དང་མེ་འཇིགས་འཇིགས་ལྟར་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nakra­cakra­bhairavāgni­jāla

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­769
g.­1313

Terrifying Nightmares

Wylie:
  • rmi lam ’jigs byed ston
Tibetan:
  • རྨི་ལམ་འཇིགས་བྱེད་སྟོན།
Sanskrit:
  • svapna­bhairava­darśana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1196
g.­1314

Terrifying Sight

Wylie:
  • ’jigs par lta ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhairava­darśana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­396
g.­1315

Terrifying Slope

Wylie:
  • mtha’ drag
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་དྲག
Sanskrit:
  • ghorataṭa

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­759-760
g.­1316

Terror of Being Eaten by Birds

Wylie:
  • bya ’jigs ’jigs ltar ’dug pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་འཇིགས་འཇིགས་ལྟར་འདུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pakṣi­bhairava­bhakṣa

A place in Ultimate Torment.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1041-1042
g.­1317

Terror of Enormous Screaming Bodies

Wylie:
  • lus chen po shin tu sgra ’byin ’jigs ’jigs ltar ’dug pa
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཆེན་པོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་འཇིགས་འཇིགས་ལྟར་འདུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­kāya­sunāda­bhairava

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­854
  • 2.­875
g.­1318

the constantly infatuated

Wylie:
  • rtag tu rgyags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རྒྱགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Gandharvas who live on the island of Jambudvīpa Garland.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­311
g.­1319

The Essence of All

Wylie:
  • thams cad kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2385
g.­1320

The Hour of Death

Wylie:
  • gnod skyes
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • kālavelā

An acid river in the hell Forest of Continuous Flames

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­647
g.­1321

Thick Smoke

Wylie:
  • du bas ’khrigs pa
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བས་འཁྲིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Passionate Conduct.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­361
  • 4.A.­363
g.­1322

thirty-seven factors of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptatriṃśa­bodhi­pakṣya­dharma

Thirty-seven practices that lead the practitioner to the awakened state: the four applications of mindfulness, the four authentic eliminations, the four bases of supernatural power, the five masteries, the five powers, the eightfold path, and the seven branches of awakening.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 4.C.­136
  • 4.C.­3037
  • g.­447
g.­1323

Thorough Joy upon Hearing

Wylie:
  • thos na mi dga’ ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོས་ན་མི་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A location in the Heaven of Joy.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1163
g.­1324

Thoroughly Enjoyable

Wylie:
  • kun nas bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­1325

Thoroughly Joyous

Wylie:
  • kun nas mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Alternative name for Thoroughly Joyous Form.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1299
g.­1326

Thoroughly Joyous Form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kun nas mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀུན་ནས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1285
  • g.­1325
g.­1327

those fond of causing disease

Wylie:
  • nad gtong ba la dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ནད་གཏོང་བ་ལ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1328

those who swarm like bees

Wylie:
  • bung ba ltar ’khyil pa
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ་ལྟར་འཁྱིལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1329

those with secret incantations

Wylie:
  • sngags gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས་གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1330

Thousand-Eyed One

Wylie:
  • mig stong
Tibetan:
  • མིག་སྟོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1331

Thousandfold Light

Wylie:
  • stong snang
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1332

three factors

Wylie:
  • chos gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridharma

Object, sense faculty, and consciousness.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­137
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­169
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­175
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­865
  • 4.B.­1104
  • 4.C.­1191
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­2925
g.­1333

three flaws

Wylie:
  • nyes pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཉེས་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • doṣa-traya

Desire, anger, and delusion.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­63
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­1269
  • 4.B.­645
  • 4.B.­651
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1093
  • 4.B.­1116
  • 4.B.­1243
  • 4.B.­1251
  • 4.C.­1078
  • 4.C.­1207
  • 4.C.­1306
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1440-1441
  • 4.C.­1955
  • 4.C.­2564
  • 4.C.­2720
  • 4.C.­2808
  • 5.­48
g.­1334

Three Horns

Wylie:
  • rwa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1335

three kinds of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub gsum
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tribodhi

The three levels of awakening that are respectively achieved by hearers, solitary buddhas, and perfect buddhas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88-89
  • 1.­92
  • 2.­1271
  • 4.B.­428
  • 4.B.­788
  • 4.C.­707
g.­1336

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum
  • srid pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ།
  • སྲིད་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu
  • tribhuvana

The desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm of cyclic existence.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­236
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­263
  • 2.­368
  • 2.­420-422
  • 2.­859
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­867
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1269-1270
  • 2.­1445
  • 2.­1450
  • 2.­1452
  • 3.­26
  • 4.A.­144
  • 4.A.­155
  • 4.A.­192
  • 4.B.­140
  • 4.B.­270
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­621
  • 4.B.­741
  • 4.B.­820
  • 4.B.­1106
  • 4.B.­1118
  • 4.B.­1128
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.C.­581
  • 4.C.­627
  • 4.C.­630
  • 4.C.­632
  • 4.C.­716
  • 4.C.­997
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1117
  • 4.C.­1182
  • 4.C.­1209
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1637
  • 4.C.­1712
  • 4.C.­1790
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2002
  • 4.C.­2121
  • 4.C.­2162
  • 4.C.­2164
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2274-2275
  • 4.C.­2295
  • 4.C.­2363
  • 4.C.­2420
  • 4.C.­2476
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2543
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2817
  • 4.C.­2822
  • 4.C.­3065
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­234
g.­1337

three stains

Wylie:
  • dri ma gsum
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trimala

Anger, desire, and ignorance.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­2121
  • 4.C.­2844
  • 4.C.­3052
g.­1338

thus-gone one

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­784
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1176
  • 3.­26
  • 4.A.­235
  • 4.B.­484
  • 4.B.­855
  • 4.B.­1070
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1283
  • 4.C.­101
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­168
  • 4.C.­782
  • 4.C.­784
  • 4.C.­813-815
  • 4.C.­965
  • 4.C.­1175
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1187
  • 4.C.­1236
  • 4.C.­1264
  • 4.C.­1322
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1337
  • 4.C.­1722
  • 4.C.­2296
  • 4.C.­2344
  • 4.C.­2540
  • 4.C.­2585
  • 4.C.­2683
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2857
  • 4.C.­3013
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­385
  • c.­1
  • c.­5
g.­1339

Tiger Ear Star

Wylie:
  • stag rna’i rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • སྟག་རྣའི་རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Unidentified figure connected to a prophetic discourse.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­4
g.­1340

Timely Flow

Wylie:
  • dus su ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དུས་སུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1341

Timely Moving Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma dus su rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དུས་སུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1342

Timely Water

Wylie:
  • dus kyi chu
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1343

Tormented by All Suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal kun gyis nyen
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཀུན་གྱིས་ཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­duḥkhāvarta

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. This hell is the same as Wrapped in Every Possible Pain.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1216
g.­1344

Tormenting Armor of Vajra-Like Flies

Wylie:
  • bung ba rdo rje lta bus gnod pa’i go cha
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུས་གནོད་པའི་གོ་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­bhramara­pīḍā­saṃnāha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­711
  • 2.­777-778
g.­1345

Total Darkness

Wylie:
  • thams cad mun pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāndhakāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­577
  • 2.­616
g.­1346

Total Pleasure

Wylie:
  • gcig tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གཅིག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­2577-2578
  • g.­132
  • g.­158
  • g.­716
  • g.­808
  • g.­830
  • g.­927
  • g.­996
  • g.­1021
  • g.­1221
g.­1347

transcendence of suffering

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The ultimate cessation of suffering. Also rendered here as “nirvāṇa.”

Located in 202 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­113
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­207
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­671
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­817
  • 2.­958-959
  • 2.­1022
  • 2.­1054
  • 2.­1058
  • 2.­1173
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­160
  • 3.­190
  • 4.A.­9
  • 4.A.­28
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­103
  • 4.A.­188
  • 4.A.­355
  • 4.A.­358
  • 4.A.­419
  • 4.B.­117
  • 4.B.­119
  • 4.B.­300
  • 4.B.­417
  • 4.B.­428
  • 4.B.­786
  • 4.B.­790
  • 4.B.­1101
  • 4.B.­1151
  • 4.B.­1173
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­9
  • 4.C.­105
  • 4.C.­133
  • 4.C.­149
  • 4.C.­154
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­333
  • 4.C.­444
  • 4.C.­453
  • 4.C.­693
  • 4.C.­780
  • 4.C.­808
  • 4.C.­914
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1023
  • 4.C.­1035
  • 4.C.­1037
  • 4.C.­1052-1053
  • 4.C.­1085
  • 4.C.­1090-1091
  • 4.C.­1093
  • 4.C.­1102
  • 4.C.­1153
  • 4.C.­1191
  • 4.C.­1198
  • 4.C.­1210-1211
  • 4.C.­1221
  • 4.C.­1224
  • 4.C.­1227
  • 4.C.­1235
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1318
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1340-1341
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1352
  • 4.C.­1357
  • 4.C.­1376
  • 4.C.­1384
  • 4.C.­1420
  • 4.C.­1426
  • 4.C.­1428
  • 4.C.­1430
  • 4.C.­1433
  • 4.C.­1435-1436
  • 4.C.­1442
  • 4.C.­1451
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1547
  • 4.C.­1552
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1577
  • 4.C.­1714
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1916
  • 4.C.­1945
  • 4.C.­1960-1961
  • 4.C.­1965
  • 4.C.­1977
  • 4.C.­2021
  • 4.C.­2116
  • 4.C.­2149
  • 4.C.­2293
  • 4.C.­2334
  • 4.C.­2415
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2465
  • 4.C.­2481
  • 4.C.­2529
  • 4.C.­2532
  • 4.C.­2558
  • 4.C.­2560-2565
  • 4.C.­2626
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2634
  • 4.C.­2639
  • 4.C.­2641
  • 4.C.­2647-2649
  • 4.C.­2668
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2684
  • 4.C.­2687-2688
  • 4.C.­2699
  • 4.C.­2701
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2711
  • 4.C.­2716
  • 4.C.­2723-2726
  • 4.C.­2741
  • 4.C.­2767-2769
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2776
  • 4.C.­2794
  • 4.C.­2801
  • 4.C.­2804
  • 4.C.­2809
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842
  • 4.C.­2890
  • 4.C.­2935-2936
  • 4.C.­2942
  • 4.C.­2947-2948
  • 4.C.­3011
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3022
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3040
  • 4.C.­3056
  • 4.C.­3062
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­343
  • g.­973
g.­1348

transient collection

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • satkāya

The transitory collection of the five aggregates, the basis for the view of a self or that which belongs to a self.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­233
  • 2.­262
g.­1349

Traveling Fragrance

Wylie:
  • dri rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­371
g.­1350

Traveling on Great Mounts

Wylie:
  • bzhon pa rgya che ba la rnam par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • བཞོན་པ་རྒྱ་ཆེ་བ་ལ་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­171
g.­1351

Tree Made of Anthers

Wylie:
  • ze’u ’bru’i lus kyi shing
Tibetan:
  • ཟེའུ་འབྲུའི་ལུས་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1352

Triple Beauty

Wylie:
  • gsum mdzes
Tibetan:
  • གསུམ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in One Direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­203
g.­1353

Triple Circle

Wylie:
  • thig le gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐིག་ལེ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­1354

Triple Horns

Wylie:
  • rwa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river on Upward Ocean.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­276
  • 5.­411
  • g.­551
g.­1355

Triple Summits

Wylie:
  • rwa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1356

triple-lute-bearer gods

Wylie:
  • pi bang can gsum pa lha
Tibetan:
  • པི་བང་ཅན་གསུམ་པ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīṇātṛtīyaka

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­133
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­299
  • 4.A.­304
  • 4.A.­312
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­339
  • 4.A.­346
  • 4.A.­378
  • 4.A.­382
  • 4.A.­399
  • 4.A.­403
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­344
  • g.­17
  • g.­64
  • g.­120
  • g.­121
  • g.­376
  • g.­954
  • g.­1007
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1102
  • g.­1444
g.­1357

Tsokala

Wylie:
  • tso ka la
Tibetan:
  • ཙོ་ཀ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tsokala RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­1358

Tsontva

Wylie:
  • tson twa
Tibetan:
  • ཙོན་ཏྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • tsontva RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­1359

Turning Away from Pride

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­1360

Twelve Mountains

Wylie:
  • ri bcu gnyis la nges par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་བཅུ་གཉིས་ལ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1361

two truths

Wylie:
  • bden pa gnyis
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvayasatya

The truths of the way things seem to be and the way they actually are.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­1457
g.­1362

Unbearable Harm

Wylie:
  • gnod pa mi bzod pa
  • gnod pa mi bzad pa
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་མི་བཟོད་པ།
  • གནོད་པ་མི་བཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāraṇāprasaha

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­404
g.­1363

Unbearably Terrifying

Wylie:
  • rab tu mi bzad cing mchog tu ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་མི་བཟད་ཅིང་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the Reviving Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­743
  • g.­1301
g.­1364

Undefeatable

Wylie:
  • mi ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­42
g.­1365

Undulating

Wylie:
  • rlabs rab tu ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1366

Universal Delight

Wylie:
  • kun mthong yid ’ong
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་མཐོང་ཡིད་འོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­518-519
  • 4.B.­522
g.­1367

Universal Disease

Wylie:
  • nad thams cad pa
Tibetan:
  • ནད་ཐམས་ཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvavyādhika

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­296
g.­1368

Universal Growth

Wylie:
  • thams cad skye ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­539
g.­1369

Universal Illumination

Wylie:
  • kun snang
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pleasure grove in Shaded by Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­463
g.­1370

Universal Joy

Wylie:
  • thams cad rab tu dga’ bar gnas pa
  • kun nas dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གནས་པ།
  • ཀུན་ནས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods (thams cad rab tu dga’ bar gnas pa). (2) A mountain in Promotion (kun nas dga’ ba).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.B.­540
g.­1371

Universal Observer

Wylie:
  • kun tu mig
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1372

Universally Blissful

Wylie:
  • kun bde
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་བདེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1373

Unlofty Heaven

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abṛha
  • avṛha

The first of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­1374

Unmixed

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1377
  • g.­1285
g.­1375

Untouched Sunrise

Wylie:
  • nyi ma shar bar gyur bas mi reg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་ཤར་བར་གྱུར་བས་མི་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1376

Unwavering

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1377

Upward Ocean

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho gyen du ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་གྱེན་དུ་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­411
  • g.­69
  • g.­109
  • g.­738
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1353
  • g.­1354
g.­1378

Utpala Colors

Wylie:
  • ud pa la’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པ་ལའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­217
g.­1379

Utpala Gift

Wylie:
  • ud pa la sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པ་ལ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A merchant in Jambudvīpa, later to be reborn as Auspicious Time.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3017
g.­1380

Uttara

Wylie:
  • ud ta ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་ཏ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­308
  • g.­556
g.­1381

Utter Joy

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An emanated forest created upon the shoulders of Airāvaṇa. (2) A lake near Sudharma.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­9
  • 4.B.­247
g.­1382

Utter Purity

Wylie:
  • rab tu gtsang ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­7
g.­1383

Utter Vastness

Wylie:
  • shin tu yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pool in Swan Forest.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1660
g.­1384

Utterly Delightful to Behold

Wylie:
  • mthong na kun dga’ ba
  • kun nas mthong na dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ན་ཀུན་དགའ་བ།
  • ཀུན་ནས་མཐོང་ན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lotus pond in Living by Rājanina (mthong na kun dga’ ba). (2) A mountain on Vast Garlands of Bliss (kun nas mthong na dga’ ba).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1633
  • 4.C.­2974
  • g.­177
g.­1385

Utterly Dreadful

Wylie:
  • kun du mi dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་མི་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirānanda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­296
  • 2.­317
g.­1386

Utterly Lofty

Wylie:
  • rab tu mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
g.­1387

Utterly Unborn

Wylie:
  • shin tu ma skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­1388

Vaiśālī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśālī RS

A river in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1389

Vaitaraṇī

Wylie:
  • rab med
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vaitaraṇī

A river in hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­248
  • 2.­917
g.­1390

Vajra Seat

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i gdan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གདན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The site of the Buddha’s ultimate awakening.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­56
g.­1391

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

A city in North India, on the banks of the Gaṅgā, where the Buddha gave his first sermon; this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. It lies in modern day Uttar Pradesh, India. The name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as its older name, “Kāśī.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­136
  • 4.C.­170
  • g.­763
g.­1392

Variation

Wylie:
  • rnam pa sna tsogs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཙོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Majestic Trees.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­712
g.­1393

Various Chariots

Wylie:
  • shing rta sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Dwelling in Various Chariots.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­223-225
  • 4.B.­232-234
g.­1394

Varitavaṭṭānang

Wylie:
  • ba ri ta baT+Ta nang
Tibetan:
  • བ་རི་ཏ་བཊྚ་ནང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A vidyādhara site on Kālaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1395

Vast Forest of the Seasons

Wylie:
  • dus kyi tshal rgya che
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཚལ་རྒྱ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­371
g.­1396

Vast Garlands of Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba’i phreng ba rgya chen po
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1620
  • 4.C.­1622-1623
  • 4.C.­1644-1645
  • 4.C.­1647
  • g.­487
  • g.­964
  • g.­978
  • g.­1384
g.­1397

Vast Sky

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ ring ba
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Eyes Beyond the World.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1398

Vast Space

Wylie:
  • bar yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • བར་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­7
g.­1399

Vastness

Wylie:
  • rnam par yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An old god approached by Musulundha. (2) A lotus pool in Swan Forest.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1586-1588
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 4.C.­1722-1724
  • 4.C.­1754
g.­1400

Vāsuki

Wylie:
  • nor rgyas kyi bu
  • bA su ki
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་བུ།
  • བཱ་སུ་ཀི
Sanskrit:
  • vāsuki

(1) A virtuous nāga king (nor rgyas kyi bu). (2) A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain (bA su ki).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­42
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­135-136
  • 3.­166
  • 3.­196-197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­203
  • 3.­206
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­315-317
  • 3.­371
  • 5.­329
g.­1401

Veil of Complete Darkness

Wylie:
  • rab rib kun bsags pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་རིབ་ཀུན་བསགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tamastimira­nikara

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­518
g.­1402

Vemacitrin

Wylie:
  • thags bzangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཐགས་བཟངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • vemacitrin

An asura king.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­231-232
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­258
  • 3.­280
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­287-290
  • 3.­299-300
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­348
  • 3.­352
  • 3.­362-363
  • 3.­375
  • 4.B.­231-232
  • 4.B.­244
g.­1403

Venomous Fangs

Wylie:
  • mche ba’i dug
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བའི་དུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­1404

verses

Wylie:
  • tshigs su bcad pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • gāthā

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­1087
g.­1405

Very Violent

Wylie:
  • rab tu mi bzad pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་མི་བཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pracaṇḍa

A realm that neighbors the Black Line Hell.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­348
g.­1406

vessel-bearer gods

Wylie:
  • yol go thogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོལ་གོ་ཐོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • karoṭapādaka

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­133
  • 3.­218-221
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­276
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­318-323
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­102-103
  • 4.A.­108
  • 4.A.­132
  • 4.A.­134
  • 4.A.­137
  • 4.A.­158
  • 4.A.­163
  • 4.A.­183
  • 4.A.­202
  • 4.A.­205
  • 4.A.­208-209
  • 5.­258
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­339
  • g.­62
  • g.­63
  • g.­248
  • g.­279
  • g.­372
  • g.­379
  • g.­610
  • g.­1033
  • g.­1230
  • g.­1412
g.­1407

Victorious Supreme Movement

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba mchog ’gro
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་མཆོག་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mansion upon the mountain Playful in the forest Joyous Wisdom.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­22-23
g.­1408

Videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

The continent to the east of Mount Sumeru.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­47-48
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­74
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­1199-1200
  • 4.B.­1207
  • 4.B.­1241
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 5.­12-16
  • 5.­18-19
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­409
  • 5.­411-415
  • 5.­418-419
  • 5.­422
  • g.­11
  • g.­38
  • g.­70
  • g.­86
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­118
  • g.­136
  • g.­163
  • g.­174
  • g.­175
  • g.­200
  • g.­266
  • g.­353
  • g.­388
  • g.­405
  • g.­419
  • g.­456
  • g.­474
  • g.­475
  • g.­576
  • g.­590
  • g.­613
  • g.­615
  • g.­619
  • g.­704
  • g.­894
  • g.­931
  • g.­967
  • g.­969
  • g.­983
  • g.­985
  • g.­1045
  • g.­1090
  • g.­1094
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1139
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1195
  • g.­1204
  • g.­1213
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1377
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1423
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1432
g.­1409

Vidhyādhara Celebration

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa rtse dga’ bas gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ་རྩེ་དགའ་བས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A stream on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1410

Vidruma

Wylie:
  • bi dru ma
Tibetan:
  • བི་དྲུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidruma RP

A mountain between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1411

vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

A class of semi-divine beings that are famous for wielding (dhara) spells (vidyā). Loosely understood as “sorcerers,” these magical beings are frequently petitioned through dhāraṇī and kriyātantra ritual to grant magical powers to the supplicant. The later Buddhist tradition, playing on the dual valences of vidyā as “spell” and “knowledge,” began to apply this term to realized figures in the Buddhist pantheon.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­281
  • 5.­342
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­421
  • g.­130
  • g.­186
  • g.­208
  • g.­216
  • g.­249
  • g.­267
  • g.­336
  • g.­465
  • g.­599
  • g.­800
  • g.­810
  • g.­854
  • g.­856
  • g.­913
  • g.­920
  • g.­947
  • g.­1012
  • g.­1020
  • g.­1049
  • g.­1124
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1196
  • g.­1250
  • g.­1266
  • g.­1276
  • g.­1293
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1453
g.­1412

Viewing

Wylie:
  • kun tu lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­163
  • 4.A.­182
g.­1413

Vikramaśīla

Wylie:
  • bi kra ma shI la
Tibetan:
  • བི་ཀྲ་མ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikramaśīla

A renowned monastic complex in India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­5
  • g.­285
g.­1414

vīṇā

Wylie:
  • pi wang
Tibetan:
  • པི་ཝང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vīṇā

A family of Indian chordophone instruments.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­106
  • 4.B.­18
  • 4.B.­25
  • 4.B.­474
  • 4.B.­503
  • 4.B.­870
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­1234
  • 4.C.­191
  • 4.C.­1690
  • 4.C.­1720
  • 4.C.­1802
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­2074
  • 4.C.­3094
  • 5.­339
g.­1415

Vinaya

Wylie:
  • ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vinaya

The Buddha’s teachings that lay out the rules and disciplines for his followers.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1164
  • 4.B.­940
  • 4.C.­1045
  • c.­4
  • g.­288
  • g.­1055
  • g.­1287
g.­1416

Vindhya

Wylie:
  • ’bigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vindhya

A mountain in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­1417

Vindhyas

Wylie:
  • ’bigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vindhya

An Indian mountain chain.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1436
  • 4.A.­265
g.­1418

Vipaśyin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gzigs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyin

A previous buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­814
  • 4.C.­919
  • 4.C.­936
  • 4.C.­948
  • 4.C.­1010-1011
  • n.­408
  • n.­410
g.­1419

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skye po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Great Kings, guardian of the south.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­364-367
  • 4.A.­376
  • 4.B.­232
  • 5.­301
  • g.­501
g.­1420

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the west.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­401
  • g.­501
g.­1421

Vīryākaraśānti

Wylie:
  • bIr+ya A ka ra shAn+ti
Tibetan:
  • བཱིརྱ་ཨཱ་ཀ་ར་ཤཱནྟི།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryākaraśānti

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4
g.­1422

Vision of Vast Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba rgya chen po dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Mixed Environments.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1619
g.­1423

Viṣkaṭā

Wylie:
  • biSh+ka TA
Tibetan:
  • བིཥྐ་ཊཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣkaṭā RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1424

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

One of the principal deities in the Hindu pantheon.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­759
  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.B.­910
  • g.­961
g.­1425

Viśvabhū

Wylie:
  • thams cad skyob
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvabhū

A previous buddha.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­814
  • 4.C.­1187
  • 4.C.­1199
  • 4.C.­1210
  • 4.C.­1221
  • 4.C.­1232
g.­1426

Vrikṣīrang

Wylie:
  • bri k+ShI rang
Tibetan:
  • བྲི་ཀྵཱི་རང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vrikṣīraṅ RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1427

Vulture Friendship

Wylie:
  • bya rgod dang nye ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་དང་ཉེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhrasāmanta

A mountain in the Crushing Hell

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­378
g.­1428

Vulture Terrors

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhrabhairava

A realm that neigbors the Black Line Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­350
  • 2.­361
g.­1429

Wailer

Wylie:
  • kyi hud zer ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀྱི་ཧུད་ཟེར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hāhārava

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell. Literally, “Cries of Woe” or “Lamenting.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­390
  • 2.­410-411
  • g.­1087
g.­1430

wakefulness

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also known as “wisdom,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to a nonconceptual or unobscured state of knowledge.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­111
  • 2.­275-277
  • 2.­290
  • 2.­1058
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1450
  • 3.­174
  • 3.­300
  • 4.A.­229
  • 4.A.­412
  • 4.A.­419
  • 4.C.­781
  • 4.C.­836
  • 4.C.­1135
  • 4.C.­1138
  • 4.C.­1141
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­1469
  • 4.C.­1471
  • 4.C.­1516-1517
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1532
  • 4.C.­1549
  • 4.C.­1573
  • 4.C.­1740
  • 4.C.­1752
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2533-2534
  • 4.C.­2553
  • 4.C.­2562
  • 4.C.­2651
  • 4.C.­2765
  • 4.C.­2798
  • 4.C.­2802
  • 4.C.­2808
  • 4.C.­2815
  • 4.C.­2828
  • 4.C.­2927-2929
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­362
  • 5.­383-384
g.­1431

wandering

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­116
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­167-168
  • 3.­214-216
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­406
g.­1432

Warm

Wylie:
  • dron mo
Tibetan:
  • དྲོན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1433

water dwellers

Wylie:
  • chu na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­91
g.­1434

Water Lily Mansion

Wylie:
  • me tog ku ba la ya’i khyim
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུ་བ་ལ་ཡའི་ཁྱིམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mansion in Engaging in Clarification.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­420
  • 4.B.­422
g.­1435

Water of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i chu
  • rab tu dga’ bar gyur pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཆུ།
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གྱུར་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (dga’ ba’i chu). (2) A river on Saṅkāśa (rab tu dga’ bar gyur pa’i chu ).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
g.­1436

Water That One Never Tires Of

Wylie:
  • ngoms pa med pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ངོམས་པ་མེད་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond in Continuous Movement.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­563
g.­1437

Waters Always Mingled with the Moon

Wylie:
  • rtag tu zla ba dang ’dres pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་ཟླ་བ་དང་འདྲེས་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1438

Waves of the Seas of Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling gi rgya mtsho’i rlabs
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་གི་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་རླབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­259
g.­1439

Wavy

Wylie:
  • rlabs rab tu ’jug pa
  • rlabs ldan
  • rlabs ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇུག་པ།
  • རླབས་ལྡན།
  • རླབས་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (rlabs rab tu ’jug pa). (2) A river to the south of Jambudvīpa (rlabs ldan). (3) A river on Saṅkāśa (rlabs ’byung ba).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­263
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
g.­1440

Well-Consumed

Wylie:
  • legs par zos pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་ཟོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­1441

Well-Endowed

Wylie:
  • rab sbyor
Tibetan:
  • རབ་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­165
g.­1442

well-gone one

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

An epithet of the buddhas meaning “one who has gone to bliss.” The Sanskrit term literally means “faring well.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­79
  • 4.A.­41
  • 4.A.­83-84
  • 4.B.­63
  • 4.C.­169
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­3064
  • 5.­383
g.­1443

White

Wylie:
  • dkar po
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­100
g.­1444

White Body

Wylie:
  • lus dkar
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­337
  • g.­87
  • g.­238
  • g.­1068
  • g.­1179
g.­1445

White Cloud

Wylie:
  • sprin dkar po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­323
  • 5.­328
g.­1446

White Cloud Keeper

Wylie:
  • sprin dkar po ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­376
  • g.­347
g.­1447

White Gambhīra

Wylie:
  • gam bhi ro dkar
Tibetan:
  • གམ་བྷི་རོ་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1448

White Water

Wylie:
  • chu dkar
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­1449

Wild Water

Wylie:
  • shin tu grol bar gyur pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གྲོལ་བར་གྱུར་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­1450

wind

Wylie:
  • rlung
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇa
  • vāyu

One of the four elements that constitute all matter, or one of the three primary humors (doṣa) of the body.

Located in 204 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­9
  • 2.­19-21
  • 2.­254
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­737
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­789
  • 2.­808-809
  • 2.­891
  • 2.­970-971
  • 2.­974
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­1034
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1213
  • 2.­1325
  • 2.­1422-1423
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­23-24
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­105-106
  • 3.­108
  • 3.­326
  • 3.­355
  • 3.­363
  • 4.A.­257
  • 4.A.­293
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­386
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­243
  • 4.B.­411
  • 4.B.­470
  • 4.B.­568
  • 4.B.­948
  • 4.B.­988
  • 4.B.­994
  • 4.B.­1111
  • 4.B.­1229
  • 4.B.­1273
  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­52
  • 4.C.­55
  • 4.C.­349
  • 4.C.­387
  • 4.C.­407
  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­631
  • 4.C.­686
  • 4.C.­718
  • 4.C.­758
  • 4.C.­1056
  • 4.C.­1080
  • 4.C.­1091
  • 4.C.­1240
  • 4.C.­1362
  • 4.C.­1366
  • 4.C.­1368
  • 4.C.­1438
  • 4.C.­1476
  • 4.C.­1497
  • 4.C.­1654
  • 4.C.­1729
  • 4.C.­1922
  • 4.C.­1946
  • 4.C.­2101
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2194
  • 4.C.­2297
  • 4.C.­2388
  • 4.C.­2502
  • 4.C.­2828
  • 4.C.­2837
  • 4.C.­2862
  • 4.C.­3034
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­110
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­124-152
  • 5.­154-205
  • 5.­207-211
  • 5.­213-219
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­276
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­340
  • 5.­389
  • n.­121
  • n.­135
  • n.­599
  • n.­609-610
  • g.­335
g.­1451

wine drinker

Wylie:
  • chang ba rnams kyis btung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆང་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་བཏུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1452

Wish-Fulfilling Waters

Wylie:
  • ji ltar ’dod pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཇི་ལྟར་འདོད་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Majestic Trees.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­712
g.­1453

woman craver

Wylie:
  • bud med la sred pa
Tibetan:
  • བུད་མེད་ལ་སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1454

worm

Wylie:
  • srin bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛmi

When refering to the human body, these are creatures that inhabit it and may either harm or contribute to its health. Note that this term can also mean insects and worms in general.

Located in 140 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 2.­302
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­502
  • 2.­579-580
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­728
  • 2.­736
  • 2.­770
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­970-972
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1141
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1410
  • 2.­1472
  • 3.­13
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­369
  • 4.B.­526
  • 4.B.­544-545
  • 4.B.­720
  • 4.B.­1209
  • 4.C.­392
  • 4.C.­1081
  • 4.C.­1218-1219
  • 4.C.­1240
  • 4.C.­1251
  • 4.C.­1364
  • 4.C.­1390-1391
  • 4.C.­2238
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2408
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­41-57
  • 5.­68-122
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­207-211
  • 5.­213-218
  • n.­121
  • n.­579
  • n.­594
  • n.­598
  • n.­602
  • n.­614
g.­1455

Worrisome

Wylie:
  • kun du rtog byed
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྟོག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅkalpakāraṇa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­482
  • 2.­540
g.­1456

worthy one

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

A person who has accomplished the final fruition of the path of the hearers and is liberated from saṃsāra.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­368-369
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1004
  • 2.­1164
  • 4.A.­84
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­791-792
  • 4.B.­1167
  • 4.B.­1263
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1337
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­1586
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2868
  • 5.­32
  • g.­622
g.­1457

Wrapped in Every Possible Pain

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal kun dkris
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཀུན་དཀྲིས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvaduḥkhāvarta

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­153
  • g.­1343
g.­1458

wrong view

Wylie:
  • log lta
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་ལྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithyā-dṛṣṭi

The third among the three mental misdeeds.

Located in 133 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­76-77
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­113-114
  • 1.­117
  • 1.­119-120
  • 1.­122-123
  • 1.­145-146
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­215
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­314-315
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­328-329
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­720-721
  • 2.­723-726
  • 2.­730-731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­744-746
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­753-754
  • 2.­756
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­774
  • 2.­778-779
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­870-871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1014
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1216
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1381
  • 3.­9
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­194
  • 4.A.­266
  • 4.A.­299
  • 4.A.­427
  • 4.B.­104
  • 4.B.­790
  • 4.B.­793
  • 4.B.­913
  • 4.B.­917
  • 4.B.­922-923
  • 4.B.­928
  • 4.B.­1065
  • 4.C.­298
  • 4.C.­818
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1017
  • 4.C.­1200
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1444-1445
  • 4.C.­1449-1450
  • 4.C.­1511
  • 4.C.­1546
  • 4.C.­1564
  • 4.C.­1911
  • 4.C.­1920
  • 4.C.­1927-1929
  • 4.C.­1940
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­1971
  • 4.C.­1996
  • 4.C.­2619
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­3018
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­383
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­420
  • n.­197
  • g.­1310
g.­1459

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa.

Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 1.­116-118
  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1255-1256
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1328
  • 2.­1332
  • 2.­1334
  • 2.­1336
  • 2.­1340
  • 2.­1351
  • 2.­1355
  • 2.­1386
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­110-113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­169
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­210
  • 4.A.­401
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­1038
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 5.­292
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­307
  • g.­607
g.­1460

Yāma Heaven

Wylie:
  • mtshe ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

Another name for the Heaven Free from Strife, this is the third of the six heavens of the desire realm. The Tibetan literally means “twins.” The Sanskrit for this heaven is Yāma or Suyāma, the precise meaning of which is uncertain.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­21
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349
  • 4.C.­2428-2429
  • 5.­382
g.­1461

Yamunā

Wylie:
  • ya mu nA
  • ya mu na
Tibetan:
  • ཡ་མུ་ནཱ།
  • ཡ་མུ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • yamunā

A river in Jambudvīpa, still called by the same name today.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­256
  • 5.­391
g.­1462

Yavana

Wylie:
  • ya ba na
Tibetan:
  • ཡ་བ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • yavana

Indian term used in reference to Greeks, or foreign barbarians in general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­539
g.­1463

Yielding All Fruits

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu kun phyed
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཀུན་ཕྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.A.­17
g.­1464

Yielding to Pressure and Bouncing Back

Wylie:
  • mnan na nem la bteg na ’phar ba
Tibetan:
  • མནན་ན་ནེམ་ལ་བཏེག་ན་འཕར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
0
    You are downloading:

    The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-glossary.Copy
    84000. The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-glossary.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-glossary.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from General Sūtra Section
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy